Model 3 Owner's Manual - tesla.com · Web. Access the Internet using the web browser (if available...

MODEL 3

2019.36.1

OWNER'S MANUAL

North America

Contents

Overview.............................................................2Interior Overview.........................................................................2Exterior Overview....................................................................... 3Touchscreen Overview..............................................................4

Opening and Closing..................................... 6Keys..................................................................................................6Doors.............................................................................................. 12Windows....................................................................................... 15Rear Trunk.................................................................................... 16Front Trunk.................................................................................. 18Interior Storage and Electronics..........................................21

Seating and Safety Restraints..................25Front and Rear Seats.............................................................. 25Seat Belts.....................................................................................28Child Safety Seats.................................................................... 32Airbags......................................................................................... 39

Driving.............................................................. 44Driver Profiles............................................................................44Steering Wheel..........................................................................46Mirrors...........................................................................................48Starting and Powering Off....................................................50Gears............................................................................................. 52Lights............................................................................................ 54Car Status.................................................................................... 57Wipers and Washers...............................................................60Brakes............................................................................................ 61Traction Control........................................................................ 65Park Assist...................................................................................66Vehicle Hold............................................................................... 68Track Mode................................................................................. 69Getting Maximum Range...................................................... 70Rear View Camera.....................................................................71Dashcam...................................................................................... 72Pedestrian Warning System................................................. 74

Autopilot.......................................................... 75About Autopilot........................................................................ 75Traffic-Aware Cruise Control................................................78Autosteer.....................................................................................84Autopark.......................................................................................91Summon.......................................................................................93Smart Summon......................................................................... 96Lane Assist..................................................................................99Collision Avoidance Assist...................................................102Speed Assist............................................................................. 105

Using the Touchscreen..............................107Controls...................................................................................... 107Climate Controls.......................................................................116Maps and Navigation.............................................................. 121Media and Audio..................................................................... 127Phone.......................................................................................... 130Calendar......................................................................................132Using Voice Commands........................................................133Security Settings.....................................................................134HomeLink® Universal Transceiver...................................... 137Connecting to Wi-Fi.............................................................. 140Software Updates.................................................................... 141

Charging......................................................... 143Electric Vehicle Components............................................. 143Battery Information................................................................145Charging Instructions............................................................ 147

Maintenance.................................................. 152Maintenance Schedule.......................................................... 152Tire Care and Maintenance..................................................154Cleaning......................................................................................162Wiper Blades and Washer Jets..........................................165Fluid Reservoirs....................................................................... 166Jacking and Lifting.................................................................168Parts and Accessories........................................................... 169

Specifications................................................173Identification Labels...............................................................173Vehicle Loading....................................................................... 174Dimensions and Weights......................................................177Subsystems............................................................................... 179Wheels and Tires..................................................................... 182

Roadside Assistance..................................190Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance...........................190Instructions for Transporters............................................... 191

Consumer Information.............................. 195Easter Eggs............................................................................... 195About this Owner Information...........................................196Disclaimers................................................................................ 197Reporting Safety Defects.................................................... 199Declarations of Conformity............................................... 200

Contents

Overview

Interior Overview

1. Door open button (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 12)2. High beams (High Beam Headlights on page 55), turn signals (Turn Signals on page 56),

and wipers and washers (Wipers and Washers on page 60)3. Horn (Horn on page 47)4. Gear selector (Shifting Gears on page 52) , Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (Traffic-Aware

Cruise Control on page 78), and Autosteer (Autosteer on page 84)5. Touchscreen (Touchscreen Overview on page 4)6. Driver dome light (Lights on page 54)7. Cabin camera (Cabin Camera on page 24)8. Hazard warning flashers (Hazard Warning Flashers on page 56)9. Passenger dome light (Lights on page 54)10. Climate control vent (see Climate Controls on page 116)11. Power window switches (Windows on page 15)12. Manual door release (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 12)13. Left scroll button (Scroll Buttons on page 46)14. Brake pedal (Brakes on page 61)15. Accelerator pedal (Regenerative Braking on page 62)16. Right scroll button (Scroll Buttons on page 46)17. Center console (Interior Storage and Electronics on page 21)18. Glovebox (Glovebox on page 21)

Interior Overview

2 Model 3 Owner's Manual

Exterior Overview

1. Exterior lights (Lights on page 54)2. Autopilot camera (About Autopilot on page 75)3. Front door handle (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 12)4. Key card sensor (Keys on page 6), Autopilot camera (About Autopilot on page 75)5. Rear door handle (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 12)6. Charge port (Charging Instructions on page 147)7. Autopilot cameras (About Autopilot on page 75)8. Exterior mirrors (Mirrors on page 48)9. Radar sensor (hidden from view) (About Autopilot on page 75)10. Hood/front trunk (Front Trunk on page 18)11. Tow eye cover (Instructions for Transporters on page 191)12. Wheels and tires (Wheels and Tires on page 182)13. Rear view camera (Rear View Camera on page 71)14. Rear trunk (Rear Trunk on page 16)

Exterior Overview

Overview 3

Touchscreen Overview

The features and information you need todrive Model 3 are displayed on thetouchscreen. When driving, the touchscreendisplays driving-related information such asdriving speed, vehicle range, warnings, etc.The touchscreen is used to control manyfeatures that, in traditional cars, are controlledusing physical buttons (for example, adjustingmirrors). You can also use the touchscreen tocustomize Model 3 to suit your preferences.

Warning: Always pay attention to roadand traffic conditions when driving. Tominimize driver distraction and ensure thesafety of vehicle occupants as well asother road users, avoid using thetouchscreen to adjust settings while thevehicle is in motion.

Note: The image below is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onvehicle options, software version and marketregion, your touchscreen may appear slightlydifferent.

1. This area on the top of the touchscreendisplays useful information and providesshortcuts to various features. In additionto the time of day and the current outsidetemperature, this area displays thefollowing icons:

Touch to lock/unlock all doors andtrunks.

Access information about your Model3. See The Tesla "T" on page 5.

Add, configure, or quickly switchdriver profiles (including Valet Modeand Easy Entry). See Driver Profiles onpage 44.

Displays when a warning notificationis in effect. Touch to displayinformation about the warning.

Displays when a software update isavailable (see Software Updates onpage 141).

Displays when dashcam is ready to beused (you have inserted a supportedflash drive into a front USB port).Touch to operate dashcam (see Dashcam on page 72).

Touch to enable or disable SentryMode to actively monitor the vehicle'ssurroundings (see Sentry Mode onpage 134).

Control or program HomeLink devices(if equipped) (see HomeLink UniversalTransceiver on page 137).

Connected to a Wi-Fi network.

Connected to cellular network. Touchto connect to Wi-Fi (see Connectingto Wi-Fi on page 140).

Connect to a Bluetooth device (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page130).

Displays the status of the frontpassenger airbag (applicable only inregions where the airbag can bedisabled, as described in Airbags onpage 39).

2. Car Status. This area dynamically displaysthe current status of Model 3 as you drive,park, open doors, turn lights on, etc.Monitor this area when driving as itdisplays important information such asdriving speed and warning messages (see Car Status on page 57). When the car isin Park, you can open the trunks or chargeport door.

3. Cards. This area automatically updates todisplay information such as incoming calls,seat belt reminders, current state of thewipers, etc. It also provides easy access tothe rear view camera (see Rear ViewCamera on page 71), charging status(see Charging Instructions on page 147),voice commands (see Using VoiceCommands on page 133), wiper controls(see Wipers on page 60), and seat beltreminders (see Seat Belt Reminders on



). Swipe to the right or left toaccess:

• Trips. You can display distance driven,energy usage and energy efficiencystarting at any time, or since Model 3was last charged. You can also displaythis information for up to two trips.Touch ... in the top right corner of atrip to rename or reset a trip.

• Tire Pressures. Display tire pressuresor view cautions or warnings relatedto pressures that are not withinacceptable limits (see Tire Care andMaintenance on page 154).

4. Controls. Touch to control features andcustomize Model 3 to suit yourpreferences (see Controls on page 107).

5. Media Player. (see Media and Audio onpage 127).

6. Touch the app launcher then choose fromthe following apps:

Call. See Phone on page 130.

Calendar. See Calendar on page 132.

Camera. Display the area behindModel 3. This area also displaysautomatically whenever you shift intoReverse. See Rear View Camera onpage 71.

Energy. See Getting Maximum Rangeon page 70.

Charging. See Charging Instructionson page 147.

Web. Access the Internet using theweb browser (if equipped withpremium connectivity).

Entertainment. Browse the full libraryof games and access video streamingservices, all from your vehicle'stouchscreen. To launch, Model 3 mustbe in Park.

Note: Due to vehicle configuration ormarket region, Entertainment, Arcade,and/or Theater may not be availableon your vehicle.

Toybox. Shortcut to Eater Eggs. See Easter Eggs on page 195.

Note: Swiping up on the app launcherdisplays the most recently used app(provided an app is not currently beingdisplayed).

Note: Depending on the market regionand vehicle options, your vehicle may notbe equipped with some features.

7. Climate Controls (see Climate Controls onpage 116).

8. Volume Control (see Volume Control onpage 127).

9. The map displays on the touchscreen at alltimes (see Maps and Navigation on page121).

Note: When you touch Controls, choosean app, or expand Media Player, thewindow displays on top of the map. Toclose the Controls window, touch Controlsagain or touch the X in the top corner ofthe window. To close an app, touch the Xin the top corner of the window. To closeMedia Player, drag it all the way down tothe bottom of the touchscreen or touchthe icon again.

The Tesla "T"Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of thetouchscreen to display:

• Vehicle name (see Naming Your Vehicleon page 114).*

• Vehicle configuration.*• Odometer.*• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).*• Version of software currently installed on

your Model 3.• Acess to release notes associated with the

currently-installed software version.*• Acess to this owner's manual.• One-touch access to call Tesla Customer

Support and Roadside Assistance (ifavailable in your market region).

• One-touch access to all discovered EasterEggs (see Easter Eggs on page 195).

*You can also display this information bytouching Controls > Software.


Overview 5

Opening and Closing

Keys

Three Types of KeysModel 3 supports three types of keys:

• Authenticated phone - You can set upyour personal smartphone tocommunicate with Model 3 usingBluetooth. Supports automatic lockingand unlocking as well as several otherfunctions using the Tesla mobile app.

• Key card - Tesla provides a key card thatcommunicates with Model 3 using shortrange radio-frequency identification(RFID) signals. The key card is used to"authenticate" your phone to work withModel 3 and to add or remove other keycards, phones, or key fobs. In situationswhere your authenticated phone has adead battery, or is lost or stolen, use yourkey card to unlock, drive, and lock Model3.

• Key fob - The key fob allows you to pressbuttons to open the front and rear trunks,and unlock, lock, and drive Model 3. Thekey fob also supports automatic lockingand unlocking, if available in your region(see Passive Key Fob on page 8). This isan accessory sold separately.

Model 3 supports a total of 19 keys, which caninclude authenticated phones, key cards, andup to four key fobs.

Caution: Remember to bring a key withyou when you drive. Although you candrive Model 3 away from its key, you willbe unable to power it back on after itpowers off.

Authenticated Phone

Using your phone is a convenient way toaccess your Model 3. As you approach, yourphone's Bluetooth signal is detected anddoors unlock when you press a door handle.Likewise, when you exit and walk away withthe phone, doors automatically lock (providedthe Walk-Away Door Lock feature is turnedon, as described in Walk-Away Door Lock onpage 13).

Before you can use a phone to access Model 3,follow these steps to authenticate it:

1. Download the Tesla mobile app to yourphone.

2. Log into the Tesla mobile app using yourTesla Account user name and password.

Note: You must remain logged in to yourTesla Account to use your phone to accessModel 3.

3. Ensure that your phone's Bluetoothsetting is turned on.

Note: Model 3 communicates with yourphone using Bluetooth. To authenticateyour phone or use it as a key, the phonemust be powered on and Bluetooth mustbe enabled. Keep in mind that your phonemust have enough battery power to runBluetooth and that many phones disableBluetooth when the battery is low.

4. Ensure that Allow Mobile Access(Controls > Safety & Security > AllowMobile Access) is enabled.

5. In the Tesla mobile app, touch PHONEKEY then touch START to search for yourModel 3.

When your Model 3 is detected, themobile app asks you to tap your key card.

6. Tap the key card against the Model 3 cardreader on the door pillar or center console(see Key Card on page 7).

When Model 3 detects your key card, themobile app confirms that your phone hasbeen successfully authenticated. Touch DONE.

If the key card is not successfully scannedwithin approximately 30 seconds, the mobileapp displays an error message. Touch PHONEKEY on the app again to retry.

To view a list of keys that can currently accessModel 3, or to remove a phone, touchControls > Locks (see Managing Keys on page9).

Note: Authenticating your phone allows you touse it as a key to access Model 3. To use thephone hands-free, access your phone'scontacts, play media from it, etc., you mustalso pair and connect to it using the Bluetoothsettings (see Phone on page 130).

Note: Model 3 can connect to three phonessimultaneously. Therefore, if more than onephone is detected and you want to use, orauthenticate, a different phone, move theother connected phone(s) out of range or turnoff its Bluetooth setting.

Note: Unlike the mobile app, once a phone hasbeen authenticated, it no longer requires aninternet connection to communicate withModel 3. Authenticated phones communicatewith Model 3 using Bluetooth.

Keys


Note: Although Bluetooth typicallycommunicates over distances of up toapproximately 30 feet (9 meters),performance can vary based on the phone youare using, environmental interference, etc.

Note: If multiple vehicles are linked to theTesla Account, you must switch the mobileapp to the vehicle that you want to accessbefore you can use the phone as a key.

Key CardTesla provides you with two Model 3 keycards, designed to fit in your wallet. Tap yourModel 3 key card on one of its card readers,located on the driver's side door pillar and onthe center console.

To use a key card to unlock or lock Model 3,position the card as illustrated and tap itagainst the card reader located below theAutopilot camera on the driver's side doorpillar. When Model 3 detects the key card, theexterior lights flash, the mirrors unfold or fold(if equipped with the premium package andFold Mirrors is on), the horn sounds (if LockSound Confirmation is on), and the doorsunlock or lock.

Note: You may need to physically touch thecenter console or driver's side door pillar withthe key card, and you may need to hold itagainst the transmitter for one or twoseconds.

Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing thebrake pedal within thirty seconds of scanningthe key card (see Starting and Powering Offon page 50). If you wait longer than thirtyseconds, you must re-authenticate by placingthe key card near the card reader locatedbehind the cup holders on the center console.When your key card is detected, your 30second authentication period restarts.

Note: Walk-Away Door Lock operates onlywhen using an authenticated phone or passivekey fob. When you walk away from Model 3carrying your key card, Model 3 does notautomatically unlock/lock, even if this featureis turned on (see Walk-Away Door Lock onpage 13).

Caution: Always carry your key card withyou in your purse or wallet to use as abackup in case your authenticated phonehas a dead battery, or is lost or stolen.

Key fobIf you have purchased the key fob accessory(available for purchase from Tesla stores oronline at http://www.tesla.com/shop), you canquickly familiarize yourself with this key bythinking of it as a miniature version of Model 3,with the Tesla badge representing the front.The key has three buttons that feel like softerareas on the surface.

Keys

Opening and Closing 7

http://www.tesla.com/shop

1. Front trunk - Double-click to open thefront trunk.

2. Lock/Unlock All - Single-click to lockdoors and trunks (all doors and trunksmust be closed). Double-click to unlockdoors and trunks.

3. Rear trunk - Double-click to open the reartrunk. Hold down for one to two secondsto open the charge port door.

Once inside, power up Model 3 by pressing thebrake pedal within two minutes of pressingthe unlock button on the key fob (see Startingand Powering Off on page 50). If you waitlonger than two minutes, you must press theunlock button again, or place the key fob nearthe card reader located behind the cupholders on the center console. When your keyfob is detected, the two minute authenticationperiod restarts.

When approaching or leaving Model 3carrying the key fob, you do not need to pointthe key fob at Model 3 as you press a button,but you must be within operating range.

Radio equipment on a similar frequency canaffect the key. If this happens, move the key atleast one foot (30 cm) away from otherelectronic devices (phone, laptop, etc).

If the key fob does not work (for example, itsbattery is dead), you can touch it's flat sideagainst the card reader on the driver's sidedoor pillar (like the key card). Instructions forchanging the battery are provided in Replacing the Key Fob Battery on page 9.

Note: You can use the same key fob withmultiple Model 3 vehicles provided youauthenticate it (see Managing Keys on page9). However, key fob works with only oneModel 3 at a time. Therefore, to use a key fobfor a different Model 3, touch its flat side

against the card reader on the driver's sidedoor pillar.

Note: Model 3 supports up to four differentkey fobs.

Caution: Protect the key from impact,high temperatures, and damage fromliquids. Avoid contact with solvents,waxes and abrasive cleaners.

Passive Key Fob

Due market region or vehicle configuration,Passive Key Fob may not be available for yourvehicle.

Locking and unlocking Model 3 with your keyfob is conveniently hands-free. Although youmust be carrying a paired key fob, there is noneed to use it. Model 3 has sensors around thevehicle that can recognize the presence of akey fob within a range of approximately threefeet (one meter). Therefore, you can keep yourkey fob in your pocket or purse and simplypull on the door handle to unlock. Whencarrying your key fob with you, you can alsoopen the trunk without having to use the keyby pressing the trunk's exterior door handle. IfWalk-Away Lock is on, your vehicleautomatically locks when you exit and sensesthat the key fob is no longer in range (see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 13). Passivekey fob is automatically enabled when youpair your key fob to your vehicle.

The key fob can only be paired to one vehicleat a time. If you want your key fob to passivelylock and unlock for a different vehicle, touchthe flat side of the key fob onto the driver'sside door pillar or center console card reader.You only need to do this once to pair it to yourdesired vehicle. You must pair your key fobevery time you use it with a different vehicle.

Note: Only key fobs with the TESLA logoprinted on the flat side have the passivelocking and unlocking functionality. Key fobswith the MODEL 3 logo printed on the flat sidecannot passively lock and unlock your vehicle.

Note: For increased security, your key fobdisables itself after five minutes of beingstationary while in range but the vehicle is notin use. The vehicle will not lock or unlockpassively when this occurs. Shake or press abutton on your key fob to wake it up.

Keys


Replacing the Key Fob Battery

Under normal use, the accessory key fob(available at https://shop.tesla.com) has abattery that lasts for up to five years,depending on key fob version and selectedvehicle settings. When the battery is low, amessage displays on the touchscreen.

To replace the key fob battery:

1. With the key fob placed button side downon a soft surface, release the bottomcover.

2. Remove the battery by lifting it away fromthe retaining clips.

3. While avoiding touching the battery's flatsurfaces, insert the new battery (typeCR2032) with the ‘+’ side facing up.

Note: CR2032 batteries can be purchasedthrough online retailers, localsupermarkets, and drug stores.

4. Holding the bottom cover at an angle,align the tabs on the cover with thecorresponding slots on the key fob, thenpress the cover firmly onto the key fobuntil it snaps into place.

5. Test that the key fob works by unlockingand locking your vehicle.

Attaching a Lanyard

To attach a lanyard, release the bottom coveras described above. Place the lanyard over thepin located between the slots on the widestside of the key fob. Re-align the cover andsnap into place.

Managing KeysTo display a list of all keys (phones, key cards,and key fobs) that can access your Model 3,touch Controls > Locks. An icon displays nextto each key to indicate whether the key is aphone, key card, or key fob. Use this list tomanage keys that have access to your vehicle.To add or delete keys, see Adding andRemoving Keys on page 9.

Note: You can use the same key for more thanone Model 3. This prevents you from having todeal with multiple keys when you switchvehicles. If you customize the name of anauthenticated key card or key fob on oneModel 3 (by touching the pencil icon), anyother Model 3 to which the key card or key fobis authenticated also displays the samecustomized name.

Note: Model 3 supports up to 19 keys. Whenyou reach this limit, you must delete a keybefore adding a new one.

Adding and Removing Keys

Adding a new key card or key fob:

Note: If adding a key fob, ensure the key fob isat room temperature. Pairing may beunsuccessful if the key fob is cold.

1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >Locks then touch + in the Keys section.

2. Scan your new key card or key fob on thekey reader behind the cup holders on thetop of the center console. After the newkey card or key fob is recognized, removeit from the key reader.

3. Scan an already-authenticated (i.e. alreadyhas access to the vehicle) key card or keyfob on the key reader behind the cupholders on the top of the center console.

4. When complete, the key list on thetouchscreen displays the newly-authenticated key. You can customize itsname by touching the associated pencilicon.

Adding a new phone key:

Note: To add a new phone key, Bluetooth mustbe enabled and the phone must have the Tesla

Keys


https://shop.tesla.com

mobile app installed and connected to thevehicle’s Tesla account.

1. While sitting in the vehicle, open the Teslamobile app and select the appropriatevehicle (if there are multiple vehiclesassociated with the account), then touchPhone Key > Start.

2. Scan an already-authenticated key card orkey fob on the key reader behind the cupholders on the top of the center console.

3. When the mobile app notifies you that thepairing was successful, touch Done. Thekey list on the touchscreen (Controls >Locks) displays the new phone key. Thename of the phone key is determined bythe name used in the phone’s settings.

Removing a key:

When you no longer want a key to access yourvehicle (for example, you lost your phone orkey card, etc.), you can remove the key.

1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >Locks.

2. Find the key that you would like to deletein the key list, then touch the key’sassociated trash icon.

3. When prompted, scan an already-authenticated key card or key fob on thekey reader behind the cup holders on thetop of the center console to confirm thedeletion. When complete, the key list nolonger includes the deleted key.

Note: Your vehicle requires at least oneauthenticated key card or key fob at all times.If only one key card is included on the key list,this key cannot be deleted.

Mobile AppIn addition to using it to authenticate a phoneas your Model 3 key, you can use the mobileapp to communicate with Model 3 remotelyusing your iPhone® or Android™ phone. Withthis app, you can:

• View the vehicle's estimated range.• Lock or unlock Model 3 doors and trunks

remotely.

• Check charging progress, stop charging,and receive notifications when charging isstarted, interrupted, almost complete, orcomplete.

Note: When Supercharging, additionalnotifications alert you when you will becharged idle fees for parking at asupercharger after charging is complete.The idle fees are waived if your vehicle ismoved within five minutes of when thevehicle finishes charging. See Supercharger Usage Fees and Idle Fees onpage 151.

• Check the interior temperature and heator cool the cabin before driving (even ifit's in a garage).

Note: It is possible that your charge portlatch may freeze in place in extremely coldweather or icy conditions. In cases whereyou cannot remove or insert the chargecable, or the car is not Supercharging dueto the latch being frozen in place, use yourTesla mobile app to precondition yourvehicle on HI for approximately 30-45minutes (you must use your mobile app toprecondition the vehicle; setting yourclimate to HI using the touchscreen willnot be effective). This helps thaw ice onthe charge port latch so the charge cablecan be removed or inserted.

• Locate Model 3 with directions, or monitorits movement across a map.

• Flash the exterior lights or honk the hornto find Model 3 when parked.

• Enable/disable Valet mode.• Enable Keyless Driving.

Note: Keyless Driving can be used tobypass PIN to Drive in cases where youforgot your PIN or your touchscreen isunresponsive.

• Park or unpark Model 3 using Summon.• Retrieve Model 3 using Smart Summon

(see Smart Summon on page 96).• Enable/disable Speed Limit Mode and

receive notifications when the vehicle'sdriving speed is within approximately 3mph (5 km/h) of your selected maximumspeed (see Speed Limit Mode on page115).

• Support the Model 3 Calendar app byallowing the mobile app to send yourphone's calendar data to Model 3.

• Enable/disable Sentry Mode.

Keys


• Open and close your garage door if yourvehicle has a programmed HomeLinkconnection (see HomeLink UniversalTransceiver on page 137).

• Enable maximum defrost to warm yourvehicle in cold conditions.

• View available software downloads anddownload progress.

• Vent and close all windows.• For supported video sources, send videos

to play in the Tesla Theater by sharing thelink through the mobile app.

• Receive notifications if the security alarmis triggered.

• Receive notifications when a softwareupdate is available or scheduled (see Software Updates on page 141).

• Start software updates from afar.• Access your Tesla inbox.• View the odometer, VIN, and current

software version.

Note: Some of these features requireinstallation of the latest version of the mobileapp.

Note: Do not rely on the unlock and start(keyless driving) functions of your mobile app,especially if parking in an area with limited orabsent cellular service, such as an indoorparking garage. Tesla recommends that youalways have a functional key (key fob, keycard, connected phone key) readily available.In the event that you require lockoutassistance from Tesla due to a non-warrantyissue, such as having limited cellularconnectivity and having no secondary keyavailable, your expenses are not coveredunder the Roadside Assistance policy.

Note: To allow the mobile app to communicatewith Model 3, the phone must be connected tothe internet and mobile access must beenabled (touch Controls > Safety & Security >Allow Mobile Access on the touchscreen).

Note: If multiple vehicles are linked to theTesla Account, you must switch to the Model 3that you want to access in the mobile appbefore the phone can be used as a key.

Note: To take advantage of new and improvedfeatures, download updated versions of themobile app as they become available.

Caution: Tesla does not support the useof third party applications to contactModel 3.

Note: The above list may not represent anexhaustive list of the functions available on the

Tesla mobile app. To ensure access to new andimproved features, download updatedversions of the mobile app as they becomeavailable.

Keys


Doors

Keyless Locking and UnlockingLocking and unlocking Model 3 is easy andconvenient. Just carry your authenticatedphone or paired key fob with you. Model 3recognizes the presence of an authenticatedphone or paired key fob and automaticallyunlocks when you press a door handle, andlocks when you leave (see Walk-Away DoorLock on page 13).

Note: If you don't have your authenticatedphone or paired key fob with you (or if thephone's battery is dead or its Bluetoothsetting is turned off), place the key cardagainst the driver's side door pillar tomanually unlock or lock Model 3 (see Keys onpage 6).

Note: Due to market region or vehicleconfiguration, an authenticated phone orPassive Key Fob may not be available for yourvehicle.

Note: Your key fob (https://shop.tesla.com)also allows you to press buttons to lock andunlock Model 3.

Note: Walk-Away Door Lock operates onlywhen using an authenticated phone or pairedkey fob. When you walk away from Model 3carrying a key card or unpaired key fobaccessory, Model 3 does not automaticallyunlock/lock, even if this feature is turned on(see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 13).

Using Exterior Door HandlesUse your thumb to push the wide part of thedoor handle. The handle pivots toward you,and you can open the door by pulling thehandle or pulling the edge of the door.

The handle retracts automatically.

When a door or trunk is open, thetouchscreen displays the Door Openindicator light.

Opening Doors from the InteriorModel 3 doors are electrically powered. Toopen a door while sitting inside, press thebutton located at the top of the interior doorhandle.

Note: To prevent children from opening therear doors, turn on child-protection locks (see Child-Protection Lock on page 13).

In the unlikely situation that Model 3 has nopower, these electrically powered buttons atthe top of the door handles no longer work.Instead, pull up the manual door releaselocated in front of the window switches on thefront doors.

Doors


https://shop.tesla.com

Note: Only front doors are equipped with amanual door release.

Caution: The manual door release isdesigned to be used only in situationswhen Model 3 has no power. WheneverModel 3 has power, use the buttonlocated at the top of the interior doorhandle.

Interior Locking and UnlockingWhile sitting inside Model 3, you can lock andunlock all doors and trunks by touching thelock icon on the touchscreen.

The icon changes to indicatewhether doors are locked orunlocked.

You can also unlock the doors by pressing thePark button on the end of the gear selector asecond time. Pressing this button onceengages the Park gear and pressing it againunlocks the doors.

Walk-Away Door LockDoors and trunks can automatically lockwhenever you walk away carrying yourauthenticated phone or paired key fob. To turnthis feature on or off, touch Controls > Locks >Walk-Away Door Lock.

When the doors lock, the exterior lights flashonce and the mirrors fold (if equipped withthe premium package and Fold Mirrors is on).To also hear a confirmation sound wheneverModel 3 locks, touch Controls > Locks > LockConfirmation Sound > ON.

Model 3 does not automatically lock if:

• An authenticated phone or paired key fobis detected inside Model 3.

• You are not using an authenticated phoneor paired key fob as the key, and walkaway carrying the key card or unpairedkey fob (see Passive Key Fob on page 8).When using the key card you mustmanually lock Model 3 by tapping the keycard against the door pillar. When usingan unpaired key fob (sold as anaccessory), you must manually lock Model3 by pressing the lock button. See Keys onpage 6.

• A door or trunk is not fully closed.

Note: If all doors are closed and Model 3 wasautomatically unlocked by your authenticatedphone or paired key fob, walk-away locking istemporarily suspended for one minute. If youopen a door within this minute, it will not re-lock until all the doors are closed and youhave walked away with the authenticatedphone or paired key fob.

Note: If Model 3 detects an authenticated keyfor five minutes after you exit the vehicle andclose all doors, Walk-Away Lock disables andwill not lock when you leave with the key. Youwill need to manually lock your vehicle untilafter your next drive.

Drive Away LockingModel 3 automatically locks all doors(including the trunks) whenever your drivingspeed exceeds 5 mph (8 km/h).

Child-Protection LockModel 3 has child-protection locks on the reardoors to prevent them from being openedusing the interior release buttons. On thetouchscreen, touch Controls > Locks > ChildLock.

Note: It is recommended that you turn child-protection locks on whenever children areseated in the rear seats.

Doors


Unlock on ParkWhen you stop Model 3 and engage the Parkgear, you can choose to unlock all doors. Toturn this feature on or off, touch Controls >Locks > Unlock on Park.

Note: If set to OFF, you can unlock all doorsby pressing the Park button a second timeafter engaging the Park gear.

Doors


Windows

Opening and ClosingPress down on a switch to lower theassociated window. Window switches operateat two levels:

• To lower a window fully, press the switchall the way down and immediately release.

• To lower a window partially, press theswitch gently and release when thewindow is where you want it.

Similarly, pull a switch to raise the associatedwindow:

• To raise a window fully, pull the switch allthe way up and immediately release.

• To raise a window partially, pull the switchgently and release when the window iswhere you want it.

Warning: Before closing a window, it isthe driver’s responsibility to ensure thatall occupants, especially children, do nothave any body parts extended throughthe window’s opening. Failure to do socan cause serious injury.

Locking Rear WindowsTo prevent passengers from using the rearwindow switches, touch Controls > QuickControls > Window Lock. To unlock the rearwindows, touch Window Lock again.

Warning: To ensure safety, it isrecommended that you lock the rearwindow switches whenever children areseated in the rear seats.

Warning: Never leave children unattendedin Model 3.

Calibrating WindowsIn the unlikely event that a window behavesunexpectedly (touches the bright molding,fails to open or close properly, goes downmore than normal when the door opens, etc.),you can calibrate it to potentially fix the issue.

To calibrate a window:

1. Close the door with the affected window.2. Sit in the driver's seat and close the driver

door.3. Use the driver window switch to raise the

affected window until it stalls.4. Use the driver window switch to lower the

affected window until it stalls.5. Use the driver window switch to raise the

affected window until it stalls.

The window should now be calibrated. If theissue continues after attempting thecalibration procedure a couple times, contactTesla.

Windows


Rear Trunk

OpeningTo open the rear trunk, ensure the vehicle is inPark then do one of the following then pull therear trunk open:

• Touch the associated OPEN button on thetouchscreen.

• Double-click the rear trunk button on thekeyfob accessory.

• Touch the trunk button on the mobile app.• With Model 3 unlocked, press the switch

located under the rear trunk's exteriorhandle.

When a door or trunk is open, thetouchscreen displays the Door Openindicator light. The image of yourModel 3 on the touchscreen alsodisplays the open trunk.

To open the rear trunk from inside Model 3 inthe unlikely situation that Model 3 has nopower, see Interior Emergency Trunk Releaseon page 17.

Warning: Before opening or closing therear trunk, it is important to check thatthe area around the trunk is free ofobstacles (people and objects).

Load LimitsSecure all cargo before moving Model 3, andplace heavy cargo in the lower trunkcompartment.

Caution: To avoid damage, never loadmore than 130 lbs (60 kg) on the rearload floor (above the lower trunkcompartment) or more than 285 lbs (130kg) in the lower trunk compartment.Doing so can cause damage.

ClosingTo close the rear trunk, push it downward untilyou hear the latch click into place.

Note: Model 3 is equipped with pull cups toassist with lowering the rear trunk.

Warning: Before driving, ensure that thetrunk is securely latched in the fully-closed position by lifting up on thebottom edge and confirming there is nomovement.

Accessing the Cargo AreaTo access the cargo area inside the rear trunk,pull up the strap at the rear of the cargo cover.You can then fold the cargo cover forward orremove it from Model 3.

Caution: Never load more than 130 lbs(60 kg) on the rear load floor (above thelower trunk compartment) or more than285 lbs (130 kg) in the lower trunkcompartment. Doing so can causedamage.

Rear Trunk


Interior Emergency Trunk ReleaseAn illuminated mechanical release locatedinside the rear trunk allows you to open therear trunk from the inside if Model 3 has noelectrical power. This mechanical release alsoallows a person locked inside to get out.

1. Firmly push the illuminated button in thedirection of the arrow to release the latch.

2. Push the rear trunk open.

Note: The button glows for several hours aftera brief exposure to ambient light.

Warning: Do not allow children to playinside the trunk or become locked inside.An unrestrained child could suffer seriousinjury or death in a crash. A child couldsuffer heat exhaustion if trapped in thevehicle, especially without climate controlon.

Rear Trunk


Front Trunk

OpeningTo open the front trunk:

1. Ensure that the area around the hood isfree of obstacles.

2. Touch the associated OPEN button on thetouchscreen, double-click the front trunkbutton on the keyfob accessory, or touchthe front trunk button on the mobile app.

3. Pull the hood up.

When a door or trunk is open, thetouchscreen displays the Door Openindicator light.

Warning: Before opening or closing thehood, it is important to check that thearea around the hood is free of obstacles(people and objects). Failure to do somay result in damage or serious injury.

Note: The front trunk locks whenever closedand you lock Model 3 using the touchscreen,mobile app, key card, you leave Model 3carrying your authenticated phone (if Walk-Away Door Lock is turned on), or if Valetmode is active (see Valet Mode on page 45).

ClosingThe Model 3 hood is not heavy enough tolatch under its own weight and applyingpressure on the front edge or center of thehood can cause damage.

To properly close the hood:

1. Lower the hood until the striker touchesthe latches.

2. Place both hands on the front of the hoodin the areas shown (in green), then pressdown firmly to engage the latches.

3. Carefully try to lift the front edge of thehood to ensure that it is fully closed.

Caution: To prevent damage:

• Apply pressure only to the greenareas shown. Applying pressure tothe red areas can cause damage.

• Do not close the hood with one hand.Doing so applies concentrated forcein one area and can result in a dent orcrease.

• Do not apply pressure to the frontedge of the hood. Doing so cancrease the edge.

• Do not slam or drop the hood.

Warning: Before driving, you must ensurethat the hood is securely latched in thefully closed position by carefully trying tolift the front edge of the hood upwardand confirming there is no movement.

Interior Emergency ReleaseAn illuminated interior release button insidethe front trunk allows a person locked insideto get out.

Front Trunk


Press the interior release button to open thefront trunk, then push up on the hood.

Note: The interior release button glowsfollowing a brief exposure to ambient light.

Warning: People should never climbinside the front trunk. Never shut thefront trunk when a person is inside.

Warning: Care should be taken to ensurethat objects inside the front trunk do notbump against the release button, causingthe trunk to accidentally open.

Opening Hood with No PowerIn the unlikely event that Model 3 has no 12Vpower, you will be unable to open the fronttrunk using the touchscreen or mobile app. Toopen the front trunk in this situation:

Note: The following will not open the fronttrunk if Model 3 is locked and has 12V power.

1. Locate an external 12V power supply(such as a portable jump starter).

2. Release the tow eye cover by pressingfirmly on the top right perimeter of thecover until it pivots inward, then gentlypulling the raised section toward you.

Note: Depending on production date,either the positive or negative terminalmay be attached to the tow eye cover.

3. Pull the two wires out of the tow eyeopening to expose both terminals.

4. Connect the 12V power supply's redpositive (+) cable to the red positive (+)terminal.

5. Connect the 12V power supply's blacknegative (-) cable to the black negative (-)terminal.

Note: Applying external 12V power tothese terminals only releases the hoodlatches. You cannot charge the 12Vbattery using these terminals.

6. Turn on the external power supply (referto the manufacturer’s instructions). Thehood latches are immediately releasedand you can now open the hood to accessthe front trunk area.

7. Disconnect both cables, beginning withthe black negative (-) cable.

Front Trunk


8. If pulling Model 3 onto a flatbed truck, donot replace the tow eye cover yet.Otherwise, replace the tow eye cover byinserting the wires into the tow eyeopening and aligning the tow eye coverinto position and turning it into place.

Front Trunk


Interior Storage and Electronics

GloveboxTo open the glovebox, touch Controls >Glovebox on the bottom corner of thetouchscreen. The glovebox automaticallyopens and its light turns on.

To close the glovebox, push it upward until itclicks into its closed position.

Note: If you leave the glovebox open, its lighteventually turns off.

Note: The glovebox locks whenever closedand you lock Model 3 using the mobile app,key card, you leave Model 3 carrying yourauthenticated phone (if Walk-Away Door Lockis turned on), or if Valet mode is active (see Valet Mode on page 45). It does not lockwhen Model 3 is locked by touching the lockicon on the touchscreen.

Warning: When driving, keep theglovebox closed to prevent injury to apassenger if a collision or sudden stopoccurs.

Center Console - Premium PackageIn addition to housing an RFID transmitter thatreads the key card (see Key Card on page 7),the center console includes cup holders, twostorage compartments, and a phone dock fortwo phones (or other devices).

To open the main storage compartment, pullits cover upward.

Open the other storage compartment oraccess the phone dock by pressing firmly nearthe cover's opening edge. To close a storagecompartment, push its cover down gently.

USB Ports - Premium PackageModel 3 has two USB 2.0 ports located in thefront compartment of the center console.These ports can be used to connect andcharge your phone (see Installing PhoneCharging Cable on page 22), save videoswhen using features such as Sentry Mode orDashcam, or play audio files stored on aphone or USB device (see Playing Media fromDevices on page 129).

Open the center console door below thetouchscreen and lift the phone dock upwardto access the front USB ports.

Two additional USB ports are located in therear of the center console. Passengers in therear seats can use these ports to charge theirUSB-connected devices. Devices connected tothe rear USB ports do not communicate withthe vehicle.



Note: Power is available whenever the vehicleis considered "awake" The vehicle may beawake for many reasons. For example, whenusing features such as Summon, or whenfeatures such as Cabin Overheat Protection,Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, Sentry Mode,etc. are enabled. The vehicle is also awakewhenever the 12V battery is being charged oris in use, during HV charging, when the vehicleis communicating with the mobile app, etc.Leaving an accessory plugged in does notdeplete the 12V battery.

Note: Always use USB 2.0 compliant cableswhen connecting devices to the USB ports.Using non-compliant cables can result inslower charging and, if plugged into either ofthe front two ports, can result in potentialconnection problems when trying to accessmedia files on the device.

Note: Do not connect multiple devices using aUSB hub. This can prevent connected devicesfrom charging or from being recognized byMedia PlayerSentry Mode, Dashcam, etc.

Installing Phone Charging CableTo make it easy to connect your phone whilekeeping the console free of clutter, you caninstall a phone charging cable in Model 3.

Note: The phone dock supports two phonesside-by-side.

To install a phone charging cable:

1. Open both center console doors in frontof the cup holders.

2. Remove the rubber mat from the phonedock.

3. Lift the phone dock to access the USBports.

4. Release the cover from the base of thephone dock by sliding it to the left.

5. Plug the USB connector on the phonecharging cable into a USB port.

6. Insert the phone end of the charging cablethrough the bottom of the phone dockand route the cable through the securingtabs towards the bottom of the phonedock.



7. Reinstall the cover to the base of thephone dock by sliding it to the right.

8. Lower the phone dock and reinstall therubber mat.

12V Power SocketYour Model 3 has a power socket located inthe center console's rear compartment.

The power socket is suitable for accessoriesrequiring up to 12A continuous draw (16Apeak).

Note: Power is available whenever the vehicleis considered "awake" The vehicle may beawake for many reasons. For example, whenusing features such as Summon, or whenfeatures such as Cabin Overheat Protection,Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, Sentry Mode,etc. are enabled. The vehicle is also awakewhenever the 12V battery is being charged oris in use, during HV charging, when the vehicleis communicating with the mobile app, etc.Leaving an accessory plugged in does notdeplete the 12V battery.

Warning: The power socket and anaccessory’s connector can become hot.

Warning: To prevent excessiveinterference with the vehicle’s electronics,Tesla recommends that you do not plugany non-Tesla accessories, includingpower inverters, into the 12V powersocket. However, if you do use a non-Teslaaccessory and notice any malfunctions orunexpected behavior, such as indicatorlights, alert messages, or excessive heatfrom the accessory, unplug the accessoryfrom the 12V power socket immediately.

Caution: Do not attempt to jump startModel 3 using the 12V power socket.Doing so can result in damage.

Rear ConsoleYour Model 3 has a rear console integrated inthe center of the rear seat back. Pull theconsole down to access the rear cup holders,or use it as an armrest.

Coat HangersYour Model 3 has a coat hanger on each sideof the vehicle in the rear row. Push the coathanger to release it. Push it again to retract it.

Additional Interior Storage AreasYour Model 3 has these additional storageareas:

• Storage compartments are located belowthe armrest on the door panels.

• If equipped with the premium package,storage pockets are located at the back ofthe front seats.



Cabin CameraModel 3 is equipped with a camera in thecabin. The camera is not currently active, butmight be used in potential future featureswhich could be added to Model 3 withsoftware releases.

Keep the camera lens clean, and free ofobstructions. Remove any buildup of dirt ordust by occasionally wiping the camera lenswith a soft damp cloth.

Caution: Do not use chemical-based orabrasive cleaners. Doing so can damagethe surface of the camera lens.



Seating and Safety Restraints

Front and Rear Seats

Correct Driving PositionThe seat, head support, seat belt and airbagswork together to maximize your safety. Usingthese correctly ensures greater protection.

Position the seat so you can wear the seat beltcorrectly, while being as far away from thefront airbag as possible:

1. Sit upright with both feet on the floor andthe seat back reclined no more than 30degrees.

2. Make sure you can easily reach the pedalsand that your arms are slightly bent whenholding the steering wheel. Your chestshould be at least 10 inches (25 cm) fromthe center of the airbag cover.

3. Place the shoulder section of the seat beltmid-way between your neck and yourshoulder. Fit the lap section of the belttightly across your hips, not across yourstomach.

Model 3 seats include integrated headsupports that cannot be adjusted or removed.

Adjusting the Front Seats

1. Move seat forward/backward and adjustthe seat’s height and tilt angle up/down.

2. Adjust backrest.3. Adjust lumbar support.

Warning: Before adjusting a front seat,check that the area around the seat isfree of obstacles (people and objects).

Warning: Do not adjust seats whiledriving. Doing so increases the risk of acollision.

Warning: Riding in a moving vehicle withthe seat back reclined can result inserious injuries in a collision, as you couldslide under the lap belt or be propelledinto the seat belt. Ensure your seat backis reclined no more than 30 degrees whenthe vehicle is moving.


Seating and Safety Restraints 25

Folding Rear SeatsModel 3 has a split rear seat that can foldforward.

Note: Driving with the rear seats foldedforward might result in increased perceivablenoise and/or vibration coming from the rear ofthe vehicle (trunk, suspension, etc.).

Before folding, remove items from the seatsand the rear footwell. To allow the rear seatbacks to fold completely flat, you may need tomove the front seats forward.

To fold a rear seat, pull the correspondinglever and fold the seat forward.

Raising Rear SeatsBefore raising a rear seat, make sure that theseat belts are not trapped behind thebackrest.

Pull the seat back upward until it locks intoplace.

To confirm that the seat back is locked in theupright position, try pulling it forward.

Warning: Always ensure the seat backsare locked in their upright position.Failure to do so increases the risk ofinjury.

Head SupportsThe front seats and outer rear seats includeintegrated head supports that are notadjustable.

The rear center seat includes an adjustablehead support that can be raised, lowered, orremoved. The head support should always beraised and locked into position (so that thecenter is aligned with the center of the ears)when occupied by a passenger that is not in achild safety seat.

The head support in the rear center seatshould always be lowered when a seat beltretained child safety seat is installed. See Raising/Lowering the Rear Center HeadSupport on page 26.

Warning: Ensure that all head supportsare positioned correctly before sitting in,or operating, Model 3 to minimize the riskof severe injury or death in the event of acollision.

Raising/Lowering the Rear Center HeadSupport

To raise the head support, lift it until you hearit click into place. Push down on the headsupport to ensure that it is secure.

To lower the head support, press and hold thebutton on the outer base of the right post andpress the head support down.



Removing/Installing the Rear Center HeadSupport

To remove the head support:

1. Raise the head support as describedabove.

2. Press and hold the button on the outerbase of the right post.

3. Insert a short, flat object (such as a smallflat-head screwdriver) into the opening onthe inside base of the left post and pullthe head support upward.

To re-install the head support:

1. With the front of the head support facingforward, insert both posts into thecorresponding holes on the seat back.

2. Press down on the head support until itclicks into place.

3. Pull up on the head support to ensure thatit is secure.

Warning: Ensure that the headsupport is correctly installed beforeseating an occupant in the rear centerseat. Failure to do so increases therisk of injury or death if a collisionoccurs.

Seat HeatersThe front and rear seats (if equipped) containheating pads that operate at three levels from3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). To operate the seatheaters, see Climate Controls on page 116.

Warning: To avoid burns resulting fromprolonged use, individuals who haveperipheral neuropathy, or whose capacityto feel pain is limited because of diabetes,age, neurological injury, or some othercondition, should exercise caution whenusing the climate control system and seatheaters.

Seat CoversWarning: Do not use seat covers in Model3. Doing so could restrict deployment ofthe seat-mounted side air bags if acollision occurs. Also, if the vehicle isequipped with an occupant detectionsystem that is used to determine thestatus of the passenger front airbag, seatcovers may interfere with this system.



Seat Belts

Wearing Seat BeltsUsing seat belts and child safety seats is themost effective way to protect occupants if acollision occurs. Therefore, wearing a seat beltis required by law in most jurisdictions.

Both the driver and passenger seats areequipped with three-point inertia reel seatbelts. Inertia reel belts are automaticallytensioned to allow occupants to movecomfortably during normal driving conditions.To securely hold child safety seats, allpassenger seating positions are equipped withan automatic locking retractor (ALR) that, bypulling the seat belt beyond the lengthneeded for a typical adult occupant, locks thebelt into place until the seat belt is unbuckled.

The seat belt reel automatically locks toprevent movement of occupants if Model 3experiences a force associated with hardacceleration, braking, cornering, or an impactin a collision.

Seat Belt Reminders

The seat belt reminder on thetouchscreen alerts you if a seat beltfor an occupied driver or passengerseat is unbuckled. If the belt remainsunbuckled, the reminder flashes andan intermittent chime sounds. If alloccupants are buckled up and thereminder stays on, re-buckle seatbelts to ensure they are correctlylatched. Also remove any heavyobjects (such as a briefcase) from anunoccupied seat. If the reminderlight continues to stay on, contactTesla.

You can temporarily mute a seat belt reminderassociated with a rear seating position. This isuseful in situations when you are carrying anobject in a rear seat that triggers the seat beltreminder alert. To mute the reminder, touchthe associated seat on the seat belt remindercard that displays on the touchscreen when aseat belt reminder alert is active. When areminder is muted, the seat belt reminder iconis replaced by a seat icon. Touch the seatagain to unmute the reminder. The reminder isdisabled for the current drive only.

Warning: Seat belts must be worn bypassengers in all seating positions. Do notdisable a seat belt reminder when theseating position is occupied by apassenger.

To Fasten a Belt1. Ensure correct positioning of the seat (see

Correct Driving Position on page 25).2. Draw the belt out smoothly, ensuring the

belt lays flat across the pelvis, chest andmid-point of your collar bone, betweenthe neck and shoulder.

3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle andpress together until you hear a clickindicating it is locked in place.

4. Pull the belt to check that it is securelyfastened.

5. Pull the diagonal part of the belt towardthe reel to remove excess slack.

To Adjust the Shoulder AnchorHeightModel 3 is equipped with an adjustableshoulder anchor for each front seat to ensurethat the seat belt is positioned correctly. Theseat belt should lay flat across the mid-pointof your collar bone while in the correct drivingposition (see Correct Driving Position on page25). Adjust the height of the shoulder anchorif the seat belt is not positioned correctly:

1. Press and hold the button on the shoulderanchor to release the locking mechanism.

Seat Belts


2. While holding the button, move theshoulder anchor up or down as necessaryso that the seat belt is positionedcorrectly.

3. Release the button on the shoulder anchorso that it locks into position.

4. Without pressing the button, pull on theseat belt webbing and attempt to movethe shoulder anchor downwards to checkthat it is locked into position.

Warning: Ensure that the seat belt ispositioned correctly and that theshoulder anchor is locked into positionbefore driving. Riding in a moving vehiclewith the seat belt positioned incorrectlyor with the shoulder anchor not lockedinto position can reduce the effectivenessof the seat belt in a collision.

To Release a BeltHold the belt near the buckle to prevent thebelt from retracting too quickly, then press thebutton on the buckle. The belt retractsautomatically. Ensure there is no obstructionthat prevents the belt from fully retracting.The belt should not hang loose. If a seat beltdoes not fully retract, contact Tesla.

Wearing Seat Belts When PregnantDo not put the lap or shoulder sections of theseat belt over the abdominal area. Wear thelap section of the belt as low as possibleacross the hips, not the waist. Position theshoulder portion of the belt between thebreasts and to the side of the abdomen.Consult your doctor for specific guidance.

Warning: Never place anything betweenyou and the seat belt to cushion theimpact in the event of a collision.

Seat Belt Pre-tensionersThe front seat belts are equipped withpre‑tensioners that work in conjunction withthe airbags in a severe frontal collision. Thepre‑tensioners automatically retract both theseat belt anchor and the seat belt webbing,reducing slack in both the lap and diagonalportions of the belts, resulting in reducedforward movement of the occupant.

The outboard seats are equipped withshoulder pre-tensioners to retract the seat beltwebbing to reduce forward movement of theoccupant.

Seat Belts


If the pre-tensioners and airbags did notactivate in an impact, this does not mean theymalfunctioned. It usually means that thestrength or type of force needed to activatethem was not present.

Warning: Once the seat belt pre-tensioners have been activated, they mustbe replaced. After any collision, have theairbags, seat belt pre-tensioners and anyassociated components checked and, ifnecessary, replaced.

Testing Seat BeltsTo confirm that seat belts are operatingcorrectly, perform these three simple checkson each seat belt.

1. With the seat belt fastened, give thewebbing nearest the buckle a quick pull.The buckle should remain securely locked.

2. With the belt unfastened, unreel thewebbing to its limit. Check that unreelingis free from snags, and visually check thewebbing for wear. Allow the webbing toretract, checking that retraction is smoothand complete.

3. With the webbing half unreeled, hold thetongue plate and pull forward quickly. Themechanism should lock automatically andprevent further unreeling.

If a seat belt fails any of these tests, contactTesla immediately.

For information about cleaning seat belts, see Seat Belts on page 163.

Seat Belt WarningsWarning: Seat belts should be worn by alloccupants at all times, even if driving fora very short distance. Failure to do soincreases the risk of injury or death if acollision occurs.

Warning: Secure small children in asuitable child safety seat as described inthe Child Safety Seat topic. Always followthe child safety seat manufacturer'sinstructions when installing.

Warning: Ensure that all seat belts areworn correctly. An improperly worn seatbelt increases the risk of injury or death ifa collision occurs.

Warning: Do not wear seat belts overhard, fragile or sharp items in clothing,such as pens, keys, eyeglasses, etc. Thepressure from the seat belt on such itemscan cause injury.

Warning: Seat belts should not be wornwith any part of the strap twisted.

Warning: Each seat belt assembly mustbe used by one occupant only. It isdangerous to put a seat belt around achild being carried on an occupant’s lap.

Warning: Seat belts that have been wornin a collision must be inspected orreplaced by Tesla, even if damage to theassembly is not obvious.

Warning: Seat belts that show signs ofwear (such as fraying), or have been cutor damaged in any way, must be replacedby Tesla.

Warning: Avoid contaminating a seatbelt’s components with any chemicals,liquids, grit, dirt or cleaning products. If aseat belt fails to retract or latch into thebuckle, it must be replaced immediately.Contact Tesla.

Warning: Do not make modifications oradditions that can prevent a seat beltmechanism from taking up slack, or thatcan prevent a seat belt from beingadjusted to remove slack. A slack beltgreatly reduces occupant protection.

Warning: Do not make modifications thatcan interfere with the operation of a seatbelt, or that can cause a seat belt tobecome inoperable.

Warning: When seat belts are not in use,they should be fully retracted and not

Seat Belts


hanging loose. If a seat belt does not fullyretract, contact Tesla.

Seat Belts


Child Safety Seats

Guidelines for Seating ChildrenYour Model 3 seat belts are designed for adults and larger children. You must restrain infants andsmall children in the second row seats only, and you must use a suitable child safety seatappropriate for the child’s age, weight, and size.

Warning: Never seat a child on a seat with an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it. DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur. See Passenger Front Airbag Status on page 40.

Refer to the following label fitted to the sun visors.

Note: The image shown below is representative only and may not be identical to the label(s) inyour vehicle.

Child Safety Seats


Choosing a Child Safety SeatAll children age 12 and under should ride in the second and third row seats. Always use a childsafety seat suitable for a young child’s age and weight. The following table is based on childsafety seat recommendations determined by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in the United States (for more information, go to www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/Guidance).

Infants Toddlers Youngchildren

Age Birth to 1 year* Over 1 year* 4 years andolder, andless than 57in. (145 cm)tall

Weight Up to at least 20 lbs (9 kg)** Over 20 lbs (9 kg) (minimum)and up to 40 lbs (18 kg)*

Over 40 lbs(18 kg)

Type of childsafety seat

Rear facing (or convertible) Forward facing (orconvertible)*

Seat beltretainedboosterseat

Seat position Rear facing only* Forward facing* Forwardfacing

Recommendedattachmentmethod

If combined weight of childand safety seat is up to 65lbs (29.5 kg), attach usingeither LATCH** (lower anchoronly) or the seat belt only.***If combined weight of childand safety seat is over 65 lbs(29.5 kg), attach using theseat belt only.***

If combined weight of childand safety seat is up to 65 lbs(29.5 kg), attach using eitherLATCH** (both lower anchorsand top tether anchor), or theseat belt and upper tetherstrap.*** If combined weight ofchild and safety seat is over 65lbs (29.5 kg), attach using theseat belt and upper tetherstrap.***

Attachboosterseats usingthe seatbelt only.

* Many child safety seats currently available allow children to ride rear-facing using the childsafety seat’s integrated 5-point harness for a longer period of time BASED UPON SPECIFICHEIGHT AND WEIGHT LIMITS. Keep your child in a rear facing seat for as long as possible.CHECK THE CHILD SAFETY SEAT MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND CAREFULLYFOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS

** ISOFIX is the international standard for attachment points for child safety seats in passengercars. The system has other regional names including LATCH ("Lower Anchors and Tethers forChildren") in the United States and LUAS ("Lower Universal Anchorage System") or Canfix inCanada. It has also been called the "Universal Child Safety Seat System" or UCSSS.

*** Subject to instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer.

Warning: Laws that govern how and where children should be carried when traveling in avehicle are subject to change. It is the driver’s responsibility to keep up to date on, andcomply with, all current regulations in the region(s) where Model 3 is driven. To check thechild passenger safety laws for states in the U.S., go to: http://www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html.

Warning: Do not use LATCH/Isofix/i-Size anchors with child restraint system or booster seatsthat have an integral safety belt where the combined weight of the child plus the childrestraint system exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg).

Child Safety Seats


http://www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/Guidance

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_safety_seat

Warning: Do not use Easy Entry (as described in Driver Profiles on page 44) to automaticallymove the driver's seat to the full rearward position if a child safety seat is installed on a rearseat behind the driver's seat. With reduced clearance, the movement of the seat may impacta child's legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.

Child Safety Seats


Seating Larger ChildrenIf a child is too large to fit into a child safetyseat, but too small to safely fit into thestandard seat belts, use a booster seatappropriate for the child’s age and size.Carefully follow the manufacturer’sinstructions to secure the booster seat.

Installing Child Safety SeatsThere are two general methods used to installchild safety seats:

• Seat belt retained - these seats aresecured using the vehicle’s seat belts.

• LATCH retained - these seats attach toanchor bars built into the vehicle’s rearseats.

Check the child safety seat manufacturer’sinstructions and the table provided in thisdocument to determine which installationmethod to use. Some child safety seats can beinstalled using either method. Always followthe child safety seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

Installing Seat Belt Retained ChildSeatsFirst, make sure that the child safety seat isappropriate for the weight, height, and age ofthe child.

Avoid dressing the child in bulky clothing anddo not place any objects between the childand the restraint system.

Adjust harnesses for every child, every trip.

To securely hold child safety seats, allpassenger seating positions are equipped withan automatic locking retractor (ALR) that, bypulling the seat belt beyond the lengthneeded for a typical adult occupant, locks thebelt into place until the seat belt is unbuckledand the webbing is fully retracted. The ALRmechanism operates as a ratchet, winding inslack and preventing the seat belt fromextending any further until it has beencompletely rewound. When installing a childsafety seat, engage the belt's automaticlocking retractor by pulling the seat beltwebbing until it is fully extended. The ALRsystem engages only when the seat belt is atits maximum extension point.

Note: An automatic locking retractordisengages only when the seat belt isunbuckled and fully retracted. The belt canthen be worn as a normal belt, sliding freely in

and out and locking tight only in anemergency. Once disengaged, the belt mustbe fully extended to re-engage the lockingmechanism whenever you install a child safetyseat.

Always follow the detailed instructionsprovided by the child safety seatmanufacturer. General guidelines are providedbelow.

1. Place the child safety seat in Model 3, andfully extend the seat belt. Route andbuckle the seat belt in accordance withthe child safety seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

2. Allow the seat belt to retract, and removeall slack in the seat belt while firmlypushing the child safety seat into theModel 3 seat.

3. If the seat belt retained child safety seathas an upper tether, attach it to the backof the seat (see Attaching Upper TetherStraps on page 36).

Installing LATCH (ISOFIX) ChildSeatsLower LATCH anchors are provided in thesecond row outboard seats. The anchors arelocated between the seat's back rest and rearcushion. The exact location of each anchor isidentified by a child safety seat identificationbutton, illustrated below. The button is locatedon the seat back, directly above its associatedanchor.

Child Safety Seats


In the second row, install LATCH child safetyseats in the outboard seating positions only.Use only a seat belt retained seat in the centerposition.

To install a LATCH child safety seat, slide thesafety seat latches onto the anchor bars untilthey click into place. Carefully read and followthe instructions provided by the child safetyseat manufacturer.

Once installed, test the security of theinstallation before seating a child. Attempt totwist the child safety seat from side to sideand try to pull it away from the seat, thencheck to ensure the anchors remain securelyin place.

Note: Lower LATCH anchors should not beused with child seats or booster seats thathave an integrated safety belt in situationswhere the combined weight of the child plusthe child restraint is more than 65 lbs (29.5kg). In these situations, use the safety beltinstead.

Attaching Upper Tether StrapsIf an upper tether strap is provided, attach itshook to the anchor point located on the shelfbehind the rear seats.

Note: The location of anchor points may notbe readily visible but can be found byidentifying a slice in the seat's material.

Warning: Tighten upper tether strapsaccording to the instructions provided bythe manufacturer of the child safety seat.

Warning: USE ONLY SEAT BELTRETAINED CHILD SAFETY SEATS IN THECENTER SEATING POSITION.

To access an anchor point, press down on theback of its cover.

Child Safety Seats


For dual-strap tethers, position a strap oneach side of the head support.

For single-strap tethers at the outboardseating positions, run the strap over theoutside-facing side of the head support (sameside of the head support as the seat beltretraction mechanism).

For a single-strap tether in the center seatingposition, fully lower the head support (see Raising/Lowering the Rear Center HeadSupport on page 26) and run the strap overthe top center of the head support.

Testing a Child Safety SeatBefore seating a child, always make sure thechild safety seat is not loose:

1. Hold the child safety seat by the belt pathand try to slide the safety seat from sideto side and front to back.

2. If the seat moves more than one inch(2.5 cm), it is too loose. Tighten the belt orreconnect the LATCH retained child safetyseat.

3. If you are unable to reduce slack, try adifferent seat location or try another childsafety seat.

Child Safety Seat WarningsWarning: Extreme hazard! Do not seat achild on the front passenger seat even ifyou are using a child safety seat. This seathas an airbag in front of it. Although thisairbag is disabled when Model 3 detects alightweight passenger, do not rely ontechnology to protect your child.

Warning: Child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seatsby lap belts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt. Children could beendangered in a crash if their childrestraints are not properly secured in thevehicle.

Warning: According to collision statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seating positionsthan in the front seating positions.

Warning: Do not use a forward facingchild safety seat until your child weighsover 20 lbs (9 kg) and can sit

Child Safety Seats


independently. Up to the age of two, achild's spine and neck are not sufficientlydeveloped to avoid injury in a frontalimpact.

Warning: Do not allow a baby or infant tobe held on a lap. All children should berestrained in an appropriate child safetyseat at all times.

Warning: To ensure children are safelyseated, follow all instructions provided inthis document and by the manufacturerof the child safety seat.

Warning: Children should ride in a rearfacing child safety seat using the seat’sintegrated 5-point harness for as long aspossible.

Warning: Do not use seat belt extenderson a seat belt that is being used to installa child safety seat or booster seat.

Warning: When seating larger children,make sure the child's head is supportedand the child’s seat belt is properlyadjusted and fastened. The shoulderportion of the belt must be away from theface and neck, and the lap portion mustnot be over the stomach.

Warning: Never attach two child safetyseats to one anchor point. In a collision,one anchor point may be incapable ofsecuring both seats.

Warning: Child restraint anchors aredesigned to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts,harnesses, or for attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

Warning: Always check harnesses andtether straps for damage and wear.

Warning: Never leave a child unattended,even if the child is secured in a childsafety seat.

Warning: Never use a child safety seatthat has been involved in a collision. Havethe seat inspected or replaced asdescribed in the child safety seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

Child Safety Seats


Airbags

Location of AirbagsAirbags are located in the approximate areas shown below. Airbag warning information is printedon the sun visors.

Model 3 is equipped with an airbag and lap/shoulder belt at both front seating positions. Theairbag is a supplemental restraint at those seating positions. All occupants, including the driver,should always wear their seat belts whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seatingposition to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash.

1. Knee airbag2. Front airbags3. Seat-mounted side airbags4. Curtain airbags

Airbags


How Airbags WorkAirbags inflate when sensors detect an impactthat exceeds deployment thresholds. Thesethresholds are designed to predict the severityof a crash in time for the airbags to helpprotect the vehicle's occupants. Airbagsinflate instantly with considerable forceaccompanied by a loud noise. The inflatedbag, together with the seat belts, limitsmovement of occupants to reduce the risk ofinjury.

Front airbags are not ordinarily designed toinflate in rear collisions, rollovers, sidecollisions and when braking heavily or drivingover bumps and potholes. Likewise, frontairbags may not inflate in all frontal collisions,such as minor front collisions, underridecollisions, or impacts with narrow objects(such as poles or trees). Significant superficialdamage can occur to the vehicle without theairbags inflating and, conversely, a relativelysmall amount of structural damage can causeairbags to inflate. Therefore, the externalappearance of the vehicle after a collisiondoes not represent whether or not the frontairbags should have inflated.

Warning: Before modifying your vehicleto accommodate a person withdisabilities in a way that may affect theairbag system, contact Tesla.

Types of AirbagsModel 3 has the following types of airbags:

• Front airbags: The front airbags aredesigned to reduce injuries if largerchildren or adults are riding in the frontseats. Follow all warnings and instructionsrelated to seating a child on the frontpassenger seat (if permitted in yourmarket region). See Child Safety Seats onpage 32.

• Knee airbags: Knee airbags and the frontairbags work together. The knee airbagslimit the forward motion of the front seatoccupants by restricting leg movement,thereby positioning the occupants so thatthe front airbags work more effectively.

• Seat-mounted side airbags: A seat-mounted side airbag in the front seatshelps protect the pelvis and the thoraxregion of the torso. The seat-mountedside airbags on both the impacted andnon-impacted side of the vehicle willinflate in the event of severe side impactor severe offset frontal impact.

• Curtain airbags: Curtain airbags helpprotect the head. Curtain airbags on boththe impacted and non-impacted side ofthe vehicle will inflate only if a severe sideimpact occurs, or if the vehicle rolls over.

Passenger Front Airbag StatusThe status of the passenger front airbagdisplays in the top corner of the touchscreen:

Before driving with a child seaton the front passenger seat,always double-check the statusof the passenger front airbag toconfirm that it is OFF. When thepassenger front airbag is OFF, itwill not inflate when a collisionoccurs. This indicator alsodisplays when the seat isunoccupied.

To protect an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat, ensurethe passenger front airbag is ON.When the passenger front airbagis ON, it may inflate when acollision occurs.

Warning: If seating a child in the frontpassenger seat is legally permissible inyour market region, it is the driver'sresponsibility to ensure that the

Airbags


passenger front airbag is OFF. Never seata child in the front passenger seat with anactive airbag, even if using a child safetyseat or booster seat. DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the child can occur.

Controlling the Passenger FrontAirbagModel 3 has an occupancy sensor in the frontpassenger seat that controls the status of thefront airbag.

Note: The occupancy sensor system meets theregulatory requirement of FMVSS 208 andautomatically detects when inflating thepassenger front airbag would be unnecessaryor potentially harmful.

Weight infrontpassengerseat

Passengerairbag status

Indicatorstatus

Empty OFF PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF

Up to 20 lbs(9 kg)

OFF PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF

20-100 lbs(9-45 kg)*

OFF or ON OFF -PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFON -PASSENGERAIRBAG ON

Over 100 lbs(45 kg)

ON ON -PASSENGERAIRBAG ON

*Values are approximate. A weight detectednear the threshold can cause the airbagstatus to occasionally turn on and offdepending on seating position andphysique.

Note: It takes approximately six seconds afteryou power on Model 3 for the occupancysensor to report accurate status of the frontpassenger airbag. As a result, when you firstpower on Model 3, even in situations when itshould be OFF because the seat is occupiedby a weight of 20 lbs (9 kg) or less, it will takethe touchscreen approximately six seconds todisplay the status, PASS AIRBAG OFF. If it failsto do so, contact Tesla service immediatelyand do not seat a child in the front passengerseating position.

To make sure the sensing system can correctlydetect occupancy status, eliminate thefollowing:

• Objects lodged under the seat.• Heavy objects sitting on the seat

(briefcase, large purse).

Airbags


• Objects wedged between the seat backand seat cushion.

• Cargo interfering with the seat.• Aftermarket items attached to, or sitting

on, the seat (covers, mats, blankets, etc.).

These conditions can interfere with theoccupancy sensor. If you have eliminated theabove possibilities, and the airbag status is stillincorrect, ask passengers to ride in the rearseats and contact Tesla to have the airbagsystem checked.

Note: The front passenger occupancy sensoraffects the operation of the passenger frontairbags only. The side airbags are not affected.

Warning: If the front passenger airbag isnot turning on or off as expected basedon the weight thresholds previouslydescribed, contact Tesla immediately.

Warning: Never seat a child on the frontpassenger seat, even if the passengerairbag is off. All occupants age 12 andunder must ride in the rear seats.

Warning: To ensure accuracy of theoccupant detection system, do not makeany modifications to the front passengerseat.

Warning: Do not use seat covers onModel 3. Doing so could restrictdeployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. It can alsoreduce the accuracy of the occupantdetection system, if equipped.

Inflation EffectsWarning: When airbags inflate, a finepowder is released. This powder canirritate the skin and should be thoroughlyflushed from the eyes and from any cutsor abrasions.

After inflation, the airbags deflate to provide agradual cushioning effect for the occupantsand to ensure the driver’s forward vision is notobscured.

If airbags have inflated, or if your vehicle hasbeen in a collision, your vehicle requiresservicing before it will power up. In addition,your airbags, seat belt pre-tensioners and anyassociated components must be checked, andif necessary, replaced. Contact Tesla Serviceimmediately.

In a collision, in addition to the airbagsinflating:

• Doors unlock.

• Hazard warning lights turn on.• Interior lights turn on.• High voltage is disabled.

Note: In some collisions, even if airbags didnot inflate, high voltage may be disabled andyou will be unable to power up and drive.Contact Tesla Service immediately.

Airbag Warning Indicator

The airbag indicator on thetouchscreen remains lit if the airbagsystem is malfunctioning. The onlytime this indicator should light up isbriefly when Model 3 first powers up,in which case it turns off within a fewseconds. If it remains lit, contactTesla immediately and do not drive.

Airbag WarningsWarning: Do not place objects over ornear airbags because any such objectscould cause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to cause the airbagto inflate.

Warning: All occupants, including thedriver, should always wear their seat belts,whether or not an airbag is also providedat their seating position, to minimize therisk of severe injury or death in the eventof a collision.

Warning: Front seat occupants should notplace their arms over the airbag module,as an inflating airbag can cause fracturesor other injuries.

Warning: Do not use seat covers onModel 3. Doing so could restrictdeployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. It can alsoreduce the accuracy of the occupantdetection system, if equipped.

Warning: Airbags inflate withconsiderable speed and force, which cancause injury. To limit injuries, ensure thatoccupants are wearing seat belts and arecorrectly seated, with the seat positionedas far back as possible. The NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) recommends a minimumdistance of 10" (25 cm) between anoccupant’s chest and an airbag.

Warning: Do not use a rear-facing childsafety seat on a seat with an operational

Airbags


airbag in front of it. Doing so can causeinjury or death if the airbag inflates.

Warning: Children should not be seatedon the front passenger seat unlesspermitted by regulations in your marketregion. Follow all regulations in yourregion for the appropriate way to seat achild based on the child's weight, size,and age. The safest place to seat infantsand young children is in the rear seatingpositions. Seating an infant or child in arear-facing child restraint system on aseat equipped with an operational airbagcan cause serious injury or death.

Warning: To ensure correct inflation of theside airbags, maintain an unobstructedgap between an occupant’s torso and theside of Model 3.

Warning: Passengers shouldn't lean theirheads against doors. Doing so can causeinjury if a curtain airbag inflates.

Warning: Do not allow passengers toobstruct the operation of an airbag byplacing feet, knees or any other part ofthe body on or near an airbag.

Warning: Do not attach or place objectson or near the front airbags, the side ofthe front seats, the headliner at the sideof the vehicle, or any other airbag coverthat could interfere with inflation of anairbag. Objects can cause serious injury ifthe vehicle is in a collision severe enoughto cause the airbag to inflate.

Warning: Following inflation, some airbagcomponents are hot. Do not touch untilthey have cooled.

Airbags


Driving

Driver Profiles

Creating a Driver ProfileWhen you first adjust the driver’s seat,steering wheel, or driver’s side mirror, thetouchscreen prompts you to create a driverprofile to save these adjustments. Your profilealso saves some of the preferences you makeusing the touchscreen's Controls window.

To add a new driver profile, touchthe driver profile icon at the top ofthe touchscreen. Then touch AddNew Driver, type the driver's nameand touch Create Profile. Follow theonscreen instructions to save theseating position to the driver profile.You can also check the Use EasyEntry checkbox if you want to save(or use existing) Easy Entry settings(described below) in which thedriver's seat and the steering wheelare automatically adjusted to make iteasy to enter and exit Model 3.

If you change the position of the steeringwheel, driver’s seat, or driver’s side mirrorafter you have saved or chosen a driverprofile, the touchscreen prompts you to savethe new position or restore the previouslysaved position (other settings areautomatically saved). To change a settingwithout saving or restoring, just ignore theprompt.

To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’s profile,touch the driver profile icon and choose thedriver name. The saved adjustments areautomatically made.

Note: Valet mode is a built-in driver profileused to limit speed and restrict access tosome Model 3 features (see Valet Mode onpage 45).

Note: To stop automatic adjustments that arein process based on a driver's profile, touchStop on the Driver Profile dropdown menu.Automatic adjustments also stop if youmanually adjust a seat, mirror or the steeringwheel.

Easy Entry

You can define an Easy Entry setting thatmoves the steering wheel and driver's seat tomake it easy to enter and exit Model 3. Anydriver can use the Easy Entry setting byassociating it with their driver's profile. Whenthe Easy Entry setting is associated with adriver's profile, the steering wheel and driver'sseat automatically adjust when the park gearis engaged and the driver's seat belt isunbuckled, allowing an easy exit from thevehicle. When returning to the vehicle andstepping on the brake pedal, settingsautomatically adjust back to the settings usedby the most recent driver profile.

To use Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensurethe Use Easy Entry box is checked.

Warning: Never use Easy Entry to movethe driver's seat to the full rearwardposition when a child safety seat isinstalled on a rear seat located behind thedriver's seat. With reduced clearance, themovement of the seat may impact achild's legs, cause injury, or dislodge theseat.

Restoring a Driver’s Profile

To adjust Model 3 based on a driver’sprofile, touch the driver profile iconon the touchscreen's status bar. Thenchoose the driver and Model 3 isadjusted based on the settings thathave been saved to the chosendriver profile.

Linking a Driver Profile to a KeyYou can link a driver profile to a key (or keys)to allow Model 3 to automatically select thecorrect driver profile when the linked key isdetected as you approach the vehicle andopen the driver's door. To link a driver profileto a key, first ensure you are using yourdesired driver profile. Navigate to Controls >Locks and touch the + icon. You can add anauthenticated phone, key card, or key fob byfollowing the onscreen instructions. Whenfinished pairing, touch the driver icon to linkthe key to the desired driver profile. The nameof the driver profile will appear under the keyto show that it is linked.

Note: Model 3 can support up to 19 linked keysincluding authenticated phones, key cards,and up to four key fobs. However, Model 3only supports up to 10 driver profiles. You can

Driver Profiles


link multiple keys to a driver profile, but youcannot link multiple driver profiles to a singlekey.

Valet ModeWhen Model 3 is in Valet mode, the followingrestrictions apply:

• Speed is limited to 70 mph (113 km/h).• Maximum acceleration and power are

limited.• Front trunk and glovebox are locked.• Home and Work locations are not

available in the navigation system.• Voice commands are disabled.• Autopilot convenience features are

disabled.• The Allow Mobile Access setting is

disabled.• HomeLink (if applicable in your market

region) is not accessible.• Driver Profiles are not accessible.• The touchscreen does not display the list

of keys that can access Model 3 (see Managing Keys on page 9).

• Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. WhenModel 3 is in Valet mode, you cannot pairnew Bluetooth devices or view or deleteexisting paired devices.

Note: If a Bluetooth paired device or aknown Wi-Fi network is within operatingrange (approximately 30 feet or 9 meters)of Model 3 in Valet mode, Model 3 willconnect to it.

Starting Valet Mode

With Model 3 in Park, touch the driver profileicon on the top of the touchscreen, then touchValet Mode.

The first time you enter Valet mode, you willbe prompted to create a 4-digit PIN that youwill use to cancel Valet mode.

When Valet mode is active, the touchscreendisplays the word Valet above the drivingspeed and the Valet mode driver profiledisplays on the touchscreen.

You can also use the mobile app to start andcancel Valet mode (provided Model 3 is inPark). When using the mobile app, you do notneed to enter a PIN because you are alreadyrequired to log into the app using your TeslaAccount credentials.

Note: If the PIN to Drive setting is enabled(see PIN to Drive on page 134), you must

enter the driving PIN before you can define orenter a Valet PIN. Once in Valet mode, Model 3can be driven without the valet needing toenter the driving PIN.

Note: The PIN to Drive setting is not availablewhen Valet mode is active.

If you forget your valet PIN, reset it frominside Model 3 by entering your Tesla Accountcredentials (which also cancels Valet mode).You can also reset your PIN using the mobileapp.

Canceling Valet Mode

With Model 3 in Park, touch the Valet Modedriver icon on the touchscreen's status bar,then enter your 4-digit PIN.

When you cancel Valet mode, all settingsassociated with the most recently used driverprofile and climate control settings arerestored, and all features are available.

Note: You do not need to enter a PIN to cancelValet mode from the mobile app.

Driver Profiles

Driving 45

Steering Wheel

Scroll ButtonsA scroll button is located on each side of thesteering wheel. Use your thumb to press thisbutton to the right or left. You can also pressthe button or roll it up or down.

1. Use the left scroll button to:

• Control the volume. Press the scrollbutton to mute/unmute the volume,roll the scroll button up to increasethe volume, or down to decrease thevolume.

Note: The scroll button adjusts thevolume for media, navigationinstructions or phone calls based onwhat is currently in use. As you adjustvolume, the touchscreen displays thevolume level and whether you areadjusting volume for media,navigation or phone calls.

• Push the scroll button to the right togo to the next song, station, orFavorite (depending on what'splaying). Push the scroll button to theleft to return to the previous selection.

• Adjust the position of the exteriormirrors (see Adjusting Exterior Mirrorson page 48).

• If equipped with the premiumpackage, adjust the position of thesteering wheel (see Adjusting SteeringWheel Position - Premium Package onpage 46).

• Adjust the angle of the headlights(see Headlight Adjustments on page55).

2. Use the right scroll button to:

• Speak a voice command. Press thebutton to initiate a voice command(see Using Voice Commands on page133).

• Adjust your set speed and thedistance you want to maintain from avehicle traveling ahead of you (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page78).

Note: The arrows associated with the scrollbuttons are backlit in low ambient lightingconditions. To turn this backlighting on or off,touch Controls > Lights > Steering WheelLights.

To restart the touchscreen, press and holdboth scroll buttons until after the touchscreenturns black, releasing when the Tesla logoappears. See Restarting the Touchscreen onpage 50.

Adjusting Steering Wheel Position -Premium PackageTo adjust the steering wheel, touch Controls >Quick Controls > Adjustments > SteeringWheel. Use the left scroll buttons on thesteering wheel to move the steering wheel tothe desired position:

• To adjust the height/tilt angle of thesteering wheel, roll the left scroll buttonup or down.

• To move the steering wheel closer to you,or further away from you, press the leftscroll button to the left or right.

Warning: Do not make steering wheeladjustments while driving.

Adjusting Steering EffortYou can adjust the feel and sensitivity of thesteering system to suit your personalpreference:

Steering Wheel


1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >Driving > Steering Mode.

2. Choose a steering option:

• Comfort - Reduces the effort requiredto turn the wheel. In town, Model 3feels easier to drive and park.

• Standard - Tesla believes that thissetting offers the best handling andresponse in all conditions.

• Sport - Increases the effort requiredto turn the wheel. When driving athigher speeds, Model 3 feels moreresponsive.

The only way to really know which option youlike best is to try them.

HornTo sound the horn, press the center pad on thesteering wheel.

Steering Wheel

Driving 47

Mirrors

Adjusting Exterior MirrorsAdjust the exterior mirrors by touchingControls > Quick Controls > Mirrors. You canchoose which mirror you would like to adjustby selecting Left or Right on the touchscreen.Use the left scroll button on the steeringwheel to adjust the mirror to its desiredposition:

Note: You can also press the left scroll buttonto change which mirror you are adjusting.

• To move the mirror up or down, roll theleft scroll button up or down.

• To move the mirror inward or outward,press the left scroll button to the left orright.

The driver’s side mirror automatically dims inlow lighting conditions (for example, whendriving at night or through a tunnel) inproportion to the level of glare from theheadlights of a vehicle behind you (exceptwhen in Reverse).

If equipped with the premium package, bothexterior mirrors have heaters that turn on andoff with the rear window defroster.

You can fold the mirrors inward for parking intight spaces by touching Controls > QuickControls > Fold. The mirrors remain foldeduntil your driving speed reaches 31 mph (50km/h), or until you touch Fold again to unfoldthe mirrors.

Note: You cannot fold a mirror if your drivingspeed exceeds 31 mph (50 km/h).

Auto-Fold Mirrors Based on Location

Model 3 can automatically fold and unfold theside mirrors based on location, which savesyou from having to manually position themeach time you need to fold or unfold themirrors when at a frequented place (such asnarrow garages, tight parking spaces, etc.).

To set up, Model 3 must be driving at a lowspeed (less than 3 mph/5 kph) or stopped atthe location you want your vehicle toremember. Go toControls > Quick Controls >Mirrors > Always Fold Mirrors at this Location.Next time you approach the saved location,your mirrors will fold and unfold within 25 feet(7.5 meters) of the specified location.

You can also integrate auto-folding mirrorswith HomeLink (see HomeLink UniversalTransceiver on page 137). To enable, go toHomeLink > Auto-Fold Mirrors when Nearby.

Caution: Mirrors may not automaticallyfold or unfold if you return to a savedlocation and are driving faster than 3mph/5 kph.

Mirror Auto Tilt - Premium Package

If equipped with the premium package, bothexterior mirrors can automatically tiltdownward when Model 3 is shifted intoReverse. When you shift back into Drive, themirrors return to their normal (upward)position.

To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls >Quick Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Tilt.

Mirror Auto Fold - Premium Package

If equipped with the premium package, bothexterior mirrors can automatically fold inwardwhenever you exit and lock Model 3. Whenyou unlock Model 3, the exterior mirrors thenautomatically unfold.

To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls >Quick Controls > Mirrors > Mirror Auto Fold.

Rear View MirrorThe rear view mirror is adjusted manually.Except when in Reverse, the rear view mirrorautomatically dims in proportion to the levelof glare from the headlights of a vehiclebehind you.

Mirrors


Vanity MirrorsTo expose and illuminate the vanity mirror,fold the sun visor downwards, then use thetab to lower the mirror cover. When you closethe mirror cover, the light turns off.

Mirrors

Driving 49

Starting and Powering Off

StartingWhen you open a door, Model 3 powers on thetouchscreen and you can operate all controls.

To drive Model 3:

1. PRESS THE BRAKE PEDAL - Model 3powers on and is ready to drive.

2. SELECT A GEAR - Move the gear lever allthe way down for Drive and all the way upfor Reverse. See Shifting Gears on page52.

Note: If the PIN to Drive feature is enabled(see PIN to Drive on page 134), you must alsoenter a valid PIN on the touchscreen beforeyou can drive Model 3.

Note: If Passive Entry is off and you do notpress the brake pedal to start Model 3 withinapproximately five minutes, a messagedisplays on the touchscreen and you must usethe key to lock then unlock Model 3 againbefore starting the vehicle.

Everything you need to know when drivingModel 3 displays on the touchscreen.

Drive Disabled - Requires Authentication

If Model 3 does not detect a key when youpress the brake (an authenticated phone is notdetected, or 30 seconds has passed since youused the key card), the touchscreen displays amessage telling you that driving requiresauthentication.

If you see this message, place the key cardbehind the cup holders on the top of thecenter console where the RFID transmitter canread it. The 30 second authentication windowrestarts and you can start Model 3 by pressingthe brake pedal.

A number of factors can affect whether Model3 can detect an authenticated phone (forexample, the phone's battery is low or deadand is no longer able to communicate usingBluetooth).

Always keep your authenticated phone and akey card with you. After driving, yourauthenticated phone or key card is needed torestart Model 3 after it powers off. And whenyou leave Model 3, you must bring yourauthenticated phone or key card with you tolock Model 3, either manually or automatically.

Powering OffWhen you finish driving, shift into Park bypressing the button on the end of the gearselector. The parking brake automaticallyengages and all systems keep operating.When you leave Model 3 with yourauthenticated phone and key card, it powersoff automatically, turning off the touchscreen.

Model 3 also powers off automatically afterbeing in Park for 15 minutes, even if you aresitting in the driver’s seat.

Although usually not needed, you can poweroff Model 3 while sitting in the driver’s seat,provided the vehicle is not moving. TouchControls > Safety & Security > Power Off.Model 3 automatically powers back on again ifyou press the brake pedal or touch thetouchscreen.

Note: Model 3 automatically shifts into Parkwhenever it is determined that you are exitingthe vehicle, even when you shift into Neutralbefore exiting. To keep Model 3 in Neutral, youwill need to activate Transport Mode (see Instructions for Transporters on page 191).

Restarting the TouchscreenIf your touchscreen is unresponsive ordemonstrates unusual behavior, you canrestart it to potentially resolve the issue.

Warning: Only restart the touchscreenwhile the vehicle is stopped and in Park.The car status display, safety warnings,backup camera, etc. will not be visibleduring the restart.

1. Shift into Park.



2. Hold down both scroll buttons on thesteering wheel until the touchscreen turnsblack and the Tesla logo appears.

3. Wait approximately 30 seconds for thetouchscreen to restart. If the touchscreenis still unresponsive or demonstratingunusual behavior after a few minutes, trypowering the vehicle off (touch Controls >Safety & Security > Power Off).

Note: Restarting the touchscreen using thescroll buttons does not power Model 3 off andon.


Driving 51

Gears

Shifting GearsWhen Model 3 is in Park, you must press thebrake to shift to another gear.

Move the lever up or down to change gears.

If you try to shift into a gear that the currentdriving speed prohibits, a chime sounds andthe gear does not change.

Reverse

Push the lever all the way up and release. Youcan only shift into Reverse when Model 3 isstopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h).If moving less than 1 mph (1.6 km/h), you mustpress the brake.

Neutral

Push the lever up or down to the first positionand hold it there for more than 1 second toshift into Neutral. Neutral allows Model 3 toroll freely when you are not pressing the brakepedal.

Model 3 automatically shifts into Park whenyou leave the driver's seat. To stay in Neutral,use the touchscreen to engage TransportMode (see Instructions for Transporters onpage 191).

Drive

Push the lever all the way down and release.You can shift into Drive when Model 3 isstopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h)in Reverse. If Model 3 is moving less than1 mph (1.6 km/h), you must press the brake toshift into Drive.

Note: When in Drive, push the lever all the waydown and release to enable Traffic-AwareCruise Control (see Traffic-Aware CruiseControl on page 78). Push the lever all theway down twice in quick succession to enableAutosteer (see Autosteer on page 84).

Park

Press the end of the gear selector while Model3 is stopped. Whenever Model 3 is in Park, theparking brake is applied.

Model 3 automatically shifts into Parkwhenever you connect a charge cable or iftwo or more of the following conditions aremet simultaneously while traveling slower thanapproximately 1.5 mph (2 km/h):

• The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.• The occupancy sensor in the driver's seat

does not detect an occupant.• The driver's door is opened.

Note: The above conditions do not reflect acomprehensive list of reasons why Model 3may or may not automatically shift into Parkand, in certain scenarios, it is possible for yourvehicle to shift into Park when only one of theabove conditions is true.

Caution: In emergency situations, if thebrakes are not functioning properly, pressand hold the Park button on the gearselector to bring the vehicle to a stop. Donot use this method to stop the vehicleunless absolutely necessary.

Warning: It is the driver's responsibility toalways ensure the vehicle is in Park beforeexiting. Never rely on Model 3 toautomatically shift into Park for you; itmight not work in all circumstances (forexample, if Creep or a slope causes thevehicle to travel greater thanapproximately 1.5 mph (2 km/h)).

Gears


To make it convenient to pick up passengers,you can also unlock all doors at any time byshifting into Park then pressing the Parkbutton a second time.

Gears

Driving 53

Lights

Controlling LightsTouch Controls > Lights on the touchscreen tocontrol the lights.

In addition to the lights that you can controlfrom the touchscreen, Model 3 hasconvenience lights that operate automaticallybased on what you are doing. For example, inlow ambient lighting conditions, interior lights,marker lights, tail lights, and puddle lights turnon when you unlock Model 3, when you opena door, and when you shift into Park. They turnoff after a minute or two or when you shiftinto a driving gear or lock Model 3.

Note: The image below is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onvehicle options, software version and marketregion, your touchscreen may appear slightlydifferent.

1. Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights, sidemarker lights, parking lights, and licenseplate lights) are set to AUTO each timeyou start Model 3. When set to AUTO,exterior lights automatically turn on whendriving in low lighting conditions. If youchange to a different setting, lights alwaysrevert to AUTO on your next drive.

Touch one of these options to temporarilychange the exterior light setting:

• OFF: Exterior lights turn off until youmanually turn them back on or untilthe next time you drive.

• PARKING: Only the exterior sidemarker lights, parking lights, tail lightsand license plate lights turn on.

• ON: Exterior lights turn on.

Note: Any exterior lights (for example,daytime running lights) that are requiredto remain on in your market region willturn on as appropriate when driving, whenparked on specific types of roads, etc.

Note: If equipped with the premiumpackage, Model 3 has a series of LEDlights along the rim of the headlights, alsoreferred to as "signature" lights. Theselights automatically turn on wheneverModel 3 is powered on and a driving gear(Drive or Reverse) is engaged.

Warning: Always ensure that yourheadlights are on during low visibilityconditions. Failure to do so may resultin a collision.

2. A separate control is available to turn onfog lights (if equipped). When on, foglights operate whenever low beamheadlights are on. When headlights areturned off, fog lights also turn off.

3. Turn the interior dome (map) lights on oroff. If set to AUTO, all interior dome lightsturn on when you unlock Model 3, open adoor upon exiting, or shift into Park.

You can also manually turn an individualdome light on or off by pressing its lens. Ifyou manually turn a dome light on, it turnsoff when Model 3 powers off. If Model 3was already powered off when youmanually turned the light on, it turns offafter 60 minutes.

4. If you turn on AMBIENT LIGHTS, interiorambient lights turn on whenever theheadlights are on (if equipped).

Note: To control the backlighting on thesteering wheel buttons, touch Controls >Lights > Steering Wheel Lights. If off, theydo not turn on when headlights are on.

5. If you turn on Auto High Beam, yourvehicle automatically switches from highbeam headlights to low beam headlightswhen light is detected in front of Model 3.See High Beam Headlights on page 55.

Lights


6. If you turn on Headlights after Exit, theexterior lights remain on for a short periodof time after you stop driving and parkModel 3 in low lighting conditions. See Headlights After Exit on page 55.

7. If you turn on Steering Wheel Lights, thearrows associated with the scroll buttonsare backlit in low ambient lightingconditions.

High Beam HeadlightsPush the left-hand steering column lever awayfrom you and release to turn the high beamheadlights on continuously. To cancel, pushthe lever away from you again.

To briefly flash the high beam headlights, pullthe lever towards you and release.

The high beam headlights can automaticallyswitch to low beam when there is lightdetected in front of Model 3 (for example,from an oncoming vehicle). To turn this featureon or off, touch Controls > Lights > Auto HighBeam.

Note: Your chosen setting is retained until youmanually change it.

In situations where Auto High Beam is turnedon but the high beams are turned off becauselight is detected in front of Model 3, you cantemporarily turn on the high beams by pullingthe lever toward you.

The following indicator lights are visible on thetouchscreen to show the status of theheadlights:

Low beam headlights are on.

High beam headlights are on andAuto High Beam is disabled orcurrently unavailable.

Auto High Beam is enabled and highbeams are on. Model 3 is ready toturn off the high beams if light isdetected.

Auto High Beam is enabled but highbeams are not on because light isdetected in front of Model 3. Whenlight is no longer detected, highbeams automatically turn back on.

Warning: Auto High Beam is an aid onlyand is subject to limitations. It is thedriver's responsibility to make sure thatthe headlights are appropriately adjustedfor weather conditions and drivingcircumstances.

Headlights After ExitWhen Headlights after Exit is on, the exteriorheadlights remain on when you stop drivingand park Model 3 in low lighting conditions.They automatically turn off after one minuteor when Model 3 locks. When off, headlightsturn off when you engage the Park gear andopen a door.

To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls >Lights > Headlights after Exit.

Headlight AdjustmentsTo adjust the angle of the headlights, touchControls > Service > Adjust Headlights, thenfollow the onscreen instructions. You canchoose which headlight you would like toadjust by selecting it on the touchscreen.

Warning: Proceed with caution whenadjusting headlights. Tesla has carefullycalibrated the position of the headlightsto be in an optimum position for mostdriving scenarios. Tesla recommends thatyou do not adjust headlights unless youare familiar with how headlights shouldbe adjusted. Once adjusted, you will beunable to automatically restore them totheir originally calibrated position.Contact Tesla for assistance whenadjusting headlights.

Lights

Driving 55

Turn SignalsThe turn signals flash three times orcontinuously, depending on how far up ordown you move the lever. Lightly push theturn signal lever up or down for a three-flashsequence. For a continuous signal, push thelever fully up or down.

The turn signals stop operating when canceledby the steering wheel, by moving the lever inthe opposite direction, or lightly pushing thelever in the same direction once more.

The corresponding turn signalindicator lights up on thetouchscreen when a turn signal isoperating. You also hear a clickingsound.

Warning: If you have purchased anoptional Autopilot package and Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is active, engaginga turn signal can cause Model 3 toaccelerate when using Traffic-AwareCruise Control in specific situations (see Overtake Acceleration on page 82). IfAutosteer is active, engaging a turn signalmay cause Model 3 to change lanes.

Hazard Warning FlashersTo turn on the hazard warning flashers, pressthe button located above the rear view mirror.All turn signals flash. Press the button again toturn off the hazard warning flashers.

Note: Hazard warning flashers operate evenwhen Model 3 cannot detect a key(authenticated phone or key card).

Lights


Car Status

OverviewThe touchscreen displays the status of Model3 at all times. What you see depends onwhether the vehicle is:

• Parked (shown below).• Driving (see Driving Status on page 58).• Charging (see Charging Status and

Settings on page 149).

When Model 3 is parked, the status areashows the gear, estimated range, and anoverhead view of the car with buttons you cantouch to open the trunks and charge portdoor. When you press the brake, Model 3powers up and indicator lights flash brieflyalong the top. Unless an indicator light appliesto the current situation (for example, a seatbelt is not fastened), it should turn off. If anindicator light fails to turn on or off, contactTesla.

Note: The following image is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onvehicle options, software version, and marketregion, the information displayed may beslightly different.

Indicator Lights

The following indicator lights illuminate toadvise you or alert you of a specific status orcondition.

A brake system fault is detected or thebrake fluid level is low. See Brakes onpage 61. Contact Tesla immediately.

The parking brake is manually applied.See Parking Brake on page 63.

A parking brake fault is detected.Contact Tesla. See Parking Brake onpage 63.

Tire pressure warning. The pressure ofa tire is out of range. If a fault with theTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) is detected, the indicatorflashes. View tire pressures in the"Cards" area, located below thetouchscreen's car status area, asdescribed in Touchscreen Overview onpage 4. For a TPMS fault, contactTesla. See Tire Care and Maintenanceon page 154.

A seat belt for an occupied seat is notfastened. See Seat Belts on page 28.

Airbag safety. If this indicator doesnot flash on briefly when Model 3prepares to drive, or if it remains on,contact Tesla immediately. See AirbagWarning Indicator on page 42.

An ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)fault is detected. See Brakes on page61. Contact Tesla immediately.

Front fog lights, if equipped. See Lights on page 54.

Parking lights (side marker lights, taillights, and license plate lights) are on.See Lights on page 54.

Low beam headlights are on.

High beam headlights are on and AutoHigh Beam is disabled or currentlyunavailable.

Auto High Beam is enabled and highbeams are on. Model 3 is ready to turnoff the high beams if light is detected.See High Beam Headlights on page55.

Car Status

Driving 57

Auto High Beam is enabled but highbeams are not on because light isdetected in front of Model 3. Whenlight is no longer detected, highbeams automatically turn back on. See High Beam Headlights on page 55.

This indicator flashes amber when theelectronic stability control systems areactively minimizing wheel spin bycontrolling brake pressure and motorpower. See Traction Control on page65. If this indicator stays illuminated,a fault is detected (contact Teslaimmediately).

Electronic stability control systems areno longer minimizing wheel spin. See Traction Control on page 65.

Vehicle Hold is actively applying thebrakes. See Vehicle Hold on page 68.

A door or trunk is open. See Doors onpage 12, Rear Trunk on page 16, or Front Trunk on page 18.

Appears when some of the storedenergy in the Battery may not beavailable due to cold weatherconditions. If Model 3 is plugged in,you can heat your Battery by turningon climate control with the mobileapp. The snowflake icon disappearswhen the Battery is sufficiently warm.

Flashes green when the left turn signalis operating. Both turn signalindicators flash green when the hazardwarning flashers are operating.

Flashes green when the right turnsignal is operating. Both turn signalindicators flash green when the hazardwarning flashers are operating.

Driving StatusWhen Model 3 is driving (or ready to drive),the touchscreen shows your current drivingstatus and a real-time visualization of the roadas detected by the Autopilot components (see About Autopilot on page 75). Thevisualization automatically zooms in and outto better utilize touchscreen space and informyou when a vehicle is detected in your blindspot.

Note: The following illustration is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onvehicle options, software version, and marketregion, the information displayed may beslightly different.

1. Driving speed.2. On the energy bar, black (or white in night

brightness) represents energy being usedduring acceleration and green indicatesenergy being gained through regenerativebraking. A dashed line appears on theenergy bar when power available foracceleration or power that can be gainedby regenerative braking is being limited.Model 3 limits power for many reasons.Here are just a few examples:

• Acceleration may be limited when theBattery is reaching a low state ofcharge or if the powertrain is hot.

• Both acceleration and regenerativebraking may be limited when theambient temperature is either verywarm or cool.

• Regenerative braking may be limitedwhen the Battery is fully charged.

Car Status


3. Currently selected gear: Park, Reverse,Neutral, or Drive.

4. Autosteer (if equipped). When Autosteeris available but you haven't activated it,the icon is gray. When Autosteer isactively steering Model 3, the icon is blue.

5. The car in front of you (if applicable).6. Your Model 3. Colored lines radiate from

the image of your Model 3 as objects aredetected (other motorists, guard rails,etc.). The location of the lines correspondto the location of the detected object. Thecolor of the lines (white, yellow, orange, orred) represents the object's proximity toModel 3, with white being the farthest andred being very close and requiring yourimmediate attention. See Lane Assist onpage 99.

7. When Autosteer is active (if equipped)and detecting the driving lane, the lane ishighlighted in blue (see Autosteer onpage 84).

8. Total estimated driving distance (orenergy) available. Instead of drivingdistance, you can display the percentageof battery energy remaining. To do so,touch Controls > Display > EnergyDisplay > Energy (see Controls on page107).

Note: When anticipating when you needto charge, use range estimates as ageneral guideline only.

9. The detected speed limit (see SpeedAssist on page 105)

10. The set cruising speed. When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (if equipped) isavailable but you haven't set a cruisingspeed, the icon is gray and the speed isnot shown (see Traffic-Aware CruiseControl on page 78).

Warning: Pay attention to important alertmessages that display on the car statuswindow. Ignoring these messages canresult in serious injury or death.

Warning: Although the touchscreenshows surrounding traffic, some vehiclesmay not be displayed. Never rely on thetouchscreen to determine if a vehicle ispresent (for example, in your blind spot).Always use your mirrors and performshoulder checks.

Car Status

Driving 59

Wipers and Washers

WipersTo perform a single wipe with the windshieldwipers, press and immediately release thebutton on the end of the left-hand steeringcolumn lever.

To adjust the continuous wiper settings, touchthe windshield wiper icon located in the"Cards" area on the touchscreen (see Touchscreen Overview on page 4). The wipercard displays the current state of the wipers.

Note: When you operate the wipers, theheadlights automatically turn on (if they werenot on already).

Caution: To avoid damaging the hood,ensure that the hood is fully closed beforeactivating the windshield wipers.

1. Turn the wipers on or off.2. Adjust the speed of the wipers.

• 1: Intermittent, slow• 2: Intermittent, fast• 3: Continuous, slow• 4: Continuous, fast• AUTO: Model 3 detects whether or

not it is raining. When wipers are setto AUTO and liquid is detected on thewindshield, Model 3 determines theoptimal frequency at which theyshould wipe. If Model 3 does notdetect liquid on the windshield, thewipers do not wipe.

Note: The AUTO setting is currently inBETA. If uncertain about using AUTOwhile in the BETA phase, Teslarecommends setting the wiper speed toone of the first four positions, asnecessary.

Note: If the AUTO setting is selected butbecomes unavailable, the wipers changeto the manual setting (one of the first fourpositions) that is closest to the latestdetermined AUTO wiping frequency. If thelatest wiping frequency cannot bedetermined, the wipers turn off.

Caution: Ensure the wipers are off beforewashing Model 3 to avoid the risk ofdamaging the wipers.

Periodically check and clean the edge of thewiper blades. If a blade is damaged, replace itimmediately. For details on checking andreplacing wiper blades, see Wiper Blades andWasher Jets on page 165.

Caution: Remove ice from the windshieldbefore turning the wipers on. Ice hassharp edges that can damage the rubberon the blades.

Caution: In harsh climates, ensure that thewiper blades are not frozen or adhered tothe windshield.

WashersFully press and hold the button on the end ofthe left-hand steering column lever to spraywasher fluid onto the windshield. Whilespraying the windshield, the wipers turn on.After releasing the button, the wipers performtwo additional wipes, then a third wipe a fewseconds later.

Periodically top up washer fluid (see ToppingUp Windshield Washer Fluid on page 167).

Wipers and Washers


Brakes

Braking SystemsWarning: Properly functioning brakingsystems are critical to ensure safety. Ifyou experience a problem with the brakepedal, brake caliper, or any component ofa Model 3 braking system, contact Teslaimmediately.

Model 3 has an anti-lock braking system (ABS)that prevents the wheels from locking whenyou apply maximum brake pressure. Thisimproves steering control during heavybraking in most road conditions.

During emergency braking conditions, theABS constantly monitors the speed of eachwheel and varies the brake pressure accordingto the grip available.

The alteration of brake pressure can be felt asa pulsing sensation through the brake pedal.This demonstrates that the ABS is operatingand is not a cause for concern. Keep firm andsteady pressure on the brake pedal whileexperiencing the pulsing.

The ABS indicator briefly flashesyellow on the touchscreen when youfirst start Model 3. If this indicatorlights up at any other time, an ABSfault has occurred and the ABS isnot operating. Contact Tesla. Thebraking system remains fullyoperational and is not affected by anABS failure. However, brakingdistances may increase.

If the touchscreen displays this redbrake indicator at any time otherthan briefly when you first startModel 3, a brake system fault isdetected, or the level of the brakefluid is low. Contact Teslaimmediately.

Emergency Braking

In an emergency, fully press the brake pedaland maintain firm pressure, even on lowtraction surfaces. The ABS varies the brakingpressure to each wheel according to theamount of traction available. This preventswheels from locking and ensures that you stopas safely as possible.

Warning: Do not pump the brake pedal.Doing so interrupts operation of the ABSand can increase braking distance.

Warning: Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you and beaware of hazardous driving conditions.While the ABS can improve stoppingdistance, it cannot overcome the laws ofphysics. It also does not prevent thedanger of hydroplaning (where a layer ofwater prevents direct contact betweenthe tires and the road).

Automatic Emergency Braking is designed toautomatically brake in situations where acollision is considered imminent (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page 103).

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis not designed to prevent a collision. Atbest, it can minimize the impact of afrontal collision by attempting to reduceyour driving speed. Depending onAutomatic Emergency Braking to avoid acollision can result in serious injury ordeath.

Brake Disc Wiping

Model 3 is equipped with brake disc wiping,which automatically assists in maintainingbrake responsiveness in cold and wet weatherconditions. When such conditions aredetected, brake disc wiping repeatedly appliesan imperceptible amount of brake force toclear away water on the brake disc surface.This ensures your brakes are responsive evenduring poor weather conditions.

Hydraulic Fade Compensation

Your vehicle is also equipped with hydraulicfade compensation. This assists in monitoringbrake system pressure and ABS activity forinstances of lower brake performance. If lowerbrake performance is detected (as a result ofbrake fade, or cold or wet conditions, forexample), you may feel a drop in the brakepedal's position, detect some noise, andnotice a strong increase in vehicle braking.Continue to press the brake pedal withoutreleasing or "pumping" them— just brake asyou normally would.

Caution: If the brakes are not functioningproperly, stop the vehicle as soon assafety permits and contact Tesla Service.See Park on page 52 for information onusing the Park button to stop the vehiclein case of emergency.

Warning: Always maintain a safe drivingdistance from the vehicle in front of youand be cautious in hazardous drivingconditions. Do not rely on brake disc

Brakes

Driving 61

wiping or hydraulic fade compensation toact as a substitute for adequate braking.

Regenerative BrakingWhenever Model 3 is moving and your foot isoff the accelerator, regenerative braking slowsdown Model 3 and feeds any surplus energyback to the Battery.

By anticipating your stops and reducing orremoving pressure from the accelerator pedalto slow down, you can take advantage ofregenerative braking to increase driving range.Of course, this is no substitute for regularbraking when needed for safety.

Note: If regenerative braking is aggressivelyslowing Model 3 (such as when your foot iscompletely off the accelerator pedal athighway speeds), the brake lights turn on toalert others that you are slowing down.

Note: Installing winter tires with aggressivecompound and tread design may result intemporarily-reduced regenerative brakingpower. However, your vehicle is designed torecalibrate itself to restore regenerativebraking power after a short period of normaldriving.

Warning: In snowy or icy conditionsModel 3 may experience traction lossduring regenerative braking, particularlywhen in the Standard setting and/or notusing winter tires. Tesla recommendsusing the Low setting (see To Set theRegenerative Braking Level on page 62)in snowy or icy conditions to helpmaintain vehicle stability.

The amount of energy fed back to the Batteryusing regenerative braking can depend on thecurrent state of the Battery and the chargelevel setting that you are using. For example,regenerative braking may be limited if theBattery is already fully charged or if theambient temperature is too cold.

Note: If regenerative braking is limited, adashed line displays on the energy bar (see Driving Status on page 58).

To Set the Regenerative Braking Level

You can use the touchscreen to change thelevel of regenerative braking:

1. Touch Controls > Driving > RegenerativeBraking.

2. Choose from two levels:

• Standard: Provides the maximumamount of regenerative braking. Whenyou release the accelerator, Model 3slows down, reducing the need to usethe brakes.

• Low: Limits regenerative braking.When you release the accelerator,Model 3 takes longer to slow downand coasts further than if set toStandard.

Stopping ModeRegenerative braking decelerates Model 3whenever you release the accelerator pedalwhen driving. You can choose what you wantModel 3 to do once the driving speed hasbeen reduced to a very low speed (almost at astop) and both the accelerator pedal andbrake pedal are released. While in Park, touchControls > Driving > Stopping Mode andchoose from these options:

• CREEP: When close to, or at, a completestop, the motor continues to apply torque,moving Model 3 slowly forward (in Drive)or backwards (in Reverse), similar to aconventional vehicle with an automatictransmission. In some situations, such ason a steep hill or driveway, you may needto press the accelerator pedal to continuemoving or to prevent Model 3 frommoving in the opposite direction.

Warning: Never rely on CREEP toapply enough torque to prevent yourvehicle from rolling down a hill.Always press the brake pedal toremain stopped or the acceleratorpedal to proceed up the hill. Failureto do so can result in propertydamage and/or a collision.

Brakes


• HOLD: Maximizes range and reducesbrake wear by continuing to provideregenerative braking at speeds lower thanwith the Creep and Roll settings. WhenModel 3 stops, the brakes areautomatically applied without you havingto put your foot on the brake pedal.Whether stopped on a flat surface or a hill,Vehicle Hold keeps the brake applied,provided your foot remains off theaccelerator and brake pedals. See VehicleHold on page 68.

Warning: Never rely on HOLD toadequately decelerate or fully stopyour vehicle. Many factors cancontribute to a longer stoppingdistance, including downward slopes,the low regenerative braking setting,and reduced or limited regenerativebraking (see Regenerative Braking onpage 62). Always be prepared to usethe brake pedal to adequatelydecelerate or stop.

• ROLL: When close to, or at, a completestop, Model 3 becomes free rolling like avehicle in Neutral. Therefore, if stopped ona slope, Model 3 will roll downward. Thebrake does not engage, and the motordoes not apply torque (until theaccelerator pedal is pressed).

Note: If you choose CREEP or ROLL, youcan still use Vehicle Hold to apply thebrakes. However, you will need to brieflypress the brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped. See Vehicle Hold on page 68.

Note: When Model 3 is in Track Mode (see Track Mode on page 69), the Roll modeis automatically enabled, regardless ofyour chosen setting. When no longer inTrack Mode, Model 3 reverts back to yourchosen setting.

Warning: Press the brake pedal if Model 3moves when unsafe to do so. It is yourresponsibility to stay alert and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times. Failureto do so can result in serious damage,injury, or death.

Warning: Do not rely on regenerativebraking and your chosen Stopping Modeto keep you and your vehicle safe. Variousfactors such as driving with a heavyvehicle load, on a steep hill, or on wet oricy roads affect deceleration rate and thedistance at which Model 3 will come to astop. Drive attentively and always stayprepared to use the brake pedal to stop

as appropriate based on traffic and roadconditions.

Warning: Forward Collision Warning andAutomatic Emergency Braking do notoperate when driving at very low speeds(see Collision Avoidance Assist on page102). Do not rely on these features towarn you, or to prevent or reduce theimpact of a collision.

Note: Your chosen setting is retained in yourDriver Profile until you manually change it.

Parking BrakeThe parking brake automatically engageswhen you shift Model 3 into Park, and releaseswhen you shift into any other gear.

Note: The parking brake operates on the rearwheels only, and is independent of the pedal-operated brake system.

Warning: In snowy or icy conditions therear wheels may not have sufficienttraction to prevent Model 3 from slidingdown a slope, particularly if not usingwinter tires. Avoid parking on hills insnowy or icy conditions. You are alwaysresponsible for parking safely.

Warning: Your Model 3 may display analert if the road is too steep to safely parkon, or if the parking brakes are notproperly engaged. These alerts are forguidance purposes only and are not asubstitute for the driver’s judgment ofsafe parking conditions, including specificroad or weather conditions. Do notdepend on these alerts to determinewhether or not it is safe to park at anylocation. You are always responsible forparking safely.

When you use the touchscreen tomanually apply the parking brake,the red parking brake indicator lightsup on the touchscreen .

Brakes

Driving 63

If the parking brake experiences anelectrical issue, the amber parkingbrake indicator lights up and a faultmessage displays at the top of thetouchscreen.

Caution: In the unlikely event that Model 3loses electrical power, you cannot accessthe touchscreen and are therefore unableto release the parking brake without firstjump starting Model 3 (see Instructionsfor Transporters on page 191).

Brake WearModel 3 brake pads are equipped with wearindicators. A wear indicator is a thin metalstrip attached to the brake pad that squeals asit rubs against the rotor when the pad wearsdown. This squealing sound indicates that thebrake pads have reached the end of theirservice life and require replacement. Toreplace the brake pads, contact Tesla Service.

Brakes must be periodically inspected visuallyby removing the tire and wheel. For detailedspecifications and service limits for rotors andbrake pads, see Subsystems on page 179.Additionally, Tesla recommends cleaning andlubricating the brake calipers every year or12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area whereroads are salted during winter months.

Warning: Neglecting to replace wornbrake pads damages the braking systemand can result in a braking hazard.

Brakes


Traction Control

How It WorksThe traction control system constantlymonitors the speed of the front and rearwheels. If Model 3 experiences a loss oftraction, the system minimizes wheel spin bycontrolling brake pressure and motor power.By default, the traction control system is on.Under normal conditions, it should remain onto ensure maximum safety.

This yellow indicator flashes on thetouchscreen whenever the tractioncontrol system is actively controllingbrake pressure and motor power tominimize wheel spin. If the indicatorstays on, a fault is detected with thetraction control system. ContactTesla Service.

Warning: If the above indicator remainsilluminated in situations in which you havenot enabled Slip Start (described next),the traction control system may not beoperating correctly. Contact Tesla Serviceimmediately.

Warning: Traction control cannot preventcollisions caused by driving dangerouslyor turning too sharply at high speeds.

Allowing Wheel Slip

To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed,you can enable Slip Start. Slip Start can beenabled at any speed, however it is lesseffective at higher speeds.

Under normal conditions, Slip Start should notbe enabled. Enable it only in circumstanceswhere you deliberately want the wheels tospin, such as:

• Starting on a loose surface, such as gravelor snow.

• Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.• Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.

To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls >Driving > Traction Control > Slip Start.

The touchscreen displays an alertmessage when Slip Start is enabled.

Although Slip Start is automatically disabledthe next time you start Model 3, it is stronglyrecommended that you disable it immediatelyafter the circumstances that required you toenable it have passed.

Note: Slip Start cannot be enabled when youare actively using Traffic-Aware Cruise Control.

Traction Control

Driving 65

Park Assist

How Park Assist WorksModel 3 has several sensors designed todetect the presence of objects. When drivingslowly in Drive or Reverse (for example, whenparking), the sensors alert you if an object isdetected in close proximity of your Model 3.Objects are only detected in the direction ofthe gear you selected; front objects in Drive,rear objects in Reverse.

Warning: You may not be alerted if Model3 rolls freely in the opposite direction ofthe gear you selected (for example, youwill not receive an alert if Model 3 rollsbackwards down a hill while in Drive).

The sensors are activated when driving slowerthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

Warning: Never depend on Park Assist toinform you if an area you are approachingis free of objects and/or people. Severalexternal factors can reduce the

performance of Park Assist, causingeither no readings or false readings (see Limitations and False Warnings on page67). Therefore, depending on Park Assistto determine if Model 3 is approaching anobstruction can result in damage to thevehicle and/or objects, and canpotentially cause serious injury. Alwaysinspect the area with your own eyes.When reversing, perform shoulder checksand use all mirrors. Park assist does notdetect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects that are moving,protruding, located too far above orbelow the sensors, or too close or too farfrom the sensors. Park Assist is forguidance purposes only and is notintended to replace your own direct visualchecks. It is not a substitute for carefuldriving.

Visual and Audio FeedbackWhen you shift to Reverse, the Park Assistview displays on the touchscreen, showingobjects that are in close proximity to the frontand rear of Model 3. This view closes whenyou shift into Drive unless an object isdetected close to the front of Model 3, inwhich case the Park Assist view closesautomatically when your driving speedexceeds 5 mph (8 km/h). When reversing,visual feedback also displays on thetouchscreen, immediately below the cameraview (see Rear View Camera on page 71).You can manually close the park assist view onthe touchscreen by touching the X in theupper left corner.

When driving with the Camera app displayedon the touchscreen, you can switch to thePark Assist view when driving at speeds below5 mph (8 km/h). Touch the button located inthe upper left corner of the Camera appwindow. This is useful if you need assistancewith parallel parking.

If chimes are turned on (see ControllingAudible Feedback on page 67), an audiblebeep sounds as you approach an object. Youcan temporarily mute the chime by pressingthe scroll button on the left side of thesteering wheel or by touching the mute buttonon the bottom left corner of the Park Assistview.

Note: If a sensor is unable to providefeedback, the touchscreen displays an alertmessage.

Park Assist


Caution: Keep sensors clean from dirt,debris, snow, and ice. Avoid using a highpressure power washer on the sensorsand do not clean a sensor with a sharp orabrasive object that can scratch ordamage its surface.

Caution: Do not install accessories orstickers on or near the parking sensors.

Controlling Audible FeedbackYou can use Park Assist with or withoutaudible feedback. To turn chimes on or off,touch Controls > Safety & Security > ParkAssist Chimes.

To mute the chimes temporarily, press thescroll button on the left side of the steeringwheel or touch the mute button in the cornerof the Park Assist view. The chimes are muteduntil you shift into a different gear or driveover 5 mph (8 km/h).

Limitations and False WarningsThe parking sensors may not functioncorrectly in these situations:

• One or more of the parking sensors isdamaged, dirty, or covered (such as mud,ice, or snow).

• The object is located below approximately8 inches (20 cm) (such as a curb or lowbarrier).

Caution: Shorter objects that aredetected (such as curbs or lowbarriers) can move into the blind spotof the sensors. Model 3 cannot alertyou about an object while it is in theblind spot of the sensors.

• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, orfog) are interfering with sensor operation.

• The object is thin (such as a sign post).• A sensor’s operating range has been

exceeded.• The object is sound-absorbing or soft

(such as powder snow).• The object is sloped (such as a sloped

embankment).• Model 3 has been parked in, or being

driven in, extremely hot or coldtemperatures.

• The sensors are affected by otherelectrical equipment or devices thatgenerate ultrasonic waves.

• You are driving in a location where thesensors' ultrasonic waves are deflectedaway from the vehicle (such as drivingnext to a wall or pillar).

• The object is located too close to thebumper.

• A bumper is misaligned or damaged.• An object that is mounted to Model 3 is

interfering with and/or obstructing thesensor (such as a bike rack or bumpersticker).

• Model 3 rolls freely in the oppositedirection of the gear you selected (forexample, you will not receive an alert ifModel 3 rolls backwards down a hill whilein Drive).

Other Parking AidsIn addition to Park Assist, when shifted intoReverse, the backup camera displays a view ofthe area behind Model 3 (see Rear ViewCamera on page 71).

Park Assist

Driving 67

Vehicle Hold

When Model 3 is stopped, Vehicle Hold cancontinue to apply the brakes even after youremove your foot from the brake pedal. Whendriving on a hill or on a flat surface, brake asyou normally would. After coming to acomplete stop, simply press the brake pedalagain (until the touchscreen displays theVehicle Hold indicator light) to enable VehicleHold. You can then release the brake pedaland remain stopped, even on a hill.

This indicator displays on thetouchscreen whenever Vehicle Holdis actively braking Model 3.

To disengage Vehicle Hold, press theaccelerator pedal or press and release thebrake pedal.

Note: Shifting into Neutral also disengagesVehicle Hold.

Note: After actively braking Model 3 forapproximately ten minutes, Model 3 shifts intoPark and Vehicle Hold cancels. Model 3 alsoshifts into Park if it detects that the driver hasleft the vehicle.

Note: When Stopping Mode is set to Hold (see Stopping Mode on page 62), Vehicle Holdengages automatically whenever Model 3stops while in a driving gear. There is no needto press the brake to engage it.

Vehicle Hold


Track Mode

Track Mode, available only on PerformanceModel 3 vehicles, modifies the vehicle'sstability control, traction control, regenerativebraking, and cooling system to increaseperformance and handling while driving onclosed circuit courses. Track Mode improvescornering ability by intelligently using thevehicle's motors, and regenerative andtraditional braking systems. When enabled,the cooling system runs at an increased levelduring and after aggressive driving sessions toallow your vehicle’s systems to withstand thesurplus heat.

Track Mode is always disabled when you startModel 3. To enable Track Mode for yourcurrent drive, shift into Park, then touchControls > Driving > Track Mode. Whenenabled, TRACK displays on the touchscreenabove the driving speed. You can disableTrack Mode at any time by turning the settingoff on the touchscreen.

Track Mode remains on even after you exityour vehicle to quickly cool powertrainsystems between driving sessions. Track Modeautomatically turns off when the vehicle issufficiently cooled or if the vehicle is poweredoff and you power it back on again.

Warning: Track Mode is designed for useon closed circuit driving courses only. It isthe driver’s responsibility to drive safelyand ensure that they do not endangerothers.

Warning: Track Mode is designed to beused by experienced track drivers familiarwith the course. Do not use on publicroads. It is the driver’s responsibility to bein control of the vehicle at all times,including on the race track. Becausevehicle behavior (including Traction andStability Control behavior) differs fromtypical use, drivers should use cautionwhen using Track Mode.

Note: Track Mode was designed and calibratedfor Performance Model 3 with thePerformance Upgrade Package. Vehicleswithout performance brakes and tires mayexperience comparatively lower performanceand endurance.

Note: When Track Mode is enabled, allAutopilot features are disabled or unavailable(including safety features such as AutomaticEmergency Braking, Forward CollisionWarning, etc.).

Note: Some settings, such as Slip Start,Regenerative Braking, are overridden andcannot be changed until Track Mode is

disabled. When Track Mode is disabled, thesettings return to their previous state.

Note: Stopping Mode is set to the Roll settingwhenever Track Mode is enabled. In this mode,Model 3 is free-rolling at very low speedswhenever it is in a driving gear and both theaccelerator and brake pedal are released. Fordetails, see Stopping Mode on page 62.

Track Mode

Driving 69

Getting Maximum Range

Driving Tips to Maximize RangeYou can maximize your driving range usingthe same driving habits that you use toconserve fuel in a gasoline-powered vehicle. Inaddition to driving habits, energyconsumption depends on environmentalconditions (such as exceptionally cold or hotweather and driving on roads with steep hills).To get the maximum range from a charge:

• Slow down your driving and avoidfrequent and rapid acceleration.

• If safe to do so, modulate the acceleratorpedal instead of using the brake pedalwhen gradually slowing down. WheneverModel 3 is moving and you are notpressing the accelerator pedal,regenerative braking slows down Model 3and feeds surplus energy back to theBattery (see Regenerative Braking onpage 62).

• Set the Stopping Mode to HOLD to gainthe benefit of regenerative braking at lowdriving speeds (see Stopping Mode onpage 62).

• Keep tires at the recommended inflationpressures (see Tire Care and Maintenanceon page 154).

• Lighten your load by removing anyunnecessary cargo.

• Fully raise all windows.• Limit the use of resources such as heating,

daytime running lights, and airconditioning. Using seat heaters to keepwarm is more efficient than heating thecabin.

The power meter on the touchscreen and theEnergy app provides feedback on energyusage. With this feedback, you can becomefamiliar with how driving habits andenvironmental conditions impact how muchenergy Model 3 is using.

Energy AppUse the Energy app to view real-time andprojected energy usage. Choose from twotypes of charts:

• Consumption: display how much energyModel 3 has consumed over the past 5, 15or 30 miles (10, 25 or 50 km).

Touch Instant Range or Average Range toadjust the projected range estimation.Instant Range uses only the latest fewdata points to estimate the projectedrange, whereas Average Range uses thepast 5, 15 or 30 miles (10, 25 or 50 km) ofenergy consumption to provide a moreaccurate projected range.

• Trip: monitor the amount of energy beingused while navigating to a destination.You can track actual usage against theinitial prediction. The green line representsthe actual usage whereas the gray linerepresents predicted usage. To change thezoom level, touch the zoom icon locatedin the top right corner of the chart.

Note: The Trip chart displays energy usageonly if you are currently navigating to adestination.

Range AssuranceModel 3 helps protect you against running outof energy. Model 3 continuously monitors itsenergy level and proximity to known charginglocations.

Touch the map's charging icon totoggle between displayingsuperchargers only, and displayingall chargers, including destinationchargers, and visited chargers.

When you are at risk of driving beyond therange of known charging locations, thetouchscreen displays a message giving youthe opportunity to display a list of charginglocations that are within range. When youselect a charging location from the list, Model3 provides navigation instructions and theturn-by-turn direction list displays thepredicted amount of energy that will remainwhen you arrive at the charging destination.

Getting Maximum Range


Rear View Camera

Camera LocationModel 3 is equipped with a rear view cameralocated above the rear license plate.

Whenever you shift into Reverse, thetouchscreen displays the view from thecamera. Lines show your driving path basedon the position of the steering wheel. Theselines adjust appropriately as you move thesteering wheel.

Note: Visual feedback from the parkingsensors displays on the touchscreen (see ParkAssist on page 66).

To display the view from the camera at anytime:

Touch the camera icon on the"Cards" area on the touchscreen.

Open the app launcher thentouch the camera icon.

Warning: Never depend on the rear viewcamera to inform you if the area behindyou is free of objects and/or people whenreversing. The camera may not detectobjects or barriers that can potentiallycause damage or injury. In addition,several external factors can reduce theperformance of the camera, including adirty or obstructed lens. Therefore,depending on the rear view camera todetermine if Model 3 is approaching anobstruction can result in damage to thevehicle and/or objects, and canpotentially cause serious injury. Always

inspect the area with your own eyes.When reversing, perform shoulder checksand use all mirrors. Use the camera forguidance purposes only. It is not intendedto replace your own direct visual checksand is not a substitute for careful driving.

Cleaning the Camera

To ensure a clear picture, keep the camera lensclean, and free of obstructions. Remove anybuildup of dirt by occasionally wiping thecamera lens with a soft damp cloth.

Caution: Do not use chemical-based orabrasive cleaners. Doing so can damagethe surface of the camera lens.

Rear View Camera

Driving 71

Dashcam

About DashcamNote: Dashcam is a BETA feature.

In addition to supporting Autopilot features,the cameras can record and store videofootage on a USB flash drive. This can beconvenient in situations where you want avideo recording of a particular incident, suchas a collision. You can pause, resume, or savevideo recordings directly from your vehicle’stouchscreen.

Note: Dashcam only works when Model 3 ispowered on (see Starting and Powering Off onpage 50). Dashcam does not record videowhen your vehicle is powered off.

Using DashcamDashcam requires the use of a properlyformatted USB flash drive to store and retrievefootage (see USB Flash Drive Requirementsfor Videos and Recording on page 135). Oncea properly formatted USB flash drive has beeninserted into one of your vehicle's front USBports, a dashcam icon appears at the top ofthe touchscreen. Touch the dashcam icon tocontrol dashcam:

RECORDING. Tap the dashcamicon, when dashcam is paused, tostart recording video on the flashdrive.

PAUSED. Press and hold thedashcam icon, when recording, topause recording. Ensure thatdashcam is paused beforeremoving the flash drive to avoidlosing camera footage.

SAVED. Tap the dashcam icon,when recording, to archive themost recent ten minutes of video.These saved video recordings arenot overwritten by new recordings.

Note: Dashcam automatically begins recordingwhen you insert a properly configured USBflash drive into one of the front USB ports.

USB Flash Drive Requirements forVideos and RecordingFlash drives used to store video from yourvehicle's cameras must meet theserequirements:

• Use a flash drive with as much availablestorage as possible, since video footagetakes up a large amount of space (Teslarecommends using a flash drive with atleast 32 GB of storage). Some personalcomputer operating systems may not beable to format flash drives larger than 32GB as FAT 32. Consider using a third partyapplication to format flash drives largerthan 32 GB.

• The flash drive must have a sustainedwrite speed of at least 4 MB/s. Asustained write speed is different from thepeak write speed. Check the productdetails of your flash drive for moreinformation.

• The flash drive must be USB 2.0compatible. If using a USB 3.0 flash drive,it must be able to support USB 2.0.

• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively forsaving footage for your vehicle.

• The flash drive must be properlyformatted (see Formatting the USB FlashDrive on page 135).

Formatting the USB Flash Drive

To correctly save and retrieve video footage,your vehicle requires a properly formattedUSB flash drive containing a base-level foldercalled “TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).In addition, the flash drive must be formattedas FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS FAT (forMac), ext3, or ext4 in order to save videos.NTFS and exFAT are not currently supported.

For MacOS:

1. Insert the USB flash drive into yourpersonal computer.

2. Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or youcan conduct a Spotlight Search for this).

3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu ribbon.5. In the pop-up menu, select the correct

format (MS-DOS FAT) and click Erase.

Note: Selecting Erase completely erasesall content on your flash drive. If you haveother content stored on the flash drive,migrate it to a different device beforeerasing it.

6. Once the flash drive is successfully erased,navigate to Finder and select your USBflash drive from the left menu. The flashdrive should not contain any files.

7. Right-click in the empty space of the flashdrive and select New Folder. A folderappears in your flash drive space.

Dashcam


8. Right-click on the folder, select Rename,and name the folder to “TeslaCam”(without quotation marks). Click "Save".This folder will contain all of the recentand saved clips from Sentry Mode anddashcam.

9. Properly eject the USB flash drive fromyour personal computer.

For Windows:


2. Navigate to File Explorer.3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and

select "Format...".4. In the pop-up menu, under the File

System section, select “FAT 32”.

Note: You can also name your USB (underVolume Label) for easier recognition.

5. Check the “Quick format box” and clickStart.

6. Go back to File Explorer, click on yourflash drive, and right-click to create afolder, or select “New Folder” in the topmenu.

7. Name the folder “TeslaCam” (withoutquotation marks) and click "Save". Thisfolder will contain all of the recent andsaved clips from Sentry Mode anddashcam.


Once you have created the “TeslaCam” folderin your USB flash drive and ejected it fromyour personal computer, insert the flash driveinto one of the front USB ports in Model 3. Donot use the rear USB ports, as they are solelymeant for charging devices. It may take yourvehicle up to 15 seconds to recognize the flashdrive. When recognized, icons for dashcamand Sentry Mode appear at the top of yourtouchscreen (note that you may need toenable to Sentry Mode by going to Controls >Safety & Security > Sentry Mode). Your vehicleis ready to record video.

Retrieving Footage

To retrieve video footage from the flash drive,remove the flash drive from the front USB portand use a personal computer or other deviceto access the files. Navigate to the “TeslaCam”folder on the flash drive.

Within the “TeslaCam” folder, there are threesub-folders: Recent Clips, Saved Clips, andSentry Clips. The footage in Recent Clipsconstantly loops in a 60-minute cycle whenthe cameras are activated. Therefore, thefootage is constantly being overwritten everyhour unless the footage is saved. When anevent is recorded, one video is recorded foreach of the front, rear (if equipped), left, andright cameras.

Saved footage is located in either the SavedClips or Sentry Clips folder. Footage in theSaved Clips folder contains all savedrecordings from dashcam, which have beenmanually saved by touching the dashcam iconon the touchscreen. Sentry Clips contains allsaved footage from Sentry Mode events,which have been automatically saved whenthe Alert or Alarm state was triggered. Oncefootage of a particular event is saved, thelatest 10 minutes of video is archived in yourflash drive labeled with a unique timestamp.

Note: If your USB flash drive is getting full, theoldest footage in Sentry Clips will be deletedto make room for new footage. Once the olderfootage is deleted, you will not be able toretrieve them. When the flash drive is full,Sentry Mode and dashcam can no longer savevideo footage to your flash drive.

Note: To prevent the flash drive from gettingfull, move the saved videos to another deviceas soon as possible.

Note: You are responsible for complying withall local laws, regulations, and propertyrestrictions regarding video. The cameras donot record audio.

Dashcam

Driving 73

Pedestrian Warning System

The Pedestrian Warning System causes Model3 to emit sound when driving below 20 mph(32 km/h). Electric vehicles operate quietlyand this sound helps to alert pedestrians ofyour oncoming vehicle. The sound, whichactivates whenever Model 3 is shifted out ofPark, gets louder as speed increases.

The touchscreen displays thisindicator when the PedestrianWarning System is not active.

Note: The Pedestrian Warning System is notavailable in vehicles manufactured prior toSeptember 1, 2019.

Warning: If sound cannot be heard,pedestrians may not be aware of youroncoming vehicle, which may increase thelikelihood of a collision resulting in seriousinjury or death. If the Pedestrian WarningSystem is not operating, immediatelycontact Tesla.

Pedestrian Warning System


Autopilot

About Autopilot

How It WorksYour Model 3 includes the following Autopilot components that actively monitor the surroundingroadway:

1. A camera is mounted above the rear license plate.2. Ultrasonic sensors are located in the front and rear bumpers.3. A camera is mounted in each door pillar.4. Three cameras are mounted to the windshield above the rear view mirror.5. A camera is mounted to each front fender.6. Radar is mounted behind the front bumper.

Model 3 is also equipped with high precision electronically-assisted braking and steering systems.

About Autopilot

Autopilot 75

FeaturesThese safety features are available on allModel 3 vehicles:

• Lane Assist (see Lane Assist on page99).

• Collision Avoidance Assist (see CollisionAvoidance Assist on page 102).

• Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page105).

• Auto High Beam (see High BeamHeadlights on page 55).

These Autopilot convenience features aredesigned to reduce driver workload:

Note: Depending on options purchased,software version, and market region, yourvehicle may not be equipped with allAutopilot convenience features.

• Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 78)

• Autosteer (see Autosteer on page 84)• Auto Lane Change (see Auto Lane

Change on page 86)• Autopark (see Autopark on page 91)• Summon (see Summon on page 93)• Smart Summon (Smart Summon on page

96)• Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on

Autopilot on page 87)• Stop Light Warning (see Stop Light

Warning (U.S. only) on page 87

You can enable/disable some of these featuresand in some cases, control how they work. Toaccess settings, touch Controls > Autopilot.

Drive to Calibrate CamerasModel 3 must maneuver with a great deal ofprecision when Autopilot features are beingused. Therefore, before some features (forexample, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control orAutosteer) can be used for the first time orafter certain Service repairs, the cameras mustcomplete a self-calibration process. For yourconvenience, a progress indicator is displayedon the touchscreen.

Calibration typically completes after driving20-25 miles (32-40 km), but the distancevaries depending on road and environmentalconditions. Driving on a straight road withhighly-visible lane lines allows Model 3 tocalibrate quicker. When calibration iscomplete, the Autopilot features are availablefor use. Contact Tesla only if your Model 3 hasnot completed the calibration process afterdriving 100 miles (160 km).

Note: If you attempt to use a feature that isnot available until the calibration process iscomplete, the feature will not be enabled andthe touchscreen displays a message.

Note: Model 3 must repeat the calibrationprocess if the cameras are serviced by Tesla,and in some cases, after a software update.

LimitationsMany factors can impact the performance ofAutopilot components, causing them to beunable to function as intended. These include(but are not limited to):

• Poor visibility (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.).

• Bright light (due to oncoming headlights,direct sunlight, etc.).

• Damage or obstructions caused by mud,ice, snow, etc.

• Interference or obstruction by object(s)mounted onto the vehicle (such as a bikerack).

• Obstruction caused by applying excessivepaint or adhesive products (such aswraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.) ontothe vehicle.

• Narrow or winding roads.• A damaged or misaligned bumper.• Interference from other equipment that

generates ultrasonic waves.• Extremely hot or cold temperatures.

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Autopilot components. Never dependon these components to keep you safe. Itis the driver's responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

Caution: If a windshield replacement isneeded, take your vehicle to TeslaService. This will ensure appropriatehandling and mounting of the camera(s).

About Autopilot


Failure to do so can cause one or moreAutopilot features to malfunction.

Cleaning Cameras and SensorsTo ensure the various Autopilot componentscan provide information that is as accurate aspossible, keep them clean and free ofobstructions or damage. Occasionally removeany buildup of dirt by wiping the componentswith a soft cloth dampened with warm water.

Caution: Do not use chemical-based orabrasive cleaners. Doing so can damagesurfaces.

Caution: Avoid using a high-pressurepower washer.

Caution: Do not clean an ultrasonic sensoror camera lens with a sharp or abrasiveobject that can scratch or damage itssurface.

About Autopilot

Autopilot 77

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control

Note: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is a BETAfeature.

Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with anoptional Autopilot package, refer to theowner's manual on your vehicle's touchscreenfor instructions on how to use Cruise Control.

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (if equipped)uses the forward looking cameras and theradar sensor to determine when there is avehicle in front of you in the same lane. If thearea in front of Model 3 is clear, Traffic-AwareCruise Control maintains a set driving speed.When a vehicle is detected, Traffic-AwareCruise Control is designed to slow downModel 3 as needed to maintain a selectedtime-based distance from the vehicle in front,up to the set speed. Traffic-Aware CruiseControl does not eliminate the need to watchthe road in front of you and to manually applythe brakes when needed.

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is primarilyintended for driving on dry, straight roads,such as highways and freeways. It should notbe used on city streets.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isdesigned for your driving comfort andconvenience and is not a collision warningor avoidance system. It is yourresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes. Never depend on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to adequately slow downModel 3. Always watch the road in frontof you and be prepared to take correctiveaction at all times. Failure to do so canresult in serious injury or death.

Warning: Although Traffic-Aware CruiseControl is capable of detectingpedestrians and cyclists, never depend onTraffic-Aware Cruise Control toadequately slow Model 3 down for them.Always watch the road in front of you andbe prepared to take corrective action atall times. Failure to do so can result inserious injury or death.

Warning: Do not use Traffic-Aware CruiseControl on city streets or on roads wheretraffic conditions are constantly changing.

Warning: Do not use Traffic-Aware CruiseControl on winding roads with sharpcurves, on icy or slippery road surfaces,or when weather conditions (such asheavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) make itinappropriate to drive at a consistentspeed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control does

not adapt driving speed based on roadand driving conditions.

To Use Traffic-Aware Cruise ControlTo use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, you mustbe driving at least 18 mph (30 km/h), unless avehicle is detected ahead of you. If a vehicle isdetected ahead of you, you can use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control at any speed, even whenstationary, provided Model 3 is at least 5 feet(150 cm) behind the detected vehicle.

When Traffic-Aware CruiseControl is available but is notactively cruising at aspecified set speed, thetouchscreen displays a grayspeedometer icon belowyour current driving speed.The number shown in gray isyour current driving speed,or the speed limit that isbeing determined by SpeedAssist (see Controlling SpeedAssist on page 105),whichever is greater. If youengage Traffic-Aware CruiseControl, this is the cruisingspeed that will be set.

Note: On roads where the map datadetermines that a conditional speed limitexists (for example, a speed limit based ontime of day or weather conditions), a secondspeed limit displays below the first speed limit.It is the driver's responsibility to determinewhether the conditional speed limit iscurrently in effect and adjust the drivingspeed accordingly.

Set the Cruising SpeedTo set the cruising speed, move the cruisecontrol lever fully down once then release.This sets the cruising speed to the detectedspeed limit (plus any offset you've specifiedusing Speed Assist as described in ControllingSpeed Assist on page 105) or your currentdriving speed, whichever is greater.



Release the accelerator pedal to allow Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintain your cruisingspeed.

When the cruising speed isset, the speedometer icon onthe touchscreen turns blueand displays the set cruisingspeed.

Note: Moving the gear level fully down twice inquick succession engages Autosteer(assuming it has been enabled as described in Autosteer on page 84) and the set speedchanges to either your current driving speed,or the current set speed (displayed in theicon), whichever is greater.

Note: The minimum speed you can set is18 mph (30 km/h) and the maximum is 90mph (150 km/h). It is the driver's responsibilityto cruise at a safe speed based on roadconditions and speed limits.

Warning: When cruising at the speedlimit, the cruising speed does not changewhen the speed limit changes. If yourdriving speed is at or below the newspeed limit, move the lever up to cancelTraffic-Aware Cruise Control, then move itback down again to re-initiate and cruiseat the new speed limit. You can alsomanually adjust your cruising speed (see Changing the Set Speed on page 80).

Warning: Do not rely on Traffic-AwareCruise Control or Speed Assist todetermine an accurate or appropriatecruising speed. Always cruise at a safespeed based on road conditions andapplicable speed limits.

Cruising at the Set SpeedTraffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains yourset cruising speed whenever a vehicle is notdetected in front of Model 3. When cruisingbehind a detected vehicle, Traffic-AwareCruise Control accelerates and deceleratesModel 3 as needed to maintain a chosenfollowing distance (see Adjust the FollowingDistance on page 81), up to the set speed.

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts thecruising speed when entering and exitingcurves.

You can manually accelerate at any time whencruising at a set speed, but when you releasethe accelerator, Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlresumes cruising at the set speed.

Note: When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isactively slowing down Model 3 to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead,brake lights turn on to alert other road usersthat you are slowing down. You may noticeslight movement of the brake pedal. However,when Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isaccelerating Model 3, the accelerator pedaldoes not move.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlmay occasionally cause Model 3 to brakewhen not required or when you are notexpecting it. This can be caused byclosely following a vehicle ahead,detecting vehicles or objects in adjacentlanes (especially on curves), etc.

Warning: Due to limitations inherent inthe onboard GPS (Global PositioningSystem), you may experience situations inwhich Traffic-Aware Cruise Control slowsdown the vehicle, especially near highwayexits where a curve is detected and/oryou are actively navigating to adestination and not following the route.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlcannot detect all objects and, especiallyin situations when you are driving over50 mph (80 km/h), may not brake/decelerate when a vehicle or object isonly partially in the driving lane or when avehicle you are following moves out ofyour driving path and a stationary orslow-moving vehicle or object is in frontof you. Always pay attention to the roadahead and stay prepared to takeimmediate corrective action. Dependingon Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to avoid acollision can result in serious injury ordeath. In addition, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl may react to vehicles or objects


Autopilot 79

that either do not exist or are not in thelane of travel, causing Model 3 to slowdown unnecessarily or inappropriately.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlmay be unable to provide adequatespeed control because of limited brakingcapability and hills. It can also misjudgethe distance from a vehicle ahead. Drivingdownhill can increase driving speed,causing Model 3 to exceed your set speed(and potentially the road's speed limit).Never depend on Traffic-Aware CruiseControl to slow down the vehicle enoughto prevent a collision. Always keep youreyes on the road when driving and beprepared to take corrective action asneeded. Depending on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to slow the vehicle downenough to prevent a collision can result inserious injury or death.

Changing the Set SpeedTo change the set speed while using Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, roll the right scrollwheel up (to increase) or down (to decrease)the set speed until your desired set speed isdisplayed. Slowly rolling the scroll wheelchanges the set speed in 1 mph (1 km/h)increments and quickly rolling the scroll wheelchanges the set speed to the closest 5 mph (5km/h) increment.

You can also use the touchscreen to changethe set speed by touching the plus (+) orminus (-) next to the displayed set speed. Aquick tap changes the set speed by 1 mph (1km/h) and a press and hold changes the setspeed to the closest 5 mph (5 km/h)increment. To increase/decrease to the nextincrement, you must release the plus (+) orminus (-) then press it again.

Note: It may take a few seconds for Model 3 toreach the new cruising speed, assuming Model3 does not detect a vehicle ahead drivingslower than your set speed.

HOLD StateWhen following a vehicle, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl remains active at low speeds, evenwhen Model 3 comes to a full stop. When thevehicle is moving again, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl resumes operating at the set speed.However, under the following circumstances,Traffic-Aware Cruise Control goes into a HOLDstate, in which case, you need to briefly pressthe accelerator pedal to resume cruising.When the HOLD status is active, thetouchscreen displays the HOLD icon and amessage that indicates that you need toresume cruise control. The followingcircumstances can cause Traffic-Aware CruiseControl to go into the HOLD state:

• Model 3 has been at a standstill for 5minutes.

• Model 3 detects a pedestrian (the HOLDstate may clear when the pedestrian is nolonger detected).

• Model 3 suddenly loses visibility of thevehicle in front of you.

• The ultrasonic sensors detect an obstaclein front of Model 3.

Cruising Near or On Freeway ExitsWhen cruising near an exit on a controlledaccess road (such as a highway or freeway)and engaging the turn signal toward the exit,Traffic-Aware Cruise Control assumes you areexiting and begins to slow down the vehicle. Ifyou do not drive onto the exit, Traffic-AwareCruise Control resumes cruising at the setspeed. In a region with right hand traffic, thisoccurs only when you engage the right turnsignal when driving in the right-most lanewithin 164 feet (50 meters) of an exit. Likewisein regions with left hand traffic; whenengaging the left turn signal when driving inthe left-most lane within 164 feet (50 meters)of an exit.



Note: The onboard Global Positioning System(GPS) determines if you are driving in a regionwith right or left hand traffic. In situationswhere GPS data is unavailable (for example, ifthere is inadequate signal), engaging the turnsignal near an exit does not cause Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to slow down Model 3.

When enabled while on a highway interchangeor off-ramp, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control mayreduce your set speed in 5 mph (5 km/h)increments – to as slow as 25 mph (40 km/h)– to better match the reported speeds ofother Tesla vehicles that have driven at thatspecific location. To override this and continuecruising at your set speed, tap the acceleratorpedal or touch the plus (+) or minus (-) buttonon the touchscreen. The new set speed ismaintained for the duration of the interchangeor off-ramp (unless you override it or cancelTraffic-Aware Cruise Control). After theinterchange or off-ramp, the set speed mayrevert or change as necessary based on thenew location. For example, if you merged ontoa different highway, the set speed reverts backto the set speed that was in use before drivingon the interchange.

Warning: In some cases (such as havinginsufficient data), Traffic-Aware CruiseControl may not automatically reduce theset speed on the highway interchange oroff-ramp. Do not rely on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to determine anappropriate driving speed. Teslarecommends driving at a speed that issafe for road conditions and withinposted speed limits.

Adjust the Following DistanceTo adjust the following distance you want tomaintain between Model 3 and a vehicletraveling ahead of you, press the steeringwheel's right scroll button to the left or rightto choose a setting from 1 (the closestfollowing distance) to 7 (the longest followingdistance). Each setting corresponds to a time-based distance that represents how long ittakes for Model 3, from its current location, toreach the location of the rear bumper of thevehicle ahead of you.

You can also display and adjust the setting forthe following distance on the touchscreen atany time, even when Traffic-Aware CruiseControl is not active. Touch Controls >Autopilot > Cruise Follow Distance, thenadjust the following distance by touching plus(+) or minus (-).

As you adjust the following distance, thetouchscreen displays the current setting.

Note: Your setting is retained until youmanually change it.

Warning: It is the driver's responsibility todetermine and maintain a safe followingdistance at all times. Do not rely onTraffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintainan accurate or appropriate followingdistance.

Warning: Never depend on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to adequately slow downModel 3 to avoid a collision. Always watchthe road in front of you and stay preparedto take immediate corrective action.


Autopilot 81

Overtake AccelerationWhen following a vehicle with Traffic-AwareCruise Control active, briefly engaging theturn signal (to indicate a move into thepassing lane) accelerates Model 3 towards thevehicle ahead. By momentarily holding theturn signal lever up or down, you can quicklyaccelerate up to your set speed withouthaving to press the accelerator pedal. The turnsignal causes acceleration only when all of thefollowing conditions are met:

• Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is operatingand detects a vehicle in front of you.

• No obstacles or vehicles are detected inthe target lane.

• Model 3 is traveling below the set speed,but over 45 mph (72 km/h).

Overtake Acceleration is intended as an aidwhen passing a vehicle ahead of you. Whenthe turn signal is engaged, Traffic-AwareCruise Control continues to maintain distancefrom the vehicle ahead, but allows you to driveslightly closer than your selected distance.

Acceleration cancels when one of theconditions happen:

• You reach your set cruising speed.• Changing lanes takes too long.• Model 3 gets too close to the vehicle

ahead.

OR• You disengage the turn signal.

Note: Overtake Acceleration occurs when youhold the turn signal in the momentary position(partially engaged). When you release the turnsignal, Model 3 stops accelerating (in the sameway as when you release the acceleratorpedal) and resumes the set speed.

Warning: Overtake Acceleration cancancel for many unforeseen reasons inaddition to those listed above (forexample, lack of GPS data). Stay alert andnever depend on Overtake Accelerationto increase your driving speed.

Warning: Overtake Acceleration increasesyour driving speed whenever theappropriate turn signal is engaged, andaccelerates Model 3 closer to the vehicleahead. Although Traffic-Aware CruiseControl continues to maintain distancefrom the vehicle ahead, it is important tobe aware that your selected followingdistance is reduced when OvertakeAcceleration is active, particularly in cases

where it may not be your intention toovertake the vehicle you are following.

Canceling and ResumingTo manually cancel Traffic-Aware CruiseControl, move the gear lever up and release orpress the brake pedal. The speedometer iconon the touchscreen turns gray to indicate thatTraffic-Aware Cruise Control is no longeractive.

Warning: Do not hold the gear lever upfor more than one second. Doing socancels Traffic-Aware Cruise Control andshifts Model 3 into Neutral.

To re-enable cruising at the current drivingspeed, move the gear lever fully down oncethen release.

Note: When Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlcancels, Model 3 does not coast. Instead,regenerative braking slows down Model 3 inthe same way as when you move your foot offthe accelerator when driving without Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (see RegenerativeBraking on page 62).

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlcancels, or may not be available, in thefollowing situations:

• You press the brake pedal.



• Your driving speed exceeds themaximum cruising speed of 90 mph(150 km/h).

• You shift Model 3 into a differentgear.

• A door is opened.• The view from the radar sensor or

camera(s) is obstructed. This couldbe caused by dirt, mud, ice, snow, fog,etc.

• The traction control setting ismanually disabled or is repeatedlyengaging to prevent wheels fromslipping.

• The wheels are spinning while at astandstill.

• The Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlsystem is failing or requires service.

When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isunavailable or cancels, Model 3 no longerdrives consistently at a set speed and nolonger maintains a specified distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control cancancel unexpectedly at any time forunforeseen reasons. Always watch theroad in front of you and stay prepared totake appropriate action. It is the driver'sresponsibility to be in control of Model 3at all times.

Summary of Cruise Indicators

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isavailable but is not activelycontrolling your speed until youactivate it. The number shown ingray is determined by Speed Assist(see Controlling Speed Assist onpage 105).

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isoperating and is either maintainingthe set speed (no vehicle in front) oris maintaining a chosen followingdistance from a vehicle ahead (up tothe set speed).

Model 3 has fully stopped but is in aHOLD state. If safe, press theaccelerator pedal to resume cruisingat the set speed.

LimitationsTraffic-Aware Cruise Control is particularlyunlikely to operate as intended in thefollowing types of situations:

• The road has sharp curves.• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,

fog, etc.).• Bright light (such as from oncoming

headlights or direct sunlight) is interferingwith the view of the camera(s).

• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty,covered, etc.).

• The windshield is obstructing the view ofthe camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, coveredby a sticker, etc.).

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Traffic-Aware Cruise Control.


Autopilot 83

Autosteer

Note: Autosteer is a BETA feature.

Autosteer builds upon Traffic-Aware CruiseControl (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control onpage 78), intelligently keeping Model 3 in itsdriving lane when cruising at a set speed.Autosteer also allows you to use the turnsignals to move Model 3 into an adjacent lane(see Auto Lane Change on page 86). Usingthe vehicle's camera(s), the radar sensor, andthe ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer detects lanemarkings and the presence of vehicles andobjects to steer Model 3.

Warning: Autosteer is a hands-on feature.You must keep your hands on the steeringwheel at all times.

Warning: Autosteer is intended for useonly on highways and limited-accessroads with a fully attentive driver. Whenusing Autosteer, hold the steering wheeland be mindful of road conditions andsurrounding traffic. Do not use Autosteeron city streets, in construction zones, orin areas where bicyclists or pedestriansmay be present. Never depend onAutosteer to determine an appropriatedriving path. Always be prepared to takeimmediate action. Failure to follow theseinstructions could cause damage, seriousinjury or death.

Operating AutosteerBefore you can operate Autosteer, you mustenable it by touching Controls > Autopilot >Autosteer (Beta).

To indicate that Autosteer isavailable (but not activelysteering Model 3), thetouchscreen displays a grayAutosteer icon.

To initiate Autosteer, move the gear lever fullydown twice in quick succession.

Autosteer briefly displays a message on thetouchscreen reminding you to pay attention tothe road and be ready to take over at anytime. To indicate that Autosteer is nowactively steering Model 3, the touchscreendisplays the Autosteer icon in blue. WhenAutosteer is able to detect lane markings, italso displays the driving lane in blue.

Note: To initiate Autosteer when there is novehicle in front of you, you must be driving atleast 18 mph (30 km/h) on a roadway withvisible lane markings. If a vehicle is detectedahead of you, you can initiate Autosteer at anyspeed under 90 mph (150 km/h), even whenstationary (if you are at least 5 feet (150 cm)away from the vehicle).

Autosteer


The touchscreen displays a messageindicating that Autosteer is temporarilyunavailable if you attempted to engageAutosteer when driving at a speed that is notwithin the speed required for Autosteer tooperate. Autosteer may also be unavailable ifit is not receiving adequate data from thecamera(s) or sensors.

If Autosteer is unable to detect lane markings,the driving lane is determined based on thevehicle you are following.

In most cases, Autosteer attempts to centerModel 3 in the driving lane. However, if thesensors detect the presence of an obstacle(such as a vehicle or guard rail), Autosteermay steer Model 3 in a driving path that isoffset from the center of the lane.

Warning: Autosteer is not designed to,and will not, steer Model 3 around objectspartially or completely in the driving lane.Always watch the road in front of you andstay prepared to take appropriate action.It is the driver's responsibility to be incontrol of Model 3 at all times.

Restricted Speed

Autosteer is intended for use only by a fullyattentive driver on freeways and highwayswhere access is limited by entry and exitramps. If you choose to use Autosteer onresidential roads, a road without a centerdivider, or a road where access is not limited,Autosteer may limit the maximum allowedcruising speed and the touchscreen displays amessage indicating that speed is restricted.The restricted speed can vary depending onwhether or not you've specified a speed limitoffset. Although you will be unable to increasethe cruising speed, you can select a morerestrictive cruising speed by reducing thespeed limit offset, if applicable, (see Controlling Speed Assist on page 105) or bymanually reducing the set cruising speed (see Changing the Set Speed on page 80).

In situations where the speed limit cannot bedetected when Autosteer is engaged,Autosteer reduces your driving speed andlimits the set speed to 45 mph (70 km/h).Although you can manually accelerate toexceed the limited speed, Model 3 may notbrake for detected obstacles. Autosteer slowsdown to the limited speed when you releasethe accelerator pedal. When you leave theroad, or disengage Autosteer by using thesteering wheel, you can increase your setspeed again, if desired.

Hold Steering Wheel

Autosteer uses data from the camera(s),sensors, and GPS to determine how best tosteer Model 3. When active, Autosteer requiresyou to hold the steering wheel. If it does notdetect your hands on the steering wheel for aperiod of time, a flashing blue light appears atthe top of the car status section of thetouchscreen and the following messagedisplays:

Autosteer detects your hands by recognizinglight resistance as the steering wheel turns, orfrom you manually turning the steering wheelvery lightly (without enough force to retakecontrol). Autosteer also qualifies your handsas being detected if you engage a turn signalor use a button or scroll wheel on the steeringwheel.

Note: When your hands are detected, themessage disappears and Autosteer resumesnormal operation.

Note: Autosteer may also sound a chime atthe same time that the message is initiallydisplayed.

Autosteer requires that you pay attention toyour surroundings and remain prepared totake control at any time. If Autosteer still doesnot detect your hands on the steering wheel,the request escalates by sounding chimes thatincrease in frequency.

If you repeatedly ignore Autosteer's promptsfor having your hands on the steering wheel,Autosteer disables for the rest of the drive anddisplays the following message. If you don'tresume manual steering, Autosteer sounds acontinuous chime, turns on the warningflashers, and slows the vehicle to a completestop.

For the rest of the drive, you must steermanually. Autosteer is available again on yournext drive (after you stop and shift Model 3into Park).

Take Over Immediately

In situations where Autosteer is unable tosteer Model 3, Autosteer sounds a warningchime and displays the following message onthe touchscreen:

Autosteer

Autopilot 85

When you see this message, TAKE OVERSTEERING IMMEDIATELY.

Canceling Autosteer

Autosteer cancels when:

• You start steering manually.• You press the brake pedal.• The maximum speed that Autosteer

supports–90 mph (150 km/h)–isexceeded.

• You move the gear lever upwards.• A door is opened.• An Automatic Emergency Braking event

occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist onpage 102).

When Autosteer cancels, it sounds chimes andthe Autosteer icon either turns gray toindicate that Autosteer is no longer active, ordisappears to indicate that it is not currentlyavailable.

Note: If Autosteer cancels because you startedsteering manually, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl remains active. Disengage Traffic-Aware Cruise Control as you normally would,by moving the gear lever upward or pressingthe brake pedal.

Note: If you move the gear lever upward andhold it up for more than one second, Model 3shifts into Neutral after canceling Autosteer.

To disable Autosteer so it is no longeravailable, touch Controls > Autopilot >Autosteer (Beta).

Auto Lane ChangeWhen Autosteer is active on a vehicleequipped with Auto Lane Change, you can usethe turn signals to move Model 3 into anadjacent lane without moving the steeringwheel (which would cancel Autosteer).

Warning: It is the driver's responsibility todetermine whether a lane change is safeand appropriate. Therefore, beforeinitiating a lane change, always checkblind spots, lane markings, and thesurrounding roadway to confirm it is safeand appropriate to move into the targetlane.

Warning: Never depend on Auto LaneChange to determine an appropriatedriving path. Drive attentively bywatching the road and traffic ahead ofyou, checking the surrounding area, andmonitoring the touchscreen for warnings.Always be prepared to take immediateaction.

Warning: Do not use Auto Lane Changeon city streets or on roads where trafficconditions are constantly changing andwhere bicycles and pedestrians arepresent.

Warning: The performance of Auto LaneChange depends on the ability of thecamera(s) to recognize lane markings.

Warning: Do not use Auto Lane Changeon winding roads with sharp curves, onicy or slippery roads, or when weatherconditions (such as heavy rain, snow, fog,etc.) may be obstructing the view fromthe camera(s) or sensors.

Warning: Failure to follow all warningsand instructions can result in propertydamage, serious injury or death.

Operating Auto Lane Change

Auto Lane Change is available wheneverAutosteer is active. To change lanes usingAuto Lane Change:

1. Perform visual checks to make sure it issafe and appropriate to move into thetarget lane

2. Fully engage the appropriate turn signal.3. Disengage the turn signal after you are in

the target lane.

Auto Lane Change moves Model 3 into theadjacent lane in the direction indicated by theturn signal, provided the following conditionsare met:

• The turn signal is fully engaged.• The ultrasonic sensors and Autopilot

cameras do not detect a vehicle orobstacle up to the center of the targetlane.

• The lane markings indicate that a lanechange is permitted.

• The view of the camera(s) is notobstructed.

• Your vehicle does not detect anothervehicle in its blind spot.

• Midway through the lane change, AutoLane Change can detect the outside lanemarking of the target lane.

Autosteer


• Driving speed is at least 30 mph(45 km/h).

As the lane change is in progress, OvertakeAcceleration is activated, allowing Model 3 toaccelerate closer to a vehicle in front (see Overtake Acceleration on page 82). Midwaythrough the lane change, Auto Lane Changemust detect the target lane's outside lanemarking. If this lane marking cannot bedetected, the lane change is aborted andModel 3 returns to its original driving lane.

Note: Auto Lane Change moves Model 3 onelane at a time. Moving into an additional lanerequires you to engage the turn signal asecond time after the first lane change iscomplete.

When using Auto Lane Change, it is importantto monitor its performance by watching thedriving path in front of you and thesurrounding area. Stay prepared to take oversteering at any time. As you are crossing overinto the adjacent lane, the touchscreendisplays the lane marking as a dashed blueline. Once in your new lane, lane markings aredisplayed as solid blue lines again.

In situations where Auto Lane Change isunable to operate at optimal performance, orcannot operate due to inadequate data, thetouchscreen displays a series of warnings.Therefore, when using Auto Lane Change,always pay attention to the touchscreen andbe prepared to manually steer Model 3.

Stop Light Warning (U.S. only)While Autosteer or Navigate on Autopilot is inuse, Model 3 displays a warning on thetouchscreen and sounds a chime if it detectsthat you are likely to run through a red stoplight. If this happens, TAKE IMMEDIATECORRECTIVE ACTION!

The visual and audible warnings cancel after afew seconds, or when you press the brakepedal, whichever comes first.

Warning: Stop Light Warning does notapply the brakes or decelerate Model 3,does not detect stop signs, and may notdetect all stop lights. Stop Light Warningis designed for guidance purposes onlyand is not a substitute for attentivedriving and sound judgment. Keep youreyes on the road when driving and neverdepend on Stop Light Warning to warnyou of a stop light.

Warning: Stop Light Warning is designedto only warn you when approaching a

solid red or later portion of a yellowtraffic light; it may not issue warnings atintersections with flashing lights.Additionally, Stop Light Warning does notwarn you of an approaching stop light ifyou are pressing the accelerator pedal orbrake pedal (which disables Autosteer).

Navigate on AutopilotNote: Navigate on Autopilot is a BETA feature.

When using Autosteer on a controlled-accessroad (such as a highway or freeway), Navigateon Autopilot automatically exits at off-rampsand interchanges based on your navigationroute. Along the highway portion of anavigation route, Navigate on Autopilot alsochanges lanes to prepare for exits and tominimize the driving time to your destination.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot does notmake driving autonomous. You must payattention to the road, keep your hands onthe steering wheel at all times, and remainaware of your navigation route.

Warning: As is the case with normaldriving, be extra careful around blindcorners, highway interchanges, and exitsbecause obstacles can appear quicklyand at any time.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot may notrecognize or detect oncoming vehicles,stationary objects, and special-use lanessuch as those used exclusively for bikes,carpools, emergency vehicles, etc.Remain alert at all times and be preparedto take immediate action. Failure to do socan cause damage, injury or death.

Enabling and Customizing Navigate onAutopilot

To enable Navigate on Autopilot, touchControls > Autopilot > Navigate on Autopilot(Beta). Then, to customize how you wantNavigate on Autopilot to operate, touchCUSTOMIZE NAVIGATE ON AUTOPILOT:

• Enable At Start Of Every Trip: Choosewhether or not you want to automaticallyenable Navigate on Autopilot for everynavigation route. When enabled, theNavigate on Autopilot button on the turn-by-turn direction list is already enabled atthe start of every trip.

Autosteer

Autopilot 87

• Speed Based Lane Changes: Navigate onAutopilot is designed to perform bothroute-based and speed-based lanechanges. Route-based lane changes aredesigned to keep you on your navigationroute (for example, moving you into anadjacent lane to prepare for an upcomingoff-ramp) whereas speed-based lanechanges are designed to maintain adriving speed (not to exceed your cruisingspeed) that allows you to minimize thetime it takes to reach your destination (forexample, moving into an adjacent lane topass a vehicle in front of you). Speed-based lanes changes are optional. You canuse this setting to disable speed-basedlane changes or to specify howaggressively you want Navigate onAutopilot to change lanes to achieve theset cruising speed. The MILD setting ismore conservative about lane changesand may result in a slightly longer drivingtime whereas MAD MAX is designed toallow you to reach your destination in theshortest driving time possible, but willonly change lanes when safe to do so.

• Require Lane Change Confirmation: Bydefault, Navigate on Autopilot requiresyour confirmation before proceeding witha lane change (by engaging theappropriate turn signal). However, if youwant Navigate on Autopilot to changelanes without requiring this confirmation,turn this setting off. When you turn thesetting off, you can specify if or how youwant to be notified of lane changes (Off,Chime, Vibrate, or Both).

Warning: If you turn off Require LaneChange Confirmation, Navigate onAutopilot notifies you of upcominglane changes and off-ramps, but itremains your responsibility to monitorthe environment and maintain controlof Model 3 at all times. Lane changescan occur quickly and suddenly.Always keep your hands on the wheeland your eyes on the driving path infront of you.

Note: In addition to route-based and speed-based lane changes, Navigate on Autopilotalso requests a lane change to the right as areminder to stay out of the left-most lanewhen you are not passing other vehicles.

Note: The touchscreen displays route-basedlane changes at the top of the map's turn-by-turn direction list to notify you that anupcoming lane change is needed to stay onthe navigation route.

Operating Navigate on Autopilot

Once enabled, the Navigate on Autopilotbutton appears on the map’s turn-by-turndirection list whenever a navigation route isactive and the route includes at least onecontrolled-access road. Touch this button toallow Navigate on Autopilot to assist you onyour journey. When enabled, the Navigate onAutopilot button is blue and the turn-by-turndirection displays the Autosteer icon next tomaneuvers (such as freeway exits) thatNavigate on Autopilot will handle.

Navigate on Autopilot activates anddeactivates as appropriate, based on the typeof road you are driving on. For example, ifAutosteer is active and the Navigate onAutopilot setting is turned on, Navigate onAutopilot automatically becomes active whenyou reach a supported controlled-accessportion of your navigation route.

Whenever Navigate on Autopilot is active, thetouchscreen displays the driving lane as asingle blue line in front of Model 3:

When Navigate on Autopilot is active and youapproach an off-ramp or freeway interchangealong your navigation route, the appropriateturn signal engages and Autosteer maneuversModel 3 onto the off-ramp or interchange.

Warning: Never depend on Navigate onAutopilot to determine an appropriatelane at an off-ramp. Stay alert andperform visual checks to ensure that thedriving lane is safe and appropriate.

Autosteer


When you leave a controlled-access road (forexample, you exit a freeway or you enter asection of the navigation route that is nolonger supported), Navigate on Autopilotreverts back to Autosteer— a unique triple-tone chime sounds and the touchscreendisplays the driving lane lines in blue (insteadof the single blue in front of Model 3). Whenyou exit onto an off-ramp, the touchscreenbriefly displays a countdown message warningyou of the distance remaining before Navigateon Autopilot reverts back to Autosteer.

Note: The way Navigate on Autopilotdetermines navigation routes and maneuversat freeway interchanges can be impacted bywhether or not the navigation system is set upto use High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes.Therefore, ensure the Use HOV Lanes settingis appropriate for your circumstances (see Maps and Navigation on page 121). If thesetting is off, Navigate on Autopilot neveruses an HOV lane, regardless of time of day. Ifthe setting is on, Navigate on Autopilot willalways include the use of the HOV lane,whenever it exists.

Warning: Even when Navigate onAutopilot deactivates at off-ramps,Autosteer remains active. Always beprepared to take appropriate actions suchas stopping at red lights and stop signs,and yielding to other road users.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot may notalways attempt to exit at an off-ramp,even when the exit is determined by thenavigation route. Always remain alert andbe prepared to manually steer onto theoff-ramp, or make a required lane change.

You can cancel Navigate on Autopilot at anytime by touching the Navigate on Autopilotbutton on the map’s turn-by-turn direction list(your vehicle reverts back to Autosteer), or bycanceling Autosteer entirely (see CancelingAutosteer on page 86).

Lane Changes

Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to eitherprepare Model 3 for an upcoming off-ramp, toincrease your driving speed (not to exceedyour set cruising speed), or to move Model 3out of a left-most lane when you are notpassing other vehicles. A message displays atthe top of the map's turn-by-turn direction listto notify you when an upcoming lane changeis required to stay on your navigation route.The line on the touchscreen shows theupcoming driving path:

When the touchscreen displays a messageasking you to confirm the lane change, engagethe appropriate turn signal. If you do notconfirm the lane change within three seconds,a chime sounds to remind you that Navigateon Autopilot requires your confirmation tochange lanes.

If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turnedoff, Navigate on Autopilot engages theappropriate turn signal, checks for vehiclesand objects, and when appropriate,maneuvers Model 3 into the adjacent lane.

If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turnedon, you must engage the appropriate turnsignal to confirm that you want Navigate onAutopilot to make the lane change. If you donot confirm the lane change within threeseconds, a chime sounds to remind you thatNavigate on Autopilot requires yourconfirmation to change lanes.

Note: If you ignore a route-based lane changesuggestion (for example, you are driving in theleft lane while approaching an off-ramp on theright side of the highway), Navigate onAutopilot will be unable to maneuver onto theoff-ramp and as a result, the navigationsystem will re-route you to your destination.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot may notalways attempt to exit at an off-ramp orchange lanes, even when an exit or lanechange is determined by the navigationroute. Always remain alert and beprepared to manually steer onto an off-ramp, or make a lane change to preparefor, or to exit at, an off-ramp orinterchange.

Autosteer

Autopilot 89

Be Ready to Assist

When attempting to change lanes ormaneuver Model 3, or when approachingconstruction zones, Navigate on Autopilotmay be unable to determine the appropriatedriving lane (for example, complex clover leafsand multi-lane off-ramps) and the touchscreendisplays an alert indicating that Navigate onAutopilot is trying to maneuver and mayrequire assistance. When you see themessage, be prepared to take immediateaction to ensure that it is safe and appropriateto complete the lane change or maneuver.

LimitationsAutosteer and its associated functions areparticularly unlikely to operate as intendedwhen:

• Autosteer is unable to accuratelydetermine lane markings. For example,lane markings are excessively worn, havevisible previous markings, have beenadjusted due to road construction, arechanging quickly (lanes branching off,crossing over, or merging), objects orlandscape features are casting strongshadows on the lane markings, or the roadsurface contains pavement seams or otherhigh-contrast lines.

• Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog,etc.) or weather conditions are interferingwith sensor operation.

• A camera(s) or sensor(s) is obstructed,covered, or damaged.

• Driving on hills.• Approaching a toll booth.• Driving on a road that has sharp curves or

is excessively rough.• Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is

interfering with the view of the camera(s).• The sensors are affected by other

electrical equipment or devices thatgenerate ultrasonic waves.

• A vehicle is detected in your blind spotwhen you engage the turn signal.

• Model 3 is being driven very close to avehicle in front of it, which is blocking theview of the camera(s).

Warning: Many unforeseen circumstancescan impair the operation of Autosteer.Always keep this in mind and rememberthat as a result, Autosteer may not steerModel 3 appropriately. Always driveattentively and be prepared to takeimmediate action.

Autosteer


Autopark

Autopark (if equipped) uses data from theultrasonic sensors and GPS to simplify parkingon public roads by maneuvering Model 3 intoparallel and perpendicular parking spaces. See To Use Autopark on page 91.

Warning: Autopark's performancedepends on the ability of the ultrasonicsensors to determine the vehicle'sproximity to curbs, objects, and othervehicles.

To Use AutoparkWhen driving, follow these steps to allowAutopark to maneuver Model 3 into a parkingspace:

1. When driving slowly on a public road,monitor the touchscreen to determinewhen Autopark has detected a parkingspace. When Autopark detects a potentialparking space, the touchscreen displays aparking icon. Autopark detects parallelparking locations when driving below 15mph (24 km/h) and perpendicular parkinglocations when driving below 10 mph (16km/h).

Note: The parking icon appears only if thevehicle's position and/or thecircumstances of the surrounding area aresuch that Autopark can determine anappropriate driving path. If Autoparkcannot determine an appropriate path (forexample, when driving on a narrow streetwhere moving into the parking spacecauses the front of the vehicle to extendinto the adjacent lane), you can eitherreposition the vehicle, find a differentparking space, or park manually.

2. Check to determine if the detectedparking space is appropriate and safe. Ifso, pull forward and stop approximately acar length ahead of the parking space (asyou normally would when parallel parkingor when backing into a perpendicularparking space).

3. Release the steering wheel, shift Model 3into Reverse, then touch Start Autoparkon the touchscreen.

4. When parking is complete, Autoparkdisplays the "Complete" message.

In situations where Autopark cannot operatedue to inadequate sensor data, thetouchscreen displays a message indicatingthat you must manually park Model 3.

Note: If you press the brake when Autopark isactively parking Model 3, the parking processpauses until you touch Resume on thetouchscreen.

Note: Autopark detects potentialperpendicular parking spaces that are at least9.5 feet (2.9 meters) wide with a vehicleparked on each side. Autopark detects parallelparking spaces that are at least 20 feet (6meters), but less than 30 feet (9 meters)9meters long. Autopark does not operate onangled parking spaces.

Warning: Never depend on Autopark tofind a parking space that is legal, suitable,and safe. Autopark may not always detectobjects in the parking space. Alwaysperform visual checks to confirm that aparking space is appropriate and safe.

Warning: When Autopark is activelysteering Model 3, the steering wheelmoves in accordance with Autopark'sadjustments. Do not interfere with themovement of the steering wheel. Doingso cancels Autopark.

Warning: During the parking sequence,continually check your surroundings. Beprepared to apply the brakes to avoidvehicles, pedestrians, or objects.

Warning: When Autopark is active,monitor the touchscreen to ensure thatyou are aware of the instructions thatAutopark is providing.

To Pause ParkingTo pause Autopark, press the brake pedalonce. Model 3 stops and remains stopped untilyou touch Resume on the touchscreen.

Autopark

Autopilot 91

To Cancel ParkingAutopark cancels the parking sequence whenyou manually move the steering wheel,change gears, or touch Cancel on thetouchscreen. Autopark also cancels parkingwhen:

• The parking sequence exceeds sevenmoves.

• Model 3 detects that the driver is exitingthe vehicle.

• A door is opened.• You press the accelerator pedal.• You press the brake pedal while Autopark

is paused.• An Automatic Emergency Braking event

occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist onpage 102).

LimitationsAutopark is particularly unlikely to operate asintended in these situations:

• The road is sloped. Autopark is designedto operate on flat roads only.

• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.).

• The curb is constructed of material otherthan stone, or the curb cannot bedetected.

• The target parking space is directlyadjacent to a wall or pillar (for example,the last parking space of a row in anunderground parking structure).

• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors isdamaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as bymud, ice, or snow).

• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog,or extremely hot or cold temperatures)are interfering with sensor operation.


Warning: Many unforeseen circumstancescan impair Autopark's ability to parkModel 3. Keep this in mind and rememberthat as a result, Autopark may not steerModel 3 appropriately. Pay attentionwhen parking Model 3 and stay preparedto immediately take control.

Autopark


Summon

Summon (if equipped) allows you toautomatically park and retrieve Model 3 whileyou are standing outside the vehicle. Summonuses data from the ultrasonic sensors to moveModel 3 forward and reverse up to 39 feet (12meters) in, or out of, a parking space.

To move Model 3 a distance of up to 475 feet(145 meters) while steering around objects,you can use Smart Summon and your mobilephone. Smart Summon allows your vehicle tofind you (or you can send your vehicle to achosen location). See Smart Summon on page96.

Warning: Summon is designed andintended for use only on parking lots anddriveways on private property where thesurrounding area is familiar andpredictable.

Warning: Summon is a BETA feature. Youmust continually monitor the vehicle andits surroundings and stay prepared totake immediate action at any time. It isthe driver's responsibility to use Summonsafely, responsibly, and as intended.

Warning: Summon's performancedepends on the ability of the ultrasonicsensors to determine the vehicle'sproximity to objects, people, animals, andother vehicles.

Before Using SummonBefore operating Summon, use thetouchscreen to enable it and customize howyou want it to work. Touch Controls >Autopilot > Summon, then touch Customizeand adjust the following settings to suit yourpreferences:

• Bumper Clearance: Set the distance thatyou want Summon to stop from adetected object (for example, you maywant Summon to stop within just a fewinches of a garage wall). Note that thisdistance applies only to objects thatSummon detects directly in front of Model3 when moving forward, or directly behindModel 3 when reversing.

• Summon Distance: Set a maximumdistance that Model 3 can travel whenentering or exiting a parking space.

• Side Clearance: Choose an option tospecify how much side clearance youwant to allow. Tight allows Model 3 toenter and exit very narrow parking spaces.

Warning: Parking in a narrow spacelimits the ability of the sensors toaccurately detect the location ofobstacles, increasing the risk ofdamage to Model 3 and/orsurrounding objects.

• Require Continuous Press: By default,Summon requires that you press and holda button on the mobile app or the key fobaccessory to move Model 3 during theparking process. When RequireContinuous Press is set to NO, you canpress and release the button—you don'tneed to hold it down to keep the vehiclemoving. Also, Require Continuous Pressmust be set to NO if you want to operateSummon using the key fob accessoryinstead of the mobile app (see OperatingSummon with the Key on page 94), or ifyou want to start a parking sequence frominside the vehicle (see Starting SummonBefore Exiting the Vehicle on page 95).

• Use Auto HomeLink (if equipped): Set toON if you want to activate HomeLink toopen/close a programmed HomeLinkdevice (such as a gate or a garage door)during the parking process when usingSummon or Smart Summon. If enabled,the device automatically opens and closeswhen Model 3 enters or exits during aSummon session. In an Smart Summonsession, the device automatically openswhen, at the beginning of a session, SmartSummon detects that Model 3 is parked ina garage.

Warning: Always ensure that Model 3is fully in or out of a garage beforeHomeLink lowers the garage door.Summon and Smart Summon cannotdetect where an overhead door willlower.

Note: When enabled, the HomeLink deviceautomatically opens and closes whenusing Summon, and automatically opensas needed when using Smart Summon. Toautomate HomeLink in other situations(such as normal driving), you must adjustthe HomeLink device's main settings bytouching the HomeLink icon at the top ofthe touchscreen (see HomeLink UniversalTransceiver on page 137).

Note: The above settings, with the exceptionof HomeLink, apply only to Summon—not

Summon

Autopilot 93

Smart Summon (see Before Using SmartSummon on page 96). You can notcustomize Smart Summon's bumperclearance, distance, and side clearance. Andwhen using Smart Summon, you must alwayshold down the button on the mobile app tokeep Model 3 moving. Also, Smart Summonoperates with the mobile app only—not thekey fob accessory .

Note: All settings are retained until youmanually change them.

Using Summon to Park and Retrieveyour VehicleFollow these steps to use Summon to parkyour Model 3:

• Align Model 3 within 39 feet (12 meters) ofthe parking space so Model 3 can follow astraight path into or out of the space ineither Drive or Reverse.

• From outside the vehicle, initiate theparking maneuver by touching Summonon the mobile app, then holding down theFORWARD or REVERSE button.

Note: If the Require Continuous Presssetting is NO, you do not need to holddown the button, just press and release.

Note: You can also initiate the parkingmaneuver from inside the vehicle (see Starting Summon Before Exiting theVehicle on page 95).

Summon shifts Model 3 into Drive or Reverse(based on the direction you specified) anddrives into or out of the parking space. Whenparking is complete, or if an obstacle isdetected, Summon shifts Model 3 into Park.Summon shifts Model 3 into Park when:

• Model 3 detects an obstacle in its drivingpath (within the Bumper Clearance settingthat you specified).

• Summon has moved Model 3 themaximum distance of 39 feet (12 meters).

• You release the FORWARD or REVERSEbutton (when Require Continuous Press isturned on).

• You press any button to manually stopSummon.

If you used Summon to park Model 3, you canthen use Summon to return Model 3 back toits original position (provided the vehicle hasremained in Park), or to the maximumSummon Distance that you have specified(whichever comes first). Simply specify theopposite direction on the mobile app andSummon moves the vehicle along the originalpath, provided no obstructions have beenintroduced. If the ultrasonic sensors detect anobstacle, Summon attempts to avoid theobstacle while staying very close to its originalpath (Summon does not steer aroundobstacles).

Note: To move Summon multiple times in thesame direction (not to exceed the maximumof 39 feet (12 meters), cancel Summon andthen restart the parking process using thesame direction.

Note: Although Summon can move Model 3 ashort distance laterally to avoid an obstacle, itdoes not attempt to steer around an obstacleto return the vehicle to its original drivingpath. Only Smart Summon can steer thevehicle around objects.

Note: Summon requires that Model 3 candetect a valid key nearby.

Note: Summon requires that Model 3 candetect an authenticated phone nearby(Canada only).

Warning: Model 3 cannot detectobstacles that are located lower than thebumper, are very narrow, or are hangingfrom a ceiling (for example, bicycles). Inaddition, many unforeseen circumstancescan impair Summon's ability to move in orout of a parking space and, as a result,Summon may not move Model 3appropriately. Therefore, you mustcontinually monitor the vehicle'smovement and its surroundings andremain prepared to stop Model 3 at anytime.

Operating Summon with the Key

Note: Using the key to operate Summon isavailable only in the United States.

Note: Summon may not operate if the key fobaccessory's battery is low.

Follow these steps to park Model 3 fromoutside the vehicle using the key fobaccessory:

Summon


1. On the touchscreen, ensure that RequireContinuous Press is disabled (touchControls > Autopilot > Summon > RequireContinuous Press > NO).

2. With Model 3 in Park, stand within 10 feet(3 meters) and press and hold the topcenter button on the key fob accessory(Lock/Unlock All button) until the hazardlights blink continuously.

Note: The hazard lights flash once asModel 3 locks, then within five seconds,Model 3 powers on and the hazard lightsflash continuously. Do not proceed to thenext step until the hazard lights areflashing. If, after five seconds, the hazardlights are not flashing, release the buttonon the key fob accessory, move closer toModel 3, and try again. If Summonreceives no further input within tenseconds, Summon cancels.

3. Press the Front Trunk button on the keyfob accessory to move Model 3 forwardinto the parking space, or press the RearTrunk button to reverse Model 3 into theparking space.

Starting Summon Before Exiting the Vehicle

To start a Summon parking sequence beforeexiting Model 3:

1. On the touchscreen, ensure that RequireContinuous Press is disabled (touchControls > Autopilot > Summon > RequireContinuous Press > NO).

2. Close all doors and trunks.3. With Model 3 powered on and the Park

gear engaged, double press the Parkbutton on the gear stalk. The touchscreendisplays a popup window.

4. On the touchscreen, choose the directionof travel.

5. Exit Model 3 and close the driver's door.

Summon now moves Model 3 according to thedirection you specified on the touchscreen.

Note: To cancel the parking maneuver beforeexiting, touch Cancel on the popup window.

Note: If you do not choose a direction of travelon the touchscreen, Summon does not start aparking maneuver when you exit.

Stopping or Canceling Summon

You can stop Model 3 at any time whileSummon is active by using the mobile app orby pressing any button on the key fobaccessory. Summon also cancels when:

• A door handle is engaged or a door isopened.

• You interact with the steering wheel, brakepedal, accelerator pedal, or gear stalk.

• Model 3 detects an obstacle.• Summon has moved Model 3 the

maximum distance of approximately 39feet (12 meters).

• Your phone enters sleep mode or losesconnectivity to Model 3.

LimitationsSummon is unlikely to operate as intended inthe following types of situations:

• The driving path is sloped. Summon isdesigned to operate on flat roads only (upto 10% grade).

• A raised concrete edge is detected.Summon will not move the vehicle over anedge that is higher than approximately 1 in(2.5 cm).

• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors isdamaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as bymud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra,excessive paint, or adhesive products suchas wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).



Note: Summon is disabled if Model 3 is in Valetmode (see Valet Mode on page 45).

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Summon. It is the driver's responsibilityto remain in control of Model 3 at alltimes. Pay close attention wheneverSummon is actively moving Model 3 andstay prepared to take immediate action.Failure to do so can result in seriousproperty damage, injury or death.

Summon

Autopilot 95

Smart Summon

Smart Summon (if equipped) is designed toallow you to move Model 3 to your location(using your phone's GPS as a targetdestination) or to a location of your choice,maneuvering around and stopping for objectsas necessary. Smart Summon works with theTesla mobile app when your phone is locatedwithin approximately 213 feet (65 meters) ofModel 3. Using ultrasonic sensors, cameras,and GPS data, Smart Summon maneuversModel 3 out of parking spaces and aroundcorners. This is useful for moving Model 3 outof a tight parking spot, through puddles, orhelping you retrieve your car while carryingpackages. You must maintain a clear line ofsight between you and Model 3 and closelymonitor the vehicle and its surroundings at alltimes.

Warning: Smart Summon is designed andintended for use only on parking lots anddriveways located on private propertywhere the surrounding area is familiar andpredictable. Do not use Smart Summonon public roads.

Warning: Smart Summon must only beused on paved surfaces.

Warning: Smart Summon is a BETAfeature. You must continually monitor thevehicle and its surroundings and stayprepared to take immediate action at anytime. It is the driver's responsibility to useSmart Summon safely, responsibly, and asintended.

Warning: Smart Summon may not stopfor all objects (especially very low objectssuch as some curbs, or very high objectssuch as a shelf) and may not react to alltraffic. Smart Summon does notrecognize the direction of traffic, doesnot navigate around empty parkingspaces, and may not anticipate crossingtraffic.

Warning: Smart Summon's performancedepends on the ultrasonic sensors, thevisibility of the cameras, and theavailability of an adequate cellular signaland GPS data.

Warning: When using Smart Summon,you must maintain a clear line of sightbetween you and Model 3 and stayprepared to stop the vehicle at any timeby releasing the button on the mobileapp.

Before Using Smart Summon• Download the latest version of the Tesla

mobile app (3.10.0 or later) to your phone,and ensure your phone has cellular serviceand GPS enabled.

• Your phone must be connected to Model 3and located within approximately 213 feet(65 meters).

• The vehicle's Autopilot cameras must befully calibrated (see Drive to CalibrateCameras on page 76).

• You must have a clear line of sight toModel 3.

• Model 3 must be in Park, not charging,and all doors and trunks must be closed.

Using Smart Summon1. Open the Tesla mobile app, and press

SUMMON.2. Press the Smart Summon icon located in

the center of the image of your Model 3. Itmay take several seconds for SmartSummon to start up.

Note: You can use Standby Mode toeliminate the delay that occurs whenSmart Summon is starting up (see Standby Mode on page 97).

The mobile app displays a map with a bluecircle, which represents the maximumproximity that you must maintain betweenyour phone and Model 3 (213 feet/65meters). The blue dot on the maprepresents your location, and the redarrow represents the location of Model 3.

3. Position yourself anywhere within the bluecircle where you have a clear line of sightto Model 3.

4. You can now operate Smart Summonusing either of these modes:

• COME TO ME mode: Press and holdthe COME TO ME button. Model 3moves to your GPS location. As youmove, Model 3 follows you. WhenModel 3 reaches you, it stops andshifts into park.

Smart Summon


• GO TO TARGET mode: Touch thecrosshair icon then drag the map toposition the pin on a chosendestination. Press and hold the GO TOTARGET button. Model 3 moves to thedestination. When reaching thelocation, Model 3 stops and shifts intoPark and the mobile app displays amessage indicating that Summon hascompleted.

Note: To subsequently change thelocation, lift your finger, reposition themap, then press and hold GO TOTARGET again.

To stop Model 3 at any time, simplyrelease the COME TO ME or GO TOTARGET button.

The map's crosshair icon togglesbetween GO TO TARGET and COMETO ME modes. When COME TO MEmode is selected, the icon is blue.

Note: The map also has an icon thatallows you to display/hide satelliteimagery.

Immediately after initiating Smart Summon ineither mode, hazard lights briefly flash, mirrorsfold, and Model 3 shifts into the appropriatedriving gear (Drive or Reverse). Model 3 thenslowly moves to within one meter of you(COME TO ME) or your chosen destination(GO TO TARGET), navigating obstacles asneeded. As Model 3 moves, the correspondingred arrow on the map also moves to show thevehicle’s location. As you move, thecorresponding blue dot also moves to showyour location.

In either mode, Model 3 stops moving andshifts into park when:

• You release the button on the mobile app.• The maximum proximity of 213 feet (65

meters) between your phone and Model 3is exceeded (if moving Model 3 to adestination away from you, you may needto follow the car to maintain thisdistance).

• The driving path is blocked.

• Model 3 has moved the maximum distanceof 475 feet (145 meters) since the start ofthe Smart Summon session, or has moved492 feet (150 meters) away from thelocation from which the vehicle was lastdriven manually.

Note: If Smart Summon moves Model 3forward three feet and then backwardstwo feet, this is considered five feet oftravel.

Note: There is no need to look at the mobileapp—just hold down the button while keepingyour eye on Model 3 and its driving path at alltimes, remaining ready to release the buttonto stop the vehicle if needed.

If equipped and Auto HomeLink is enabled forSummon (touch Controls > Autopilot >Summon > Use Auto HomeLink, SmartSummon automatically opens a HomeLinkdevice if you start the Smart Summonmaneuver when Model 3 is located inside agarage. The mobile app informs you that thedoor has opened.

Warning: When you release the button tostop Model 3, a slight delay occurs beforethe vehicle stops. Therefore, it is criticalthat you pay close attention to thevehicle’s driving path at all times andproactively anticipate obstacles that thevehicle may be unable to detect.

Warning: Use extreme caution when usingSmart Summon in environments wheremovement of obstacles can beunpredictable. For example, wherepeople, children or animals are present.

Warning: Smart Summon may not stopfor all objects (especially very low objectssuch as some curbs, or very high objectssuch as a shelf) and may not react to alloncoming or side traffic. Pay attentionand be ready to stop Model 3 at all timesby releasing the button on the mobileapp.

Standby ModeTo keep Model 3 ready to Summon and reducethe time it takes to warm up, turn on StandbyMode. Touch Controls > Autopilot > CustomizeSummon > Standby Mode. When StandbyMode is turned on, you can conserve Batteryenergy by disabling Standby Mode at theselocations:

• Exclude Home - Disables Standby Mode atthe location you set as Home in yourFavorites list.

Smart Summon

Autopilot 97

• Exclude Work - Disables Standby Mode atthe location you set as Work in yourFavorites list.

• Exclude Favorites - Disables StandbyMode at any location in your Favorites list.

Note: To conserve energy, Smart Summonautomatically exits Standby mode frommidnight to 6:00 am. During these hours, youwill experience a delay as Smart Summonstarts up.

Note: Additional battery power may beconsumed while Standby Mode is active.

Note: For details on how to designate alocation as Home, Work, or Favorites, see Recent, Favorite, Home and Work Destinationson page 125).

Stopping or Canceling SmartSummonSmart Summon stops Model 3 whenever yourelease the button on the mobile app. Toresume the Smart Summon session, simplypress the COME TO ME or GO TO TARGETbutton again.

Warning: Always anticipate when youneed to stop Model 3. Depending on thequality of the connectivity between thephone and Model 3, there may be a slightdelay between when you release thebutton and when the car stops.

Smart Summon cancels, and requires you torestart it, when:

• A door handle is engaged or a door isopened.

• You interact with the steering wheel, brakepedal, accelerator pedal, or gear stalk.

• Model 3 is blocked by an obstacle.• Smart Summon has moved Model 3 the

maximum distance of approximately 475feet (145 meters) within a 213 feet (65meters) radius of the phone's location. Tomove further than this distance, you mustshift Model 3 into a driving gear (Drive orReverse) and then re-initiate an SmartSummon session.

• Your phone enters sleep mode or losesconnectivity to Model 3.

LimitationsSmart Summon is unlikely to operate asintended in the following types of situations:

• GPS data is unavailable due to poorcellular coverage.

• The driving path is sloped. Smart Summonis designed to operate on flat roads only(up to 10% grade).

• A raised concrete edge is detected.Depending on the height of the concreteedge, Smart Summon may not moveModel 3 over it.

• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors orcameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed(such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by avehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesiveproducts such as wraps, stickers, rubbercoating, etc.).

• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog,or extremely hot or cold temperatures)are interfering with sensor or cameraoperation.


Note: Smart Summon is disabled if Model 3 isin Valet mode (see Valet Mode on page 45).

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Smart Summon. It is the driver'sresponsibility to remain in control ofModel 3 at all times. Pay close attentionwhenever Smart Summon is activelymoving Model 3 and stay prepared totake immediate action. Failure to do socan result in serious property damage,injury or death.

Smart Summon


Lane Assist

The Autopilot cameras and ultrasonic sensorsmonitor the markers on the lane you aredriving in as well as the areas surroundingModel 3 for the presence of vehicles or otherobjects.

When an object is detected in your blind spotor close to the side of Model 3 (such as avehicle, guard rail, etc.), colored lines radiatefrom the image of your vehicle on thetouchscreen. The location of the linescorrespond to the location of the detectedobject. The color of the lines (white, yellow,orange, or red) represent the object'sproximity to your vehicle, with white being thefarthest and red being very close, requiringyour immediate attention. These colored linesonly display when driving betweenapproximately 7 and 85 mph (12 and 140km/h). When Autosteer is active, thesecolored lines also display if driving slower than7 mph (12 km/h). However, the colored linesdo not display if Model 3 is at a standstill (forexample, in heavy traffic).

Lane Assist also warns you when a desiredlane departure is not appropriate. When youengage the turn signal and a vehicle or objectis detected in the adjacent lane you areplanning to move into, the touchscreendisplays a red lane line to indicate that avehicle or object is detected. When the vehicleor object is no longer detected, the lane linereturns to normal.

Warning: Lane Assist features are forguidance purposes only and are notintended to replace your own direct visualchecks. Before changing lanes, alwaysvisually check the lane you are movinginto by using side mirrors and performingthe appropriate shoulder checks.

Warning: Never depend on Lane Assist toinform you of unintentionally driving

outside of the driving lane, or informingyou that a vehicle is in your blind spot orclose to the side of your vehicle. Severalexternal factors can reduce theperformance of Lane Assist such as a lackof lane markings or curbs. This may resultin false, or lack of, warnings (see Limitations and Inaccuracies on page100). It is the driver's responsibility tostay alert, pay attention to the drivinglane and always be aware of other roadusers. Failure to do so can result inserious injury or death.

Lane Assist also consists of the followingfeatures to assist you in staying safe in thedriving lanes:

• Lane Departure Avoidance• Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance• Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime

Lane Departure AvoidanceDepending on your vehicle's configuration,this feature may not be available.

Lane Departure Avoidance provides steeringinterventions if Model 3 drifts into (or close to)an adjacent lane when driving between 40and 90 mph (64 and 145 km/h) on majorroadways with clearly visible lane markings.Touch Controls > Autopilot > Lane DepartureAvoidance and choose:

• OFF: You are not warned of lanedepartures or potential collisions with avehicle in an adjacent lane.

• WARNING: The steering wheel vibrates if afront wheel passes over a lane markingwhile the associated turn signal is off. Avisual warning on the touchscreen is alsodisplayed.

• ASSIST: In addition to the steering wheelvibration and a visual warning, Model 3attempts to steer to a safer position in itsdriving lane if the vehicle detects driftingor a potential collision while theassociated turn signal is off.

Your setting is retained until you manuallychange it.

When Lane Departure Avoidance detectsdrifting and applies a steering intervention,the designated lane line is highlighted in blueon the touchscreen.

Note: Lane Departure Avoidance is intendedto help keep you safe, but it does not work inevery situation and does not replace the needto remain attentive and in control.

Lane Assist

Autopilot 99

Warning: Keep your hands on the steeringwheel at all times. If the vehicle sensesyour hands are not on the steering wheel,Model 3 sounds a chime and the hazardwarning lights flash.

Warning: Steering interventions areminimal and are not designed to moveModel 3 out of its driving lane. Do not relyon steering interventions to avoid sidecollisions.

Emergency Lane DepartureAvoidanceDepending on your vehicle's configuration,this feature may not be available.

For emergency situations, Emergency LaneDeparture Avoidance attempts to prevent apotential collision with a vehicle in an adjacentlane by steering Model 3 back into yourdriving lane when traveling between 40 and90 mph (64 and 145 km/h). This operates ifthe cameras can detect the edge of the lane,such as a lane line or curb. When this steeringintervention is applied, you will hear a chimeand the touchscreen displays a warning whilehighlighting the lane line red until Model 3returns to the driving lane. To turn on or off,touch Controls > Autopilot > Emergency LaneDeparture Avoidance.

Blind Spot Collision Warning ChimeIf you want a chime to sound when a vehicle isin your blind spot and possible collision isdetected, touch Controls > Autopilot > BlindSpot Collision Warning Chime.

Warning: Blind Spot Collision WarningChime cannot detect every collision. It isthe driver's responsibility to remain alertand check their blind spots.

Limitations and InaccuraciesLane Assist cannot always clearly detect lanemarkings and you may experienceunnecessary or invalid warnings in thesesituations:

• Visibility is poor and lane markings are notclearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.). The exact detection zone of theultrasonic sensors varies depending onenvironmental conditions.

• Bright light (such as from oncomingheadlights or direct sunlight) is interferingwith the view of the camera(s).

• A vehicle in front of Model 3 is blockingthe view of the camera(s).


• Lane markings are excessively worn, havevisible previous markings, have beenadjusted due to road construction, or arechanging quickly (for example, lanesbranching off, crossing over, or merging).

• The road is narrow or winding.• Objects or landscape features are casting

strong shadows on lane markers.

Lane Assist may not provide warnings, or mayapply inappropriate warnings, in thesesituations:




• An object that is mounted to Model 3 isinterfering with and/or obstructing asensor (such as a bike rack or a bumpersticker).

In addition, Lane Assist may not steer Model 3away from an adjacent vehicle, or may applyunnecessary or inappropriate steering, inthese situations:

• You are driving Model 3 on sharp cornersor on a curve at a relatively high speed.


• You are drifting into another lane but anobject (such as a vehicle) is not present.

• A vehicle in another lane cuts in front ofyou or drifts into your driving lane.

• Model 3 is traveling slower than 30 mph(48 km/h) or faster than 90 mph (145km/h).




Lane Assist


• An object mounted to Model 3 (such as abike rack or a bumper sticker) isinterfering with or obstructing a sensor.

• Visibility is poor and lane markings are notclearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.).

• Lane markings are excessively worn, havevisible previous markings, have beenadjusted due to road construction or arechanging quickly (for example, lanesbranching off, crossing over, or merging).

Warning: The lists above do not representevery possible situation that may interferewith Lane Assist warnings. Lane Assistmay not operate as intended for manyother reasons. To avoid a collision, stayalert and always pay attention to theroadway when driving so you cananticipate the need to take correctiveaction as early as possible.

Lane Assist

Autopilot 101

Collision Avoidance Assist

The following collision avoidance features aredesigned to increase the safety of you andyour passengers:

• Forward Collision Warning - providesvisual and audible warnings in situationswhen Model 3 detects that there is a highrisk of a frontal collision (see ForwardCollision Warning on page 102).

• Automatic Emergency Braking -automatically applies braking to reducethe impact of a frontal collision (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page103).

• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration - reducesacceleration if Model 3 detects an objectin its immediate driving path (see Obstacle-Aware Acceleration on page104).

Warning: Forward Collision Warning is forguidance purposes only and is not asubstitute for attentive driving and soundjudgment. Keep your eyes on the roadwhen driving and never depend onForward Collision Warning to warn you ofa potential collision. Several factors canreduce or impair performance, causingeither unnecessary, invalid, inaccurate, ormissed warnings. Depending on ForwardCollision Warning to warn you of apotential collision can result in seriousinjury or death.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis not designed to prevent all collisions. Incertain situations, it can minimize theimpact of a frontal collision by attemptingto reduce your driving speed. Dependingon Automatic Emergency Braking toavoid a collision can result in seriousinjury or death.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration isnot designed to prevent a collision. Incertain situations, it can minimize theimpact of a collision. Depending onObstacle-Aware Acceleration to avoid acollision can result in serious injury ordeath.

Forward Collision WarningThe forward looking camera(s) and the radarsensor monitor the area in front of Model 3 forthe presence of an object such as a vehicle,motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian. If a collisionis considered likely unless you take immediatecorrective action, Forward Collision Warning isdesigned to sound a chime and highlight thevehicle in front of you in red on thetouchscreen. If this happens, TAKEIMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION!

Warnings cancel automatically when the riskof a collision has been reduced (for example,you have decelerated or stopped Model 3, orthe object in front of your vehicle has movedout of your driving path).

If immediate action is not taken when Model 3issues a Forward Collision Warning, AutomaticEmergency Braking (if enabled) mayautomatically apply the brakes if a collision isconsidered imminent (see AutomaticEmergency Braking on page 103).

By default, Forward Collision Warning isturned on. To turn it off or adjust its sensitivity,touch Controls > Autopilot > Forward CollisionWarning. Instead of the default warning levelof Medium, you can turn the warning Off, oryou can choose to be warned Late or Early.

Note: Your chosen setting for ForwardCollision Warning is retained until youmanually change it.

Warning: The camera(s) and sensorsassociated with Forward CollisionWarning are designed to monitor anapproximate area of up to 525 feet(160 meters) in your driving path. The



area being monitored by ForwardCollision Warning can be adverselyaffected by road and weather conditions.Use appropriate caution when driving.

Warning: Forward Collision Warning isdesigned only to provide visual andaudible alerts. It does not attempt toapply the brakes or decelerate Model 3.When seeing and/or hearing a warning, itis the driver's responsibility to takecorrective action immediately.

Warning: Forward Collision Warning mayprovide a warning in situations where thelikelihood of collision may not exist. Stayalert and always pay attention to the areain front of Model 3 so you can anticipatewhether any action is required.

Warning: Forward Collision Warningoperates only when driving betweenapproximately 7 mph (10 km/h) and 90mph (150 km/h).

Warning: Forward Collision Warning doesnot provide a warning when the driver isalready applying the brake.

Automatic Emergency BrakingThe forward looking camera(s) and the radarsensor are designed to determine the distancefrom a detected object traveling in front ofModel 3. When a frontal collision is consideredunavoidable, Automatic Emergency Braking isdesigned to apply the brakes to reduce theseverity of the impact.

When Automatic Emergency Braking appliesthe brakes, the touchscreen displays a visualwarning and sounds a chime. You may alsonotice abrupt downward movement of thebrake pedal. The brake lights turn on to alertother road users that you are slowing down.

If driving 35 mph (56 km/h) or faster, thebrakes are released after AutomaticEmergency Braking has reduced your drivingspeed by 30 mph (50 km/h). For example, ifAutomatic Emergency Braking applies brakingwhen driving 56 mph (90 km/h), it releasesthe brakes when your speed has been reducedto 26 mph (40 km/h).

Automatic Emergency Braking operates onlywhen driving between approximately 7 mph(10 km/h) and 90 mph (150 km/h).

Automatic Emergency Braking does not applythe brakes, or stops applying the brakes,when:

• You turn the steering wheel sharply.• You press and release the brake pedal

while Automatic Emergency Braking isapplying the brakes.

• You accelerate hard while AutomaticEmergency Braking is applying the brakes.

• The vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, orpedestrian is no longer detected ahead.

Automatic Emergency Braking is alwaysenabled when you start Model 3. To disable itfor your current drive, touch Controls >Autopilot > Automatic Emergency Braking.

Warning: It is strongly recommended thatyou do not disable Automatic EmergencyBraking. If you disable it, Model 3 doesnot automatically apply the brakes insituations where a collision is consideredlikely.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis designed to reduce the severity of animpact. It is not designed to avoid acollision.

Warning: Several factors can affect theperformance of Automatic EmergencyBraking, causing either no braking orinappropriate or untimely braking, such aswhen a vehicle is partially in the path oftravel or there is road debris. It is thedriver’s responsibility to drive safely andremain in control of the vehicle at alltimes. Never depend on AutomaticEmergency Braking to avoid or reducethe impact of a collision.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis designed to reduce the impact offrontal collisions only and does notfunction when Model 3 is in Reverse.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis not a substitute for maintaining a safetraveling distance between you and thevehicle in front of you.

Warning: The brake pedal movesdownward abruptly during automaticbraking events. Always ensure that thebrake pedal can move freely. Do not placematerial under or on top of the Tesla-supplied driver’s floor mat (including anadditional mat) and always ensure thatthe driver’s floor mat is properly secured.Failure to do so can impede the ability ofthe brake pedal to move freely.


Autopilot 103

Obstacle-Aware AccelerationObstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed toreduce the impact of a collision by reducingmotor torque if Model 3 detects an object inits driving path. For example, Model 3, whileparked in front of a closed garage door withthe Drive gear engaged, detects that you havepressed hard on the accelerator pedal.Although Model 3 still accelerates and hits thegarage door, the reduced torque may result inless damage.

Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed tooperate only when all of these conditions aresimultaneously met:

• A driving gear is engaged (Drive orReverse).

• Model 3 is stopped or traveling less than10 mph (16 km/h).

• Model 3 detects an object in its immediatedriving path.

To disable Obstacle-Aware Acceleration, touchControls > Autopilot > Obstacle-AwareAcceleration.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration isdesigned to reduce the severity of animpact. It is not designed to avoid acollision.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Accelerationmay not limit torque in all situations.Several factors, including environmentalconditions, distance from an obstacle,and a driver's actions, can limit, delay, orinhibit Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Accelerationmay not limit torque when performing asharp turn, such as into a parking space.

Warning: Do not rely on Obstacle-AwareAcceleration to control acceleration or toavoid, or limit, the severity of a collision,and do not attempt to test Obstacle-Aware Acceleration. Doing so can result inserious property damage, injury, or death.

Warning: Several factors can affect theperformance of Obstacle-AwareAcceleration, causing an inappropriate oruntimely reduction in motor torque. It isthe driver's responsibility to drive safelyand remain in control of Model 3 at alltimes.

Limitations and InaccuraciesCollision Avoidance features cannot alwaysdetect all objects, vehicles, bikes, orpedestrians, and you may experienceunnecessary, inaccurate, invalid, or missedwarnings for many reasons, particularly if:

• The road has sharp curves.• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,

fog, etc.).• Bright light (such as from oncoming

headlights or direct sunlight) is interferingwith the view of the camera(s).

• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty,covered, etc.).


Warning: The limitations previouslydescribed do not represent an exhaustivelist of situations that may interfere withproper operation of Collision AvoidanceAssist features. These features may fail toprovide their intended function for manyother reasons. It is the driver’sresponsibility to avoid collisions bystaying alert, paying attention, and takingcorrective action as early as possible.

Caution: If a fault occurs with a CollisionAvoidance Assist feature, Model 3displays an alert. Contact Tesla Service.



Speed Assist

How Speed Assist WorksModel 3 displays a speed limit on thetouchscreen and you can choose if and howyou are warned when you exceed the speedlimit. You can touch this speed limit sign toautomatically change the set speed to thedetected speed limit (including any offsetsthat you have set). Also, instead of using thedetected speed limit, you can base warningson an arbitrary speed limit that you entermanually.

In situations where Model 3 is unable todetermine a speed limit, or if Speed Assist isuncertain that an acquired speed limit isaccurate, the touchscreen may not display aspeed limit sign and warnings do not takeeffect.

If you set the speed limit warning to Display(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 105)and exceed the determined speed limit, thespeed limit sign on the touchscreen increasesin size.

If you set the speed limit warning to Chime(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 105)and exceed the determined speed limit, thespeed limit sign on the touchscreen increasesin size and Model 3 also sounds a warningchime.

Note: Speed limit warnings go away after tenseconds, or when Model 3 slows down belowthe specified limit.

Warning: Do not rely on Speed Assist todetermine the appropriate speed limit ordriving speed. Always drive at a safespeed based on traffic and roadconditions.

Controlling Speed AssistTo adjust the Speed Limit Warning setting,touch Controls > Autopilot > Speed LimitWarning, then choose one of these options:

• Off - Speed limit warnings do not displayand chimes are not sounded.

• Display - Speed limit signs display on thetouchscreen and the sign increases in sizewhen you exceed the determined limit.

• Chime - In addition to the visual display, achime is sounded whenever you exceedthe determined speed limit.

You can also specify how the speed limit isdetermined:

• Relative - You can set a speed limit offset(+ or -) if you want to be alerted onlywhen you exceed the offset speed limit bya specified amount. For example, you canincrease the offset to +10 mph (10 km/h) ifyou only want to be warned when youexceed the speed limit by 10 mph (10km/h).

• Absolute - Manually specify any speedlimit between 20 and 140 mph (30 and240 km/h).

Note: Speed Assist is not always accurate. Aroad's location can be miscalculated andinstead Speed Assist can display a speed for adirectly adjacent road that may have adifferent speed limit. For example, SpeedAssist can assume Model 3 is on a freeway orhighway when it is actually on a nearbysurface street, and vice versa.

Note: Your chosen setting is retained until youmanually change it.

Limitations and InaccuraciesSpeed Assist may not be fully functional ormay provide inaccurate information in thesesituations:

• Visibility is poor and speed limit signs arenot clearly visible (due to heavy rain,snow, fog, etc.).


• Model 3 is being driven very close to avehicle in front of it which is blocking theview of the camera(s).


Speed Assist

Autopilot 105

• Speed limit signs are concealed byobjects.

• The speed limits stored in the mapdatabase are incorrect or outdated.

• Model 3 is being driven in an area whereGPS or map data is not available.

• Traffic signs do not conform to standardrecognizable formats.

• A road or a speed limit has recentlychanged.

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Speed Assist. Speed Assist may fail toprovide warnings for many other reasons.

Speed Assist


Using the Touchscreen

Controls

Overview

Touch Controls on the bottom corner of the touchscreen to control features andcustomize Model 3 to suit your preferences. The Controls window appears over themap. Touch an option on the left side of the window to display the associatedcontrols and settings. By default, Quick Controls displays for quicker access tocommonly used settings.

To close the Controls window, touch the X in the top left corner, touch Controlsagain, or swipe down on the window.

When an information icon displays beside a specific setting, touch it to display apopup that provides helpful details about the associated setting.

Note: The following illustrations are for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version and market region, the options available may be different.

Summary of Controls

1. Control tabs and open glovebox. When you select an item from the list of tabs, its associatedcontrols and options display in the main viewing area.

2. Main viewing area. The options available for your chosen controls category display here.

Note: Depending on vehicle configuration and market region, some settings may not beavailable for your vehicle.

Controls

Using the Touchscreen 107

QuickControls

Quick Controls provides easy access to the following commonly-usedfeatures:

• Exterior lights

OFF Exterior lights will be off until you manually turnthem back on. The exterior lights are set toAUTO by default at the start of every drive.

PARKING The exterior side marker lights, parking lights,tail lights, and license plates lights turn on.

ON Exterior lights are on.

AUTO Exterior lights automatically turn on if Model 3detects low lighting conditions.

Note: For more information on exterior lights, see Lights on page 54.• Front Fog: Activates the front fog lights (only available in some

regions).• Rear Fog: If equipped (only available in some regions).• Adjust the mirrors: See Adjusting Exterior Mirrors on page 48.• Adjust the steering wheel (premium package): See Adjusting Steering

Wheel Position - Premium Package on page 46.• Fold the mirrors: See Mirrors on page 48.• Window Lock: Lock the rear window switches (see Windows on page

15).• Display Brightness: Adjust the brightness of the display.

Lights • Exterior Lights: Described previously in Quick Controls, or see Lights onpage 54.

• Front Fog: (Only available in some regions).• Rear Fog: (Only available in some regions).• Interior Lights

Dome Lights: Turn the overhead lights to OFF, ON, or AUTO. When setto AUTO, the dome lights automatically turn on when you unlock thevehicle, open a door upon exiting, or shift into Park.

Ambient Lights: If turned on, the interior lights turn on whenever theheadlights are on (if equipped).

• Auto High Beam: If on, the high beam headlights can automaticallyswitch to low beam when there is light (for example, from an oncomingvehicle) detected in front of Model 3. See High Beam Headlights onpage 55.

• Headlights after Exit: If on, the headlights remain on when you stopdriving and park Model 3 in low lighting conditions. They automaticallyturn off after one minute or when you lock Model 3.

• Steering Wheel Lights: If on, the arrows associated with the scrollbuttons on the steering wheel are backlit when the headlights areturned on.

Controls


Locks • Keys: You can see all the keys used for Model 3 and their associateddriver profiles. You can add, delete, and change the driver profileassociated with each key (see Driver Profiles on page 44).

• Window Lock: Lock the rear window switches (see Windows on page15).

• Child-Protection Lock: If on, safety locks prevent the rear doors frombeing opened from inside the vehicle (see Child-Protection Lock onpage 13).

• Unlock on Park: If on, doors automatically unlock when you engage thePark gear (see Interior Locking and Unlocking on page 13).

• Lock Confirmation Sound: If on, you will hear an audible sound whenyou lock or unlock Model 3.

• Walk-Away Door Lock: If on, doors automatically lock when you walkaway from the vehicle while carrying your authenticated phone with you(see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 13).

Display • Display Mode: Customize the DAY (light background) or NIGHT (darkbackground) setting of the touchscreen. When set to AUTO, thebrightness changes automatically between day and night brightnessbased on ambient lighting conditions.

• Brightness: Drag the slider to manually control the brightness level ofthe touchscreen. When the AUTO brightness is on, the touchscreen isfurther adjusted based on both the surroundings and by learning yourpreferences (for example, it remembers the type of manual adjustmentsyou make).

Customize how the units and languages are displayed:

• Language: Choose the language that is displayed on the touchscreen.

Note: Model 3 must be in Park to change the language. When youchange the language, you experience a brief delay as the vehicle shutsdown and restarts the touchscreen.

• Time Format: Choose if time is displayed in 12 or 24 hour format.• Energy Display: Display remaining energy and charging units as either a

percentage of battery energy remaining, or as an estimate of thedistance you can drive.

• Distance: Choose if miles or kilometers are used when displaying range,speed, energy, trip meters, map searches and navigation routes.

• Temperature: Choose if temperature is displayed in °C or °F.• Tire Pressure: Choose if tire pressures are displayed in BAR or PSI.

Controls


Driving • Acceleration: Adjust the amount of acceleration. Chill limits accelerationfor a slightly smoother and gentler ride, whereas Standard or Sport(depending on vehicle configuration) provides the normal level ofacceleration.

Note: When Chill is selected, Chill displays on the touchscreen abovethe driving speed.

• Steering Mode: Adjust the amount of effort required to turn the steeringwheel. Sport feels more responsive whereas Comfort feels easier todrive and park (see Adjusting Steering Effort on page 46).

• Regenerative Braking: When you release the accelerator when driving,regenerative braking slows Model 3 and feeds any surplus energy backto the Battery. If set to LOW, Model 3 does not slow down as quickly,but also feeds less energy back to the Battery (see RegenerativeBraking on page 62).

Note: Regardless of the setting selected, the energy gained byregenerative braking is reduced if the Battery is full, or is extremely coldor hot (in which case, surplus energy is used to heat or cool it).

• Stopping Mode: Choose how you want Model 3 to behave onceregenerative braking has reduced the driving speed to a very low speed,a driving gear is still engaged, and both the accelerator and brakepedals are released. See Stopping Mode on page 62. You can adjust thissetting only when Model 3 is in Park.

• Track Mode: (only available on Performance vehicles) when enabled,this mode modifies the vehicle's stability control, traction control,regenerative braking, and cooling system to increase performance andhandling while driving on closed circuit courses (see Track Mode onpage 69).

• Slip Start: Turn slip start on to allow wheels to spin (see Traction Controlon page 65).

Controls


Autopilot Control features that provide a safer and more convenient drivingexperience. Some Autopilot features are not controlled through Controls.See About Autopilot on page 75 for more information.

• Autosteer (Beta): Enable the auto steering feature (available only if yourvehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package) (see Autosteer on page84).

• Navigate on Autopilot (Beta): Navigate on Autopilot automatically exitsat off-ramps and interchanges based on your navigation route and canalso make lane changes designed to prepare for exits and minimize thedriving time to your destination (available only if your vehicle isequipped with an Autopilot package) (see Navigate on Autopilot onpage 87).

Customize Navigate on Autopilot: Specify how Navigate on Autopilotperforms lane changes and whether you want it to automatically enableat the start of every trip.

• Summon (Beta): Automatically park and retrieve Model 3 from outsidethe vehicle (available only if your vehicle is equipped with an Autopilotpackage) (see Summon on page 93).

Customize Summon: Determine the bumper clearance, distance, amountof side clearance, and whether Summon requires continuous press whenactive.

• Speed Limit Warning: Select the type of warnings, if any, you receivewhen you exceed the detected speed limit (see Speed Assist on page105).

• Speed Limit: Specify if you want Speed Assist to use a relative (withoffset) or an absolute speed limit (see Speed Assist on page 105).

Offset: If relative speed limit is selected, set a speed limit offset if youwant to be alerted only when you exceed the offset speed limit by aspecified amount.

• Forward Collision Warning: Choose if and when you want to receivevisual and audible warnings in situations where there is a high risk of afrontal collision (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 102).

• Lane Departure Avoidance: Specify if you want the steering wheel tovibrate slightly if a front wheel passes over a lane marking and theassociated turn signal is off (see Lane Assist on page 99).

• Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance: In emergency situations, Model3 attempts to prevent a potential collision with an object in an adjacentlane by steering the vehicle back into your driving lane (see EmergencyLane Departure Avoidance on page 100).

• Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime: Choose if you want a chime tosound when a vehicle is in your blind spot and a possible collision isdetected (see Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime on page 100).

• Automatic Emergency Braking: When toggled on, Model 3automatically applies braking when a frontal collision is imminent (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 102).

• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: When toggled on, your vehicleautomatically reduces acceleration when an obstacle is detected infront of your vehicle while driving at low speeds (see CollisionAvoidance Assist on page 102).

Controls


Navigation Customize how the navigation system works by adjusting these settings:

• Volume Control: Increase or decrease the volume of spoken navigationinstructions by touching - or +, respectively. Decreasing all the way tothe left mutes the instructions. You can also mute navigationinstructions when a navigation route is active by touching the volumeicon on the turn-by-turn direction list.

Note: The volume setting applies only to the navigation system's spokeninstructions. Volume for Media Player and Phone remains unchanged.

• Automatic Navigation: If your phone's calendar is synced, when you getin your vehicle you will be automatically routed to an event within twohours of its start time, if the event has a valid address. Automaticallynavigate to Home and Work on weekdays (see Automatic Navigation onpage 123).

• Trip Planner: (If available in your market region) Use Trip Planner to planyour driving and charging routes. (see Trip Planner on page 125).

• Online Routing: When toggled on, you may be automatically rerouted toavoid heavy traffic (see Online Routing on page 125).

• Avoid Ferries: When toggled on, you will be automatically rerouted toavoid ferries.

• Avoid Tolls: When toggled on, you will be automatically rerouted toavoid tolls.

• Use HOV Lanes : When toggled on, you will be routed to useOccupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes on your navigation routes. This isparticularly useful when using Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate onAutopilot on page 87).

Note: You can also display navigation settings by touching the settings iconon the map (see Maps and Navigation on page 121).

Controls


Safety &Security

• Parking Brake: Manually apply and release the parking brake (see Parking Brake on page 63).

• Power Off: You can power off your vehicle.• Speed Limit Mode: Specify if and by how much you want to limit

acceleration and max speed (see Speed Limit Mode on page 115).• Sentry Mode: When on, Sentry Mode uses the vehicle’s cameras and

sensors to monitor its surroundings while the vehicle is locked and inPark. If a threat is detected, Sentry Mode triggers the Alert or Alarmstate, depending on the severity of the threat. You can customize SentryMode to automatically enable except in places such as Home, Work, oryour Favorites (see Sentry Mode on page 134).

• Park Assist Chimes: If on, you will hear an audible beep whenapproaching an object while parking (see Park Assist on page 66).

• Joe Mode: When enabled, Joe Mode lowers the volume of your vehicle'schimes, except for turn signals.

• Security Alarm: Enable the security alarm (see Security Settings onpage 134).

• Tilt/Intrusion: (if available) Enable a siren that sounds if Model 3 detectsmotion inside the cabin or if the vehicle is moved or tilted (see SecuritySettings on page 134).

• PIN to Drive: Increase security by preventing Model 3 from being drivenuntil a 4-digit PIN (Personal Identification Number) is entered (see PINto Drive on page 134).

• Cabin Overheat Protection: Reduce the temperature of the cabin inextremely hot ambient conditions for a period of up to twelve hoursafter you exit Model 3 (see Cabin Overheat Protection on page 119).

• Allow Mobile Access: Allow Tesla's mobile applications to access yourModel 3 (see Mobile App on page 10).

Note: To disable Allow Mobile Access, enter your Tesla accountcredentials on the touchscreen.

• Data Sharing: Allow sharing of road measurement data (see DataSharing on page 198).

Note: Sentry Mode and Cabin Overheat Protection operate only when theenergy remaining in the Battery is above 20%.

Controls


Service • Wiper Service Mode: Make wiper blades easy to access (see WiperBlades and Washer Jets on page 165).

• Adjust Headlights: Make adjustments to the level of the headlights (see Headlight Adjustments on page 55).

Caution: Headlights should only be adjusted by Tesla Service.• Towing: Prepare Model 3 for transporting by keeping it in Neutral (which

disengages the parking brake and prevents damage to the rear motorthat is caused by wheels turning as Model 3 is pulled onto a flatbedtruck). See Instructions for Transporters on page 191.

• Wheel Configuration: Update your vehicle's wheel configuration if youare installing new wheels or swapping them for different ones. This alsochanges the wheels of your vehicle's avatar on the touchscreen.

Note: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can impact rangeestimates, tire pressure warning levels, and vehicle visualization. See TireCare and Maintenance on page 154 for more information.

Warning: Only use Tesla-approved wheels when installing orswapping wheels. Using non Tesla-approved wheels can causeserious damage. Tesla is not liable for damage caused by usingwheels not approved by Tesla.

• Reset TPMS Sensors: Reset the TPMS sensors after replacing a wheel(see Manually Resetting TPMS Sensors on page 158).

• Factory Reset: Erase all personal data (saved addresses, music favorites,etc.) and restore all customized settings to their factory defaults.

• Owner's Manual: Display this manual. You can also display this manualby touching the Tesla "T" at the top of the touchscreen.

Software Learn more about your vehicle's software version and the status of softwareupdates.

• Get more information about your car such as the VIN, vehicle name, andodometer (for more information, touch the Tesla "T" at the top center ofyour touchscreen).

• View your current software version, map version, and release notes.• See new updates that are available. Your vehicle must be connected to

Wi-Fi to start the update (see Software Updates on page 141).• Observe your software's download progress.

The yellow clock icon at the top of the touchscreen is replaced by agreen download icon when a software update is available, your vehicleis connected to Wi-Fi, and the update is downloading. A yellowdownload icon appears when a software update is available, but thevehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi. Ensure your vehicle is connected toWi-Fi to start the download.

• Customize how often you want to receive software updates by touchingSoftware Update Preferences.

Glovebox Touch to open the glovebox (see Glovebox on page 21).

Naming Your VehicleTo further personalize Model 3, you can name it. The name of your Model 3 appears in the mobileapp. To name your vehicle, touch the Tesla “T” at the top center of the touchscreen, then touchName Your Vehicle (or touch the vehicle's existing name). Enter the new name in the popup, thentouch Save.

Controls


Speed Limit ModeSpeed Limit Mode allows you to limit the acceleration and maximum speed – between 50 and 90mph (80 and 145 km/h) – of your Model 3. This feature is protected by a 4-digit PIN that youcreate when enabling it for the first time, and which must be entered whenever you want todisable and enable it.

If your Model 3 comes within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of the selected maximum speed, achime sounds and text appears on the touchscreen above the driving speed. Additionally, yourmobile app sends you a notification.

To enable Speed Limit Mode:

1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.2. Touch Controls > Safety & Security > Speed Limit Mode on the touchscreen or CONTROLS in

your mobile app.3. Select the maximum driving speed that you would like to limit the vehicle to.4. Drag the slider to the ON position.5. Enter the 4-digit PIN that you want to use to disable and enable Speed Limit Mode.

Note: If you forget the PIN, you can disable Speed Limit Mode by entering the login credentials foryour Tesla Account.

Note: When Speed Limit Mode is enabled, the acceleration setting (Controls > Driving >Acceleration) is automatically set to Chill.

Warning: Driving downhill can increase driving speed, causing the vehicle to exceed yourchosen maximum speed.

Warning: Speed Limit Mode is not a replacement for good judgment, driver training, and theneed to closely monitor roadway speed limits and driving conditions. Accidents can occur atany speed.

Erasing Personal DataYou can erase all personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, HomeLink programming, etc.)and restore all customized settings to their factory defaults. This is useful when transferringownership of Model 3. Touch Controls > Service > FACTORY RESET. Before erasing, Model 3verifies your credentials by prompting you to enter the user name and password associated withyour Tesla Account.

Controls


Climate Controls

Overview of Climate ControlsClimate controls are always available at the bottom of the touchscreen. To turn the climate controlsystem on, touch the fan icon or adjust the cabin temperature. To turn it off, touch the fan iconand then touch the off button near the center of the popup window.

By default, climate control is set to the Auto setting, which maintains optimum comfort in all butthe most severe weather conditions. When you adjust the cabin temperature in the Auto setting,the system automatically adjusts the heating, air conditioning, air distribution, and fan speed tomaintain the cabin at your selected temperature. To override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon,turn off the Auto setting, then manually adjust your settings (see Adjusting Climate ControlSettings on page 117). If you've manually adjusted individual settings, you can also revert back toAuto at any time by touching AUTO on the climate control popup window.

Note: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version, market region, and settings, the information displayed may be slightlydifferent.

1. Seat heaters operate at three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). When operating, theassociated seat icon displays twisting lines that turn red to indicate the setting level. Ifequipped with the premium package, rear seats are also equipped with seat heaters (see Operating Seat Heaters on page 118).

Note: To conserve energy, a seat heater in a passenger seating position automatically turns offif an occupant is not detected when the Drive gear is engaged.

2. Touch an up or down arrow to change the cabin temperature. To apply a temperature settingto both the driver and passenger side, touch SYNC on the popup that appears when youtouch an arrow. When you apply the same temperature to both sides, only one temperaturesetting displays. Touch SYNC again to display separate temperature settings for the driver andpassenger.

3. Touch the fan icon to turn on climate control and to manually customize settings to suit yourpreferences (see Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 117). Touch and hold the fan iconto quickly turn off climate control. If your vehicle is equipped with the premium package,touch this icon to access controls for the rear seat heaters.

4. The windshield defroster distributes air flow to the windshield. Touch once to defog thewindshield (the icon turns blue). Touch a second time to defrost the windshield (the icon turnsred and the heating and fan operate at maximum levels). Touch a third time to turn off andrestore the air distribution, heating, and fan to their previous settings.

5. Touch to warm up the rear window. When operating, the icon turns red. After 15 minutes, therear window defroster automatically turns off. If equipped with the premium package, theexterior side mirrors are also heated whenever the rear window defroster is operating.

Warning: To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheralneuropathy, or whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of diabetes, age, neurologicalinjury, or some other condition, should exercise caution when using the climate controlsystem and seat heaters.

Note: The climate control system is powered by the high voltage battery. Therefore, prolonged usedecreases driving range.

Climate Controls


Adjusting Climate Control Settings

To override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon, turn off the Auto setting, then use the buttonsthat appear to manually adjust settings.

In addition to the settings shown, if Model 3 is in Park, the Keep Climate On and Dog Mode settingdisplays when you touch the fan icon when the vehicle is in Park (see Keep Climate On and DogMode on page 119).

1. Touch AUTO to turn the Auto setting on or off.2. Touch to turn the climate control system off.3. If equipped with the premium package, the climate control settings window has two tabs. The

general settings tab displays by default and is represented by the fan icon. Touch the seatheater icon to access controls for both the front and rear seat heaters (see Operating SeatHeaters on page 118).

4. Choose where air flows into the cabin (windshield, face-level, or foot-level vents). You canchoose more than one location.

Note: When air is directed to the foot-level vents, air continues to flow to the windshield ventsto assist in defogging. When air is directed to the face-level vents, air does not flow to thewindshield.

5. Touch to turn air flow to the rear cabin area on or off. When on, air flows from the ventslocated at the back of the center console. See Adjusting the Rear Vents on page 118.

6. Touch to adjust air flow from the front passenger vent. See Adjusting the Front Vents on page118.

7. Touch to choose how air is drawn into Model 3. If on, air inside Model 3 is recirculated. If off,outside air is drawn into Model 3.

8. Touch + or - to increase or decrease the fan speed.

Note: Adjusting the fan speed may change the selected setting for how air is drawn intoModel 3 in order to increase or reduce air flow.

9. Touch to turn the air conditioning system on or off. Turning it off reduces cooling, but savesenergy.

Note: Because Model 3 runs much quieter than a gasoline-powered vehicle, you may noticethe sound of the air conditioning compressor as it is operating. To minimize noise, reduce thefan speed.

10. Touch to adjust air flow from the driver's vent. See Adjusting the Front Vents on page 118.

Climate Controls


Operating Seat HeatersTo control the front seat heaters for the driverand passenger, touch the correspondingcontrol on the main climate control area at thebottom of the touchscreen. To control the rearseat heaters (if equipped) or access duplicatecontrols for the front seat heaters, touch thefan icon, then touch the seat heater iconfollowed by the seat for which you want toadjust heating. Seat heaters operate at threesetting levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest).When operating, the associated seat icondisplays twisting lines that turn red to indicatethe setting level. You can touch All Off to turnoff all seat heaters simultaneously.

Adjusting the Front VentsModel 3 has a unique horizontal face-levelvent that spans the width of the dashboard.Using the touchscreen, you can pinpointexactly where you want to direct the airflowing from this vent when heating or coolingthe front cabin area.

1. Driver vent and controls2. Passenger vent and controls

When the face-level vent is on you can adjustthe direction of the air flow from each vent. Toadjust the direction of the air flow, simplytouch the radiating air waves from thecorresponding vent on the touchscreen. Theair flows in a single stream when centered orsplits into mirrored air streams when air isdirected outward or inward from the center ofthe vent.

Note: When you split a vent into two separateair flows, the air flow in each direction is not asstrong as when all air is flowing in a singledirection.

Note: Outside air is drawn into Model 3through the grill in front of the windshield.

Keep the grill clear of obstructions, such asleaves and snow.

Adjusting the Rear VentsModel 3 has vents located at the back of thecenter console where air flows from when thesetting is turned on from the touchscreen. Todirect the flow of air in the rear cabin area,adjust the vents at the rear of the centerconsole up, down, or from side to side asnecessary.

Climate Controls


Keep Climate On and Dog ModeThe Keep Climate On and Dog settings allowyou to keep the climate control systemrunning when in Park, even after you've leftModel 3. Both settings are useful when it isimportant to maintain the cabin temperaturein hot or cold weather conditions (forexample, when leaving groceries in Model 3 onhot days, you may want to use Keep ClimateOn to prevent spoilage). Dog mode keepsyour pet comfortable while also displaying thecurrent cabin temperature on the touchscreenso people nearby are informed that your petdoes not need to be rescued.

Note: To initiate Keep Climate On or DogMode, the Battery's charge level must be atleast 20%.

To operate Keep Climate On or Dog Mode:

1. Engage the Park gear. The Keep ClimateOn and Dog settings are available onlywhen Model 3 is in Park.

2. If necessary, adjust the climate settings.3. Touch the fan icon then touch Keep

Climate On or Dog.

The climate control system maintains yourclimate settings until you shift out of Park ormanually turn it off. If the Battery's chargelevel drops below 20%, the Tesla mobile apprepeatedly starts sending you notificationsreminding you to check on anything that youhave left in Model 3.

The next time you drive Model 3, the climatecontrol system continues operating using theprevious settings from your most recent trip.

Note: Software updates can not be performedwhen Dog Mode or Keep Climate On is active.

Warning: You can adjust the climatecontrol system remotely using the mobileapp. However, if you use the mobile appto turn off the climate control system,Keep Climate On and Dog Mode stopoperating.

Warning: Avoid using Keep Climate Onand Dog Mode when the battery charge islow. When leaving a dog or pet in Model3, you must ensure that you have yourphone with you and that the Tesla mobileapp is running. This allows you toproactively monitor the cabintemperature. To ensure the safety andcomfort of your dog or pet, always makesure you have adequate cellular coverageto receive notifications and allow enoughtime to return to Model 3 should the

climate control system stop operating—on hot days, the cabin temperature canbecome dangerously high within a fewminutes.

Warning: Check local laws for anyrestrictions on leaving pets unattended inyour vehicle.

Warning: Never leave a child unattendedin your vehicle.

Cabin Air FilterModel 3 has an air filter that prevents pollen,industrial fallout, road dust and other particlesfrom entering through the vents. Teslarecommends replacing the cabin air filterevery 2 years.

Cabin Overheat ProtectionThe climate control system can reduce thetemperature of the cabin in extremely hotambient conditions for a period of up totwelve hours after you exit Model 3. TouchControls > Safety & Security > Cabin OverheatProtection and choose:

• OFF: Disable Cabin Overheat Protection.• NO A/C: Only the fan operates when the

cabin temperature exceeds 105° F (40° C).This option consumes less energy but thecabin temperature may exceed 105° F(40° C).

• ON: The air conditioning operates whenthe cabin temperature exceeds 105° F(40° C).

Note: Cabin Overheat Protection operatesonly when the energy remaining in the Batteryis above 20% .

Warning: Never leave children or pets inthe vehicle unattended. Due to automaticshut-off or extreme outside conditions,the inside of the vehicle can becomedangerously hot, even when CabinOverheat Protection is enabled.

Climate Control Operating Tips• You can direct the face-level vents toward

the windows to help defrost or defogthem.

• When you use the mobile app to turn onthe climate control system, itautomatically turns off after four hours orif the charge level drops to 20%. To coolor heat the cabin for a longer period, youmust turn it on again.

Climate Controls


• It is possible that your charge port latchmay freeze in place in extremely coldweather or icy conditions. In cases whereyou cannot remove or insert the chargecable, or the car is not Supercharging dueto the latch being frozen in place, use yourTesla mobile app to precondition yourvehicle on HI for approximately 30-45minutes (you must use your mobile app toprecondition the vehicle; setting yourclimate to HI using the touchscreen willnot be effective). This helps thaw ice onthe charge port latch so the charge cablecan be removed or inserted.

• If the climate control system is louder thanyou prefer, manually reduce the fan speed.

• In addition to cooling the interior, the airconditioning compressor also cools theBattery. Therefore, in hot weather, the airconditioning compressor can turn on evenif you turned it off. This is normal becausethe system’s priority is to cool the Batteryto ensure it stays within an optimumtemperature range to support longevityand optimum performance.

• To ensure the climate control systemoperates efficiently, close all windows andensure that the exterior grill in front of thewindshield is free of ice, snow, leaves, andother debris.

• In very humid conditions, it is normal forthe windshield to fog slightly when youfirst turn on the air conditioning.

• It is normal for a small pool of water toform under Model 3 when parked. Extrawater produced by the dehumidifyingprocess is drained underneath.

• To reduce the temperature in the cabin inhot weather conditions, the fan may turnon to vent the cabin when the vehicle isparked. This occurs only if the battery'scharge level is above 20%.

Climate Controls


Maps and Navigation

OverviewThe touchscreen displays a map at all times.Hold and drag a finger to move the map in anydirection. Rotate the map in any direction byholding and turning two fingers.

Touch the icon in the top right corner of themap to set the map's orientation:

North Up - North is always at thetop of the screen.

Heading Up - The direction you aredriving is always at the top of thescreen. The map rotates as youchange direction. This icon has anintegrated compass that indicatesthe direction you are driving.

Note: When navigating, this icon also allowsyou to toggle to the route overview, whichallows you to view an overview of yournavigation route (see Navigating on page 122).

When you rotate or move the map, yourcurrent location is no longer tracked. Themessage "Tracking Disabled" displays brieflynext to the map orientation icon and the iconturns gray. To re-enable tracking, touch themap's orientation icon to choose North Up orHeading Up.

Touch the + and - icons to zoom the map inand out on your current or chosen location.When you zoom in or out using these icons,tracking remains enabled.

Touch the following icons to customize whatthe map displays and to access navigationsettings:

Note: These icons disappear after a fewseconds when not in use. Touch anywhere onthe map to re-display them.

Display/hide satellite imagery (ifequipped with premiumconnectivity).

Display/hide traffic conditions (ifequipped with premiumconnectivity). Green lines indicateno traffic; orange lines indicate lighttraffic; red lines indicate moderatetraffic; and pink lines indicate heavytraffic. To ensure traffic is easy toidentify along a navigation route,green traffic lines display under theblue route line, whereas orange,red, and pink traffic lines display ontop of the blue route line.

Display/hide all charging locationsand a popup list that includes thecity and proximity of thecorresponding stations on the map.Charging locations include TeslaSuperchargers, destinationchargers, and public chargers thatyou have used previously. See Charging Locations on page 124.

Note: Superchargers are alwaysdisplayed on the map, even whencharging locations are notdisplayed.

Maps and Navigation


Increase or decrease the volume ofspoken navigation instructions bytouching - or +, respectively.Decreasing all the way to the leftmutes the instructions. You canalso mute navigation instructionswhen a navigation route is activeby touching the volume icon on theturn-by-turn direction list.

Customize how the navigationsystem works by adjusting thesesettings:

• Touch Trip Planner (if availablein your market region) tominimize the time you spenddriving and charging (see TripPlanner on page 125).

• Touch Online Routing to beautomatically rerouted to avoidheavy traffic (see OnlineRouting on page 125).

• Touch Avoid Ferries to beautomatically rerouted to avoidferries.

• Touch Avoid Tolls to beautomatically rerouted to avoidtolls.

• Touch Use HOV Lanes toinclude High OccupancyVehicle (HOV) lanes on yournavigation routes. This isparticularly useful when usingNavigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on Autopilot on page87).

Note: You can also access theabove navigation settings bytouching Controls > Navigation.

Note: The volume setting appliesonly to the navigation system'sspoken instructions. Volume forMedia Player and Phone remainsunchanged.

Drop a pin by pressing and holding your fingeranywhere on the map. When you drop a pin,or touch an existing pin, the chosen location iscentered on the map, and a popup windowprovides information about the location. Fromthis popup, you can navigate to the location,call the location (if a phone number isavailable) and add or remove the locationfrom your list of favorite destinations (see Recent, Favorite, Home and Work Destinationson page 125).

NavigatingTo navigate to a location, touch Navigate,send the destination from your phone, orspeak a voice command (see Using VoiceCommands on page 133). You can enter orspeak an address, landmark, business, etc. Youcan also choose a saved Home or Worklocation and select from a list of recently usedlocations (the most recent displays at the topof the list), including charging stations youhave visited.

When you specify a location, the touchscreenzooms out to provide an overview of the routeyou need to travel, and, after calculating theroute, zooms back in to your starting pointand begins to provide instructions, and a turn-by-turn direction list that displays the firstnavigation instruction and an estimate of totalmileage, driving time, and arrival time.

Note: You can remotely start navigation inyour vehicle by using your IOS® or Android™

device's "share" functionality after givingaccess to the Tesla mobile app.

You can touch the instruction to expand thelist to show each turn on your journey. Notethe following about the turn-by-turn directionlist:

• A battery displays below the destinationto provide an estimate of how muchbattery energy will remain when you reachyour destination. Touch to expand batteryinformation to show a round trip estimateback to your starting point. See PredictingEnergy Usage on page 124.

• If charging is needed to reach yourdestination and Trip Planner is enabled(and available in your market region), thenavigation route automatically includesSupercharger stops (see Trip Planner onpage 125) and you may need to touchBEGIN TRIP to initiate navigation.

• If you won't have enough energy to reachyour destination and there is noSupercharger on the route, an alert tellsyou that charging is needed to reach yourdestination.

• Each turn is preceded by the distance tothe maneuver.

• To see the bottom of the list, you mayneed to drag the list upward.

• Touch the top of the list again to minimizeit.

While navigating, the map tracks your locationand displays the current leg of your trip. Youcan display the entire route at any time.

Maps and Navigation


If Navigate on Autopilot is enabled, you canturn it on for the navigation route by touchingNavigate on Autopilot in the turn-by-turndirection list. Navigate on Autopilot is anextension of Autosteer that automaticallychanges lanes and steers Model 3 onto theappropriate exit(s) when navigating oncontrolled access roads (such as freeways).For details, see Navigate on Autopilot on page87.

The route overview icon displayswhen a navigation route is active.Touch this icon at any time to viewan overview of your navigationroute, or to change the orientationof the map (see Overview on page121), which also zooms the map toshow the current leg of your trip.The black pin at the end of theroute line represents yourdestination.

Mute/unmute navigation volume.

Note: You can also mute thevolume of the navigation system bypressing the scroll button on theleft side of the steering wheel whilenavigation instructions are beingspoken. A volume control specificto navigation instructions is alsoavailable by touching the settingsicon on the map (see Overview onpage 121).

To stop navigating, touch CANCEL, locatedbelow the turn-by-turn direction list.

Note: If a data connection is not available,onboard maps allow you to navigate to anylocation, but you must enter the location'sexact and complete address.

Automatic Navigation

Model 3 uses Automatic Navigation to routeyou to a predicted destination when you get inyour vehicle. If you have an upcoming eventshown in a phone's calendar that has beensynced to Model 3, your vehicle willautomatically suggest the location of theevent (if it has a valid address) when you arepreparing to drive within two hours of theevent start time.

In addition, if you are Home and get in yourvehicle on weekdays (Monday-Friday) from5AM-11AM, Model 3 will automatically routeyou to your predetermined Work destination(see Recent, Favorite, Home and WorkDestinations on page 125). If you are at workon weekdays from 3PM-11PM, your vehicle willautomatically route you Home.

To enable Automatic Navigation, touchControls > Navigation > Automatic Navigation.You must have your phone's calendarcorrectly synced to your vehicle with auniquely specified and valid address for eachevent (see Calendar on page 132). YourAutomatic Navigation settings are saved toyour Driver Profile (see Driver Profiles on page44).

Note: If you send navigation instructions toyour vehicle or input them manually, yourinstructions override the suggestions ofAutomatic Navigation.

I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry

In addition to navigating to a destination ofyour choice, your vehicle can also suggestunique locations to visit near you. Touch thenavigation search bar and choose betweenHungry or Lucky. Hungry suggests popularrestaurants, whereas Lucky suggests populardestinations (such as museums andamusement parks). For a new suggestion, goback and touch the Hungry or Lucky icon inthe navigation search bar again for differentresults. Once you have discovered a place thatinterests you, touch Navigate to proceed toyour destination.

This feature requires the latest version ofNavigation Maps. To download, connect yourvehicle to Wi-Fi and navigate to Controls >Software to see if an update is available (see Map Updates on page 126).

Note: Due to market region or vehicleconfiguration, this feature may not beavailable in your vehicle.

Maps and Navigation


Charging LocationsSuperchargers always display on the map,represented by red pins that you can touch todisplay more information about theSupercharger location, navigate to it, or markit as a favorite. When you touch the pin for aSupercharger location on the map,information about the Supercharger locationis displayed, including the total number ofSuperchargers, the number of Superchargersavailable, the address of the Supercharger, andits approximate distance from you. The popupalso displays amenities that are available atthe Supercharger location, includingrestrooms, restaurants, lodging, shopping, andWi-Fi.

The Supercharger location isoperational. At locations that havemultiple Superchargers, a row ofbars displays above the icon, witheach bar representing aSupercharger. This provides a quickvisual to indicate how manysuperchargers are in use. If aSupercharger is in use, the bar isfilled in.

Note: A supercharger pin is coloredblack if the supercharger is on yourcurrent navigation route.

The Supercharger location may beout of operation or is operating ata reduced capacity. Touch the pinto display details.

Touch the map's charging icon to display allnearby charging stations of the map. Inaddition to the Superchargers that are alwaysdisplayed, the map shows destination chargersand any public charging stations that you havepreviously used. Display details about acharging location by touching its pin.

The location is equipped with aTesla Wall Connector. Touch todisplay more information such asusage restrictions and availablecharge current. The charging listalso displays your proximity tothese charging stations.

Note: When the map is zoomed outand more than one Tesla WallConnector is available in an area,the pin is round and displays thenumber of stations. Touch the pinto zoom in. Then you can touch anindividual pins for detail about thecharging location.

Note: When using navigation to direct you to aSupercharger, Model 3 may allocate energy topre-heat the Battery in certain circumstances(such as cold weather). It is normal for yourvehicle's front motor to make noise because itis generating heat to warm the Battery. Inthese cases, your vehicle ensures you arrive atthe Supercharger with an optimal Batterytemperature, reducing the amount of time ittakes to charge.

Predicting Energy UsageWhen navigating to a destination, Model 3helps you anticipate your charging needs bycalculating the amount of energy that remainswhen you reach your destination. Thecalculation is an estimate based on drivingstyle (predicted speed, etc.) andenvironmental factors (elevation changes,temperature, etc.). When navigating, the mapdisplays this calculation at the bottom of theexpanded turn-by-turn direction list (see Navigating on page 122). When the turn-by-turn direction list is compressed, touch the topof the list to expand it.

Throughout your route, Model 3 monitorsenergy usage and updates the calculation. Apopup warning displays at the bottom of theturn-by-turn direction list in these situations:

• A yellow warning displays when you havevery little energy remaining to reach yourdestination and should drive slowly toconserve energy. For tips on conservingenergy, see Getting Maximum Range onpage 70.

• A red warning displays when you mustcharge to reach your destination.

Maps and Navigation


If you also want to know if you have enoughenergy for a round trip, touch the energycalculation to display an estimate of yourround trip energy usage.

Online RoutingModel 3 detects real-time traffic conditionsand automatically adjusts the estimateddriving and arrival times based on traffic. Insituations where traffic conditions will delayyour estimated time of arrival and an alternateroute is available, the navigation system canreroute you to your destination. To turn thisfeature on or off, touch the map's settingsicon (see Overview on page 121), then touchOnline Routing. You can also specify theminimum amount of minutes that must besaved before you are rerouted by touching thearrows associated with the Re-Route if it savesmore than setting.

Trip PlannerTrip Planner (available in some marketregions) helps you take longer road trips withconfidence. If reaching your destinationrequires charging, Trip Planner routes youthrough the appropriate Superchargerlocations. Trip Planner selects a route andprovides charging times to minimize theamount of time you spend driving andcharging. To enable Trip Planner, touch themap's settings icon (see Overview on page121), then touch Trip Planner.

When Trip Planner is enabled and charging isrequired to reach your destination, the turn-by-turn direction list includes Superchargerstops and a recommended charging time ateach Supercharger, and an estimate of howmuch energy will be available when you arriveat the Supercharger.

To remove Supercharger stops and displayonly directions, touch Remove charging stopsat the bottom of the list of directions (if youremove charging stops, the turn-by-turndirection list may display an alert indicatingthat charging is needed to reach yourdestination). To add Supercharger stops to thedirections, touch Add charging stops.

While charging at a Supercharger, thecharging screen displays the remainingcharging time needed to drive to your nextSupercharger stop, or destination (if nofurther charging is needed). If you charge for ashorter or longer length of time, the chargingtime for subsequent Supercharger stops isadjusted.

Note: You can also monitor remainingcharging time needed in the Tesla Mobile App.

Note: If a Supercharger located on your routeexperiences an outage, Trip Planner displays anotification and reroutes you to a differentSupercharger location.

If Trip Planner estimates that you won't haveenough energy for your round trip, and thereare no Superchargers available on your route,Trip Planner displays an alert at the top of theturn-by-turn direction list notifying you thatcharging is needed to reach your destination.

Recent, Favorite, Home and WorkDestinationsWhen you touch Navigate on the map, a list ofRecent destinations appear and you can easilynavigate to any recent destination byselecting it from the list.

If you frequently drive to a destination, youmay want to add it as a favorite to avoidhaving to enter the location's name or addresseach time. When you add a destination as aFavorite, you can easily navigate to it bytouching Navigate > Favorites and thenselecting it from the list of favorites.

To add a destination to yourFavorites list touch its pin on themap, then touch the heart icon onthe popup window that appears. Youwill be prompted to name theFavorite. Enter a name (or leave as-isto accept the default name), thentouch Add to Favorites. The heartbecomes solid gray and thedestination is included on theFavorites list.

To delete a Recent or Favorite destination,touch and hold it down briefly, then touch theX that appears.

The top of the navigation list also providesshortcuts for Home and Work locations. Touchto set an address to either of these locations.After entering the address, touch SAVE ASHOME or SAVE AS WORK. Then simply touchthese shortcuts whenever you want tonavigate home or to work.

To change the location associated with Homeor Work, press and hold the shortcut icon andenter a new address in the popup window. Todelete, press and hold the shortcut button,then touch CLEAR HOME or CLEAR WORK.

Maps and Navigation


Note: Based on your usage patterns, you maybe prompted to save a location as Home orWork.

Note: Once a Home or Work location is saved,Model 3 may prompt you to navigate to yourWork location in the mornings and to yourHome location in the evenings and tell youhow long it will take to arrive based on currenttraffic conditions.

For security reasons, if you sell Model 3, it isrecommended that you delete your Home andWork Locations. You can delete theseindividually or you can perform a factory resetto erase all personal data (see ErasingPersonal Data on page 115).

Map UpdatesAs updated maps become available, they areautomatically sent to Model 3 over Wi-Fi. Toensure you receive them, periodically connectModel 3 to a Wi-Fi network (see Connectingto Wi-Fi on page 140). The touchscreendisplays a message informing you when newmaps are installed.

Maps and Navigation


Media and Audio

Overview

Touch the Media Player icon at thebottom of the touchscreen tostream music or podcasts (ifavailable), and listen to FM orInternet radio stations. You can alsoplay audio files from a Bluetooth orUSB-connected device.

Note: The media options availableto you depend on market regionand options chosen at time ofpurchase.

Media Player provides three different levels ofviewing that you can access by dragging theMedia Player window upward or downward.Initially, just the Miniplayer displays. TheMiniplayer, which occupies the least amount ofspace on the touchscreen, displays what'scurrently playing and provides only the basicfunctions, mostly associated with what'splaying. Drag upward to display Recents andFavorites and access the icons you can use tochange your media source (described next).Drag upward again to browse through allavailable options for the chosen type ofsource content.

Use the icons across the bottom of MediaPlayer to change your media source (forexample, FM, Streaming, or a Bluetooth-connected device). Use the tabs on the left tonarrow down the type of content you want tobrowse through—the associated contentdisplays on the right. For Radio, you canbrowse through Favorite Stations or you cantouch Direct Tune to enter the frequency of aspecific channel. For Streaming, you canbrowse through Favorites, Top Stations, DJSeries, and Genres.

Volume ControlRoll the scroll button on the left side of thesteering wheel up or down to increase ordecrease volume respectively. The scrollbutton adjusts the volume for media,navigation instructions, or phone calls, basedon what is currently being heard through thespeakers. You can also adjust the volume bytouching the arrows associated with thespeaker icon on the bottom of thetouchscreen.

To mute the volume, press the left scrollbutton. Press again to unmute.

Note: Pressing the left scroll button during aphone call mutes both the sound and yourmicrophone.

Note: If you're playing media and you receivea phone call, or the navigation system isspeaking directions, the volume of what youare listening to is temporarily muted.

Searching Media Content

Touch Media Player's magnifyingglass icon to search for a particularsong, album, artist, podcast, orstation. Select a filter to narrow thescope of your search, or leave it atits default setting to include topresults from all available sourcecontent. If available, touch HD® toplay high definition versions of theselected frequency.

Note: Use voice commands to search hands-free (see Using Voice Commands on page133).

FM Radio

If available in your market regionand location, Media Player providesFM radio stations that you canselect from the Radio source.Touch the next or previous arrowsto move from one frequency to thenext (or previous). Or touch DirectTune to enter a specific frequency.If available, touch HD® to play highdefinition versions of the selectedfrequency.

For easy access to radio stations you listen tofrequently, mark it as a favorite so it's readilyavailable in the Favorites list (see Favoritesand Recents on page 128).

Internet Radio and Music StreamingServicesIf equipped with premium connectivity,internet radio and music streaming servicesare available over a data connection. To listen,touch the Media Player icon and choose thestreaming service you want to listen to.

Media and Audio


Tesla may provide account credentials forsome internet radio and music streamingservices. You can use your Tesla account oryou can sign in with your own account byscrolling to the bottom of the streamingservice window and entering your accountcredentials.

Browse through the available categoriesand/or stations, then touch what you want toplay. When browsing through a large categorysuch as genres, you may need to enlarge thewindow by dragging upward. When youchoose an option that displays multiple resultson a new window, touch the BACK button atthe top of the window to return to the mainbrowse page.

You can also use voice commands (availablewhen speaking the English language) to play aspecific song, artist, or album from an Internetradio service (see Using Voice Commands onpage 133).

When listening to some internet radio ormusic streaming services, options available onMiniplayer may vary depending on what youare listening to:

• Touch the next (or previous) arrows toplay the next (and in some cases previous)available station, episode, or track beingprovided by the Internet radio service.

• Like or dislike a song or podcast. Whenyou like a song, for example, the radiostation plays similar songs. When youdislike a song, the song won't be playedagain.

• Touch the DJ icon (if available) to includecommentary for the content you arestreaming. DJ commentary includes musichistory and behind-the-scenes stories.

Note: When playing a podcast (if applicable),you can rewind or fast forward to any locationin the show. On the Miniplayer, drag the sliderto the desired location or touch the rewind/fast forward icons to move back or forward 15seconds at a time.

Caraoke

In addition to various streaming services, yourvehicle is equipped with Caraoke. Navigate toCaraoke by touching the Music icon near thebottom of the touchscreen. You can browsethrough a variety of songs and select the songyou want to sing along to. Enable or disablethe main vocals by touching the microphoneicon. Disabling the microphone icon leavesonly the song's instrumentals and backgroundvocals. You can also enable or disable thesong's lyrics by tapping the lyrics icon, locatednext to the microphone icon.

Note: Depending on vehicle configuration andmarket region, Caraoke may not be availableon your vehicle.

Warning: Drivers should never readCaraoke lyrics while driving and mustalways pay attention to the road. CaraokeLyrics are only for passengers while thevehicle is in drive.

Favorites and RecentsFor most source content, your favoritesdisplay at the top of Media Player's expandedview for easy access.

To add a currently playing station,podcast, or audio file to yourFavorites list, touch the Favoritesicon on Miniplayer.

To remove an item as a favorite,touch the highlighted Favorites iconon Miniplayer. You can also removemultiple favorites by expandingMiniplayer one level to show allfavorites for the applicable type ofsource content. Then press and holdany favorite. An X appears on allfavorites and you can then touch theX associated with any favorite youwant to remove from your Favoriteslist.

To see selections that you have recentlyplayed, scroll up one level from Miniplayer andtouch Recent. Your recently played selectionsare updated continuously so you don't need toremove them.

Note: Selections you play on FM radio stationsdo not display in your Recent selections.

Media and Audio


Playing Media from Devices

You can play audio files from aBluetooth-connected device (like aphone) or a USB-connected flashdrive. When you connect aBluetooth-capable device, thename of the device displays whenyou choose the Phone source.When you connect a USB flashdrive, Media Player displays theUSB source content.

To play the next song in a selected playlist oralbum, touch the previous or next arrows onthe Miniplayer. You can also shuffle tracks in aplaylist or repeat a playlist or track using theshuffle/repeat icons (if available).

USB Connected Flash Drives

Connect a flash drive to a front USBconnection (see Interior Storage andElectronics on page 21). Touch Media Player >USB, and then touch the name of the folderthat contains the song you want to play. Afteryou display the contents of a folder on theUSB connected flash drive, you can touch anysong in the list to play it. Or use the previousand next arrows in Miniplayer to scroll throughyour songs.

Note: To play media from a USB connection,Model 3 recognizes flash drives only. You canplay media from other types of devices (suchas an iPod) by connecting to the device usingBluetooth.

Note: Media Player supports USB flash driveswith FAT32 formatting (NTFS and exFAT arenot currently supported).

Note: Use a USB connection located at thefront of the center console. The USBconnections at the rear of the console are forcharging only.

Bluetooth® Connected Devices

If you have a Bluetooth-capable device suchas a phone that is paired and connected toModel 3 (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone onpage 130), you can play audio files stored onit and you can stream music from it. ChooseMedia Player's Phone source, then touch thename of your Bluetooth-connected device,and then touch CONNECT.

Your Bluetooth device begins playing theaudio file that is currently active on yourdevice, and Media Player displays theMiniplayer view. If no audio file is playing onyour device, use your device to choose theaudio file you want to listen to. When the filebegins to play, you can then use Miniplayer'snext and previous icons to play other tracks.

Note: To play media from a Bluetooth-connected device, ensure that access to thedevice’s media is turned on (see Pairing aBluetooth Phone on page 130).

Audio Settings

Press the equalizer icon at thebottom corner of Media Player toaccess audio settings for tone andbalance. Other settings may beavailable based on your vehiclefeatures and market region. Forexample, if equipped with the partialpremium interior, you can turnimmersive sound On or Off, whereasif equipped with the full premiuminterior, you can choose betweenStandard, High, and Off.

To adjust any of the five frequency bands(Bass, Bass/Mid, Mid, Mid/Treble, and Treble)drag the corresponding slider up or down thedecibel (dB) bar.

To adjust balance, touch Balance and drag thecenter circle of the cross bars to the locationin Model 3 where you want to focus the sound.

Media and Audio


Phone

Bluetooth® CompatibilityYou can use your Bluetooth-capable phonehands-free in Model 3 provided your phone iswithin operating range. Although Bluetoothtypically supports wireless communicationover distances of up to approximately 30 feet(9 meters), performance can vary based onthe phone you are using.

Before using your phone with Model 3, youmust pair it. Pairing sets up Model 3 to workwith your Bluetooth-capable phone (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page 130).

Note: Authenticating your phone to use as aModel 3 key (see Keys on page 6) does notalso allow you to use the phone hands-free,play media from it, etc. You must also pair it asdescribed below.

You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones.Model 3 always automatically connects to thelast phone that was used (provided it is withinrange). If you want to connect to a differentphone, see Connecting to a Paired Phone onpage 131.

Note: On many phones, Bluetooth turns off ifthe phone’s battery is low.

Note: In addition to phones, you can also pairBluetooth-enabled devices with Model 3. Forexample, you can pair an iPod Touch or aniPad or Android tablet to stream music.

Pairing a Bluetooth PhonePairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-capable phone hands-free to make andreceive phone calls, access your contact list,recent calls, etc. It also allows you to playmedia files from your phone. Once a phone ispaired, Model 3 can connect to it wheneverthe phone is within range.

To pair a phone, follow these steps whilesitting inside Model 3:

1. Ensure both the touchscreen and thephone are powered on.

2. On your phone, enable Bluetooth andensure it is discoverable.

Note: On some phones, this may requireyou to go to Bluetooth Settings for theremainder of the procedure.

3. Touch the Bluetooth icon on the top of thetouchscreen.

4. On the touchscreen, touch Add NewDevice > Start Search. The touchscreendisplays a list of all available Bluetoothdevices within operating distance.

5. On the touchscreen, touch the phone withwhich you want to pair. Within a fewseconds, the touchscreen displays arandomly generated number, and yourphone should display the same number.

6. Check that the number displayed on yourphone matches the number displayed onthe touchscreen. Then, on your phone,confirm that you want to pair.

7. If prompted on your phone, specifywhether you want to allow Model 3 toaccess your contacts and media files.

When paired, Model 3 automatically connectsto the phone, and the touchscreen displaysthe Bluetooth symbol next to the phone’sname to indicate that the connection is active.

Importing Contacts and RecentCallsOnce paired, you can use the Bluetoothsettings screen (touch the Bluetooth icon onthe touchscreen's top status bar) to specifywhether you want to allow access to yourphone’s contacts and recent calls. If access isturned on, you can use the phone app todisplay, and make calls to, people in your listof contacts and on your recent calls lists (see Using the Phone App on page 131).

Note: Before contacts can be imported, youmay need to either set your phone to allowsyncing, or respond to a popup on your phoneto confirm that you want to sync contacts.This varies depending on the type of phoneyou are using. For details, refer to thedocumentation provided with your phone.

Note: You can turn access to your contactsand recent calls on or off at any time bydisplaying the Bluetooth settings screen,choosing the phone, and then changing thesetting associated with contacts and recentcalls.

Unpairing a Bluetooth PhoneIf you want to disconnect your phone and useit again later, simply touch Disconnect on theBluetooth settings screen. If you do not wantto use your phone with Model 3 again, touchForget This Device. Once you forget a device,you need to pair it again if you want to use itwith Model 3 (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phoneon page 130).

Note: Your phone automatically disconnectswhenever you leave Model 3.

Phone


Note: Unpairing the phone has no effect onusing the phone as a key. To forget anauthenticated phone, see Keys on page 6.

Connecting to a Paired PhoneModel 3 automatically connects with the lastphone to which it was connected, provided itis within operating range and has Bluetoothturned on. If the last phone is not within range,it attempts to connect with the next phonethat it has been paired with.

To connect to a different phone, touch theBluetooth icon on the top of the touchscreen.The Bluetooth window displays a list of pairedphones. Choose the phone you want toconnect to, then touch Connect. If the phoneyou want to connect to is not listed, you mustpair the phone. See Pairing a Bluetooth Phoneon page 130.

When connected, the Model 3 touchscreendisplays the Bluetooth symbol next to thephone name to show that the connection isactive.

Using the Phone AppWhen your phone is connected to Model 3using Bluetooth, and you have allowed accessto your phone's contacts (see ImportingContacts and Recent Calls on page 130), youcan use the phone app to display and make ahands-free call to anyone listed on yourphone:

• Recent Calls list. The list displays calls inchronological order with the most recentcall listed first. You can display all calls orjust those that are missed, incoming, oroutgoing.

• Contacts: Contacts are listed inalphabetical order and can be sorted byfirst name or last name. You can alsochoose a letter on the right side of the listto quickly scroll to the names that beginwith the selected character. When youtouch a name on your contacts list, thecontact's available number(s) displays onthe right pane, along with other availableinformation (such as address). Touch thecontact's number to make a call.

Making a Phone CallYou can make a phone call by:

• Speaking a voice command (see UsingVoice Commands on page 133).

• Choosing a number from your contact orrecent calls list in the phone app.

• Using the Model 3 on-screen dialer in thephone app.

Note: If it is safe and legal to do so, you canalso initiate a call by dialing the number orselecting the contact directly from yourphone.

Note: You can also make a phone call bytouching a pin on the map and choosing thephone number (if available) on the popupwindow.

Receiving a Phone CallWhen your phone receives an incoming call,the touchscreen displays the caller’s numberor name (if the caller is in your phone’scontact list and Model 3 has access to yourcontacts).

Touch one of the options on the touchscreento Answer or Ignore the call.

Note: Depending on the phone you are usingand what speakers you used for your mostrecent call, your phone may prompt you tochoose which speakers you want to use forthe incoming call.

Warning: Stay focused on the road at alltimes while driving. Using orprogramming a phone while driving, evenwith Bluetooth enabled, can result inserious injury or death.

Warning: Follow all applicable lawsregarding the use of phones while driving,including, but not limited to, laws thatprohibit texting and require hands-freeoperation at all times.

Phone


Calendar

OverviewThe Calendar app allows you to viewscheduled events from your phone’s (iPhone®

or Android™) calendar for the current and nextday. The Calendar is conveniently integratedwith navigation and the Phone app so you cannavigate to, or dial into, your next meeting.The Calendar app requires that:

• The Tesla mobile app is running, you arelogged in, and the Calendar Sync settingis enabled. The mobile app can thenperiodically (and automatically) sendcalendar data from your phone to Model3.

Note: To ensure you have access to allfeatures of the Calendar app, it isrecommended that you use the mostrecent version of the mobile app.

• Your phone is connected to Model 3 viaBluetooth (for privacy reasons, calendardata displays only from a connectedphone).

• Mobile access to Model 3 is turned on(touch Controls > Safety & Security >Allow Mobile Access).

• Both your phone and Model 3 have goodconnectivity.

When you enter Model 3, the touchscreen candisplay a reminder of the day's events. Youcan customize if and when your calendarevents are displayed by touching the settingsicon located in the top left corner of theCalendar app, then choosing from one of theoptions available for the Show Calendar UponEntry setting.

If a calendar event includes an address, anavigation arrow displays to indicate that youcan touch the address to navigate to theevent's location. When an event on yourCalendar takes place within the next hour andhas a uniquely specified address, thetouchscreen notifies you if there is a betterroute due to traffic, even when you’re notcurrently using navigation.

If an event has a uniquely specified addressand takes place within two hours of youentering your vehicle and preparing to drive,Model 3 will automatically route you to theevent's address (see Automatic Navigation onpage 123).

Touch an event's information icon to displayall notes associated with the event. If thenotes include one or more phone numbers,the information icon shows a phone icon andthe calendar displays the first phone numberfound. Touch to initiate a phone call. You canalso initiate a phone call by touching anynumber in an event's notes popup window(this is especially useful for conference calls).If the notes contain a web link, you can touchthe link to open it in the web browser (ifequipped).

If events are displayed from multiplecalendars, touch the list icon in the top rightcorner to filter the list of events to show onlythose from one or more specified calendars.

Calendar


Using Voice Commands

You can use voice commands to:

• Call a contact.• Navigate to a location.• Listen to Internet music.

To initiate a voice command, tap themicrophone button on thetouchscreen. When you hear thetone, speak your command. As youspeak, the touchscreen displays aninterpretation of your command. Italso displays tips to remind you ofthe type of commands you canspeak. When you finish speaking thecommand, tap the voice buttonagain or simply wait.

Note: You can also initiate a voice commandby pressing the right scroll button.

To call a contact on your Bluetooth-connectedphone, say “Call” or “Dial”, followed by thecontact’s first and/or last names. For example,“Call Joe” or “Call Joe Smith”.

To search for, or navigate to, a location, say“Where is”, “Drive to”, or “Navigate to”,followed by an address, business name,business category, or landmark. For example,“Where is Stanford University?”, “Drive toTesla in Palo Alto”, or “Navigate to Starbuckson Homestead in Cupertino”.

If you defined a navigation address for yourhome or work location (see Maps andNavigation on page 121), you can use a voicecommand to navigate there by saying"Navigate home" or "Navigate to work".

To listen to an Internet music service, say“Listen to” or “Play”, followed by the name ofthe song, album, artist, or combination. Toimprove voice recognition accuracy, providemultiple cues in your command, such as theartist plus the song (for example, “Listen toYellow Brick Road” or “Play Yellow Brick Roadby Elton John”).

Using Voice Commands


Security Settings

About the Security SystemIf Model 3 does not detect an authenticatedphone or the key card and a locked door ortrunk is opened, an alarm sounds and theheadlights and turn signals flash. To deactivatethe alarm, press any button on the mobile appor tap your key card against the card readerlocated below the Autopilot camera on thedriver's side door pillar.

To manually enable or disable the alarmsystem, touch Controls > Safety & Security >Security Alarm. When enabled, Model 3activates its alarm one minute after you exit,the doors lock, and an authenticated phone orkey card is no longer detected.

PIN to DriveTo increase security, you can prevent Model 3from being driven until a 4-digit PIN (PersonalIdentification Number) is entered. To enablethis setting, touch Controls > Safety &Security > PIN to Drive and follow the on-screen prompts to create a driving PIN.

Note: When enabled, in addition to having toenter the 4-digit driving PIN to drive, you mustalso use it to enter Valet mode for the firsttime and create the 4-digit valet PIN that youcan use to enter and exit Valet mode. When inValet mode, Model 3 can be driven without theneed for the valet to enter a driving PIN. Inaddition, the PIN to Drive setting is disabledwhenever Valet mode is active.

If you forget your driving PIN, or to disablePIN to Drive, return to this setting, touch thelink to enter your Tesla login credentials, thenfollow the on-screen prompts.

Note: In the unlikely event that yourtouchscreen is unresponsive, you may beunable to enter the PIN. In this case, first try torestart the touchscreen (see Restarting theTouchscreen on page 50). If the touchscreenis still unresponsive, you can still bypass PIN toDrive by enabling Keyless Driving in yourmobile app.

Sentry ModeIn Sentry Mode, cameras and sensors remainpowered on and ready to record suspiciousactivity when the vehicle is locked and in Park.

To turn Sentry Mode on or off, touch theSentry Mode icon at the top of yourtouchscreen. Alternatively, you can use voicecommands, the mobile app, or you can touchControls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode.To activate Sentry Mode using voicecommands, say "Keep Tesla safe", "Keep mycar safe", "Sentry on", or "Enable Sentry" (fordetails using voice commands, see UsingVoice Commands on page 133).

Note: Sentry Mode requires the Battery'scharge level to be at least 20%. If the Batteryfalls below 20%, Sentry Mode turns off and themobile app sends you a notification.

Note: Power consumption may increase whileSentry Mode is active.

Note: Software updates cannot be installedwhile Sentry Mode is activated.

Warning: Do not rely on Sentry Mode toprotect Model 3 from all possible securitythreats. While it may help deter somethreats, no security system can prevent allattacks.

Standby, Alert, and Alarm States

When in Sentry Mode, Model 3 may gothrough three states depending on itssurroundings—Standby, Alert, and Alarm:

• Standby - Your vehicle automaticallyenters the Standby state when youactivate Sentry Mode. In the Standbystate, the cameras constantly monitor thearea surrounding Model 3 for possiblesecurity threats.

• Alert - If Sentry Mode detects a threat,such as someone leaning on Model 3,Sentry Mode switches to the Alert state.The touchscreen then displays a messageindicating that the cameras are recordingthe event.

• Alarm - For major threats, such assomeone breaking a window, Sentry Modetriggers the Alarm state. In the Alarmstate, the security alarm activates, theaudio system generates a loud andunexpected sound, and the message onthe touchscreen displays in maximumbrightness. After 30 seconds, Sentry Modereturns to the Standby state.

Security Settings


When in the Alert or Alarm state, Sentry Modesaves the most recent ten minutes of footageprior to the event that triggered either state,provided that a properly configured USB flashdrive is inserted into one of the USB ports (see USB Flash Drive Requirements for Videos andRecording on page 135).

Note: When the Alarm state is triggered, themost recent six seconds prior to the securityevent may be sent to Tesla for temporarybackup for approximately 72 hours. You canenable or disable the collection of this videoat any time by touching "DATA SHARING" inControls > Safety & Security.

Note: Sentry Mode can operate without a flashdrive installed. If your vehicle enters the Alarmstate, the security alarm activates and you willreceive a notification on your phone. However,video recordings of the event will not beavailable.

Location-Based Settings

You can customize Sentry Mode toautomatically activate at specific locationswhere you park Model 3:

• Exclude Home- Sentry Mode does notautomatically activate at the location youset as Home in your Favorites list (see Recent, Favorite, Home and WorkDestinations on page 125), but activates atevery other location where you park.

Note: To set up your Home location, touchNavigate and hold down Home, then enteryour address. Touch Save as Home.

• Exclude Work- Sentry Mode does notautomatically activate at the location youset as Work in your Favorites list, butactivates at every other location whereyou park. Set your Work location the sameway you set up your Home location, aspreviously described.

• Exclude Favorites- Sentry Mode does notautomatically activate at the locations inyour Favorites list, but activates at everyother location where you park.

Model 3 must be parked within 32 feet (10meters) of a location listed as a Home, Work,or Favorite for Sentry Mode to recognize thelocation.

USB Flash Drive Requirements forVideos and RecordingFlash drives used to store video from yourvehicle's cameras must meet theserequirements:

• Use a flash drive with as much availablestorage as possible, since video footagetakes up a large amount of space (Teslarecommends using a flash drive with atleast 32 GB of storage). Some personalcomputer operating systems may not beable to format flash drives larger than 32GB as FAT 32. Consider using a third partyapplication to format flash drives largerthan 32 GB.

• The flash drive must have a sustainedwrite speed of at least 4 MB/s. Asustained write speed is different from thepeak write speed. Check the productdetails of your flash drive for moreinformation.

• The flash drive must be USB 2.0compatible. If using a USB 3.0 flash drive,it must be able to support USB 2.0.

• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively forsaving footage for your vehicle.

• The flash drive must be properlyformatted (see Formatting the USB FlashDrive on page 135).

Formatting the USB Flash Drive

To correctly save and retrieve video footage,your vehicle requires a properly formattedUSB flash drive containing a base-level foldercalled “TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).In addition, the flash drive must be formattedas FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS FAT (forMac), ext3, or ext4 in order to save videos.NTFS and exFAT are not currently supported.

For MacOS:


2. Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or youcan conduct a Spotlight Search for this).

3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu ribbon.5. In the pop-up menu, select the correct

format (MS-DOS FAT) and click Erase.

Note: Selecting Erase completely erasesall content on your flash drive. If you haveother content stored on the flash drive,migrate it to a different device beforeerasing it.

Security Settings


6. Once the flash drive is successfully erased,navigate to Finder and select your USBflash drive from the left menu. The flashdrive should not contain any files.

7. Right-click in the empty space of the flashdrive and select New Folder. A folderappears in your flash drive space.

8. Right-click on the folder, select Rename,and name the folder to “TeslaCam”(without quotation marks). Click "Save".This folder will contain all of the recentand saved clips from Sentry Mode anddashcam.


For Windows:


2. Navigate to File Explorer.3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and

select "Format...".4. In the pop-up menu, under the File

System section, select “FAT 32”.

Note: You can also name your USB (underVolume Label) for easier recognition.

5. Check the “Quick format box” and clickStart.

6. Go back to File Explorer, click on yourflash drive, and right-click to create afolder, or select “New Folder” in the topmenu.

7. Name the folder “TeslaCam” (withoutquotation marks) and click "Save". Thisfolder will contain all of the recent andsaved clips from Sentry Mode anddashcam.


Once you have created the “TeslaCam” folderin your USB flash drive and ejected it fromyour personal computer, insert the flash driveinto one of the front USB ports in Model 3. Donot use the rear USB ports, as they are solelymeant for charging devices. It may take yourvehicle up to 15 seconds to recognize the flashdrive. When recognized, icons for dashcamand Sentry Mode appear at the top of yourtouchscreen (note that you may need toenable to Sentry Mode by going to Controls >Safety & Security > Sentry Mode). Your vehicleis ready to record video.

Retrieving Footage

To retrieve video footage from the flash drive,remove the flash drive from the front USB portand use a personal computer or other deviceto access the files. Navigate to the “TeslaCam”folder on the flash drive.

Within the “TeslaCam” folder, there are threesub-folders: Recent Clips, Saved Clips, andSentry Clips. The footage in Recent Clipsconstantly loops in a 60-minute cycle whenthe cameras are activated. Therefore, thefootage is constantly being overwritten everyhour unless the footage is saved. When anevent is recorded, one video is recorded foreach of the front, rear (if equipped), left, andright cameras.

Saved footage is located in either the SavedClips or Sentry Clips folder. Footage in theSaved Clips folder contains all savedrecordings from dashcam, which have beenmanually saved by touching the dashcam iconon the touchscreen. Sentry Clips contains allsaved footage from Sentry Mode events,which have been automatically saved whenthe Alert or Alarm state was triggered. Oncefootage of a particular event is saved, thelatest 10 minutes of video is archived in yourflash drive labeled with a unique timestamp.

Note: If your USB flash drive is getting full, theoldest footage in Sentry Clips will be deletedto make room for new footage. Once the olderfootage is deleted, you will not be able toretrieve them. When the flash drive is full,Sentry Mode and dashcam can no longer savevideo footage to your flash drive.

Note: To prevent the flash drive from gettingfull, move the saved videos to another deviceas soon as possible.

Note: You are responsible for complying withall local laws, regulations, and propertyrestrictions regarding video. The cameras donot record audio.

Security Settings


HomeLink®Universal Transceiver

About HomeLinkIf your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver, you can operate up tothree Radio Frequency (RF) devices, includinggarage doors, gates, lights, and securitysystems.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture,market region, and options selected at time ofpurchase, some vehicles are not equippedwith a HomeLink Universal Transceiver.

Warning: Do not use the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver with a device thatdoes not have safety stop and reversefeatures. Using a device without thesesafety features increases the risk of injuryor death.

Programming HomeLink®

To program HomeLink® (if equipped):

1. Park Model 3 so that the front bumper isin front of the garage door, gate, or lightyou want to program.

Caution: Your device might open orclose during programming. Beforeprogramming, make sure that thedevice is clear of any people orobjects.

2. Get the device's remote control andensure it has a healthy battery. Teslarecommends replacing the battery in thedevice's remote control beforeProgramming HomeLink.

3. Touch the HomeLink icon on the top ofthe touchscreen.

4. Touch Create HomeLink, then use thekeyboard on your touchscreen to enter aname for your HomeLink device.

5. Touch Enter on the keyboard or touchCreate HomeLink.

6. Touch Start then follow the onscreeninstructions.

Note: If you see a screen called “Train thereceiver” while programming the device,remember that this is a time-sensitivestep. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device's remote, youonly have approximately 30 seconds toreturn to your vehicle, press Continue, andthen press the trained HomeLink devicename twice. Consider having an assistanthelp with this step.

7. Once your device is programmed, touchSave to complete the HomeLinkprogramming routine.

8. Ensure HomeLink works as expected. Insome cases the programming processmay require multiple attempts beforesucceeding.

Once programmed, you can operate thedevice by touching its correspondingHomeLink icon on the touchscreen's statusbar. HomeLink remembers the location of yourprogrammed devices. When you approach aknown location, the HomeLink control on thetouchscreen automatically drops down. Whenyou drive away, it disappears.

Note: For additional assistance orcompatibility questions, contact HomeLink(www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).

Auto Opening and ClosingTo operate a HomeLink device withouttouching the touchscreen, you can automatethe device to open as you approach and closeas you drive away:

1. Touch the HomeLink icon on the top ofthe touchscreen and choose the deviceyou want to automate.

2. Select the Auto-open when arrivingcheckbox if you want the device to openas you approach.

3. Touch the arrows to specify the distanceyou want your vehicle to be from thedevice before it opens.

4. Select the Auto-close when leavingcheckbox if you want the device to closeas you drive away.

As you approach (or drive away from) adevice that is set to operate automatically, theHomeLink status icon displays a count-downmessage to let you know when the device willautomatically open/close. In situations whereyou don't want the device to automaticallyopen or close, touch Skip Auto-Open or SkipAuto-Close at any time during the count-downmessage.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver


tel:1-800-355-3515

Resetting the Location of theHomeLink DeviceIf you experience situations in which yousometimes drive up to your HomeLink deviceand it doesn't open, or the HomeLink icon onthe touchscreen's status bar does not displaythe dropdown when you approach the device,you may need to reset the device's location.To do so, park as close as possible to theHomeLink device (garage door, gate, etc.) anddisplay the HomeLink settings page bytouching the HomeLink icon on the top of thetouchscreen. Touch the name of the deviceyou want to reset, then Reset Location.

Deleting a DeviceTo delete a HomeLink device, touch theHomeLink icon on the top of the touchscreen.Touch the name of the device you want todelete, then touch Delete.

Note: You can also perform a factory reset toerase your HomeLink settings, along with allother personal data (saved addresses, musicfavorites, imported contacts, etc.). See ErasingPersonal Data on page 115.

Note: For security reasons, delete yourHomeLink devices if you sell your Model 3.

Troubleshooting HomeLinkWhen programming a HomeLink device, thetouchscreen walks you through a two-partprogramming process:

1. Model 3 records the signal from theremote. The touchscreen instructs you tostand in front of the vehicle, point theremote at the front bumper and press andhold the button until the headlights flash.When the headlights flash, Model 3 haslearned the remote and you can touchContinue on the touchscreen. If theheadlights do not flash, refer to theguidelines in Headlights do not flash onpage 138.

2. The device's receiver learns Model 3. Thetouchscreen instructs you to press theLEARN button on the device's receiver. Iftraining the receiver does not work, referto the guidelines in After programming,the device does not work on page 138.

Note: Only devices that are equipped witha “rolling code” remote need to learnModel 3. If you have an old device that isnot equipped with a "rolling code" remote,the device does not need to learn Model 3and you can skip this part of the process.You can also skip this part if your receiveris "Quick-Train" compatible.

Headlights do not flash

• Check the batteries in the remote. It is agood idea to replace the batteries beforeyou start programming.

• Standing in front of the vehicle, press andhold the button on your device's remotewith the remote approximately 2 inches (5cm) in front of the Tesla emblem. In somecases you must hold the button on theremote for up to three minutes.

• If you see a screen called “Train thereceiver” while programming the device,remember that this is a time-sensitivestep. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device's remote, youonly have approximately 30 seconds toreturn to your vehicle, press Continue, andthen press the trained HomeLink devicename twice. Consider having an assistanthelp with this step.

• Canada only: certain garage door remotesmay require multiple short remote presses(approximately 1 second for each press)instead of one long duration press.

• For additional assistance or compatibilityquestions, contact HomeLink(www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).

After programming, the device does not work

• Park Model 3 with its front bumper asclose as possible to the garage door, gate,etc. that you are trying to program.

• Make sure you are pressing the receiver'sLearn/Program/Smart button. Forinstructions on how to put the receiverinto learning mode, refer to the ownerdocumentation provided with the garagedoor, gate, etc. that you are trying toprogram.



tel:1-800-355-3515

• Most devices stay in learning mode foronly three to five minutes. Immediatelyafter pressing the device's Learn/Program/Smart button, follow theinstructions displayed on the vehicle'stouchscreen.



Connecting to Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi is available as a data connection methodand is often faster than cellular data networks.Connecting to Wi-Fi is especially useful inareas with limited or no cellular connectivity.To ensure fast, reliable delivery of softwareand map updates, Tesla recommends leavingyour vehicle connected to a Wi-Fi networkwhenever possible (for example, if parked inyour garage overnight).

To connect to a Wi-Fi network:

1. Touch the cellular icon (usually LTE or 3G)on the top corner of your touchscreen.Model 3 will start scanning and display thedetected Wi-Fi networks that are withinrange.

2. Select the Wi-Fi network you want to use,enter the password (if necessary), thentouch Confirm.

3. Your vehicle connects to the Wi-Finetwork and will automatically connect toit whenever the network is within range.

You can also connect to a hidden network thatisn't shown on the list of scanned networks.Just touch Wi-Fi Settings, enter the name ofthe network in the resulting dialog box, selectthe security setting, then touch Add Network.

Note: If more than one previously connectednetwork is within range, Model 3 connects tothe one most recently used.

Note: You can also use a mobile hotspot oryour phone's Internet connection via Wi-Fitethering (subject to fees and restrictions ofyour mobile carrier).

Note: At Tesla Service Centers, Model 3automatically connects to the Tesla ServiceWi-Fi network.

Connecting to Wi-Fi


Software Updates

Loading New SoftwareModel 3 updates its software wirelessly,constantly providing new features for yourvehicle. Tesla recommends you install softwareupdates as soon as they are available on yourvehicle. To ensure the fastest and most reliabledelivery of software updates, leave the Wi-Fiturned on and connected whenever possible.Your vehicle must be connected to Wi-Fi tostart an update (see Connecting to Wi-Fi onpage 140).

Note: Software updates using cellular data arealso available if your vehicle is equipped withpremium connectivity.

Note: Software updates are not performedwhen Keep Climate On is active.

Warning: Do not attempt to use thevehicle while the software is beingupdated. Vehicle functions, includingsome safety systems, may be limited ordisabled while a software update is inprogress and you could damage thevehicle.

When a software update is available, a yellowclock icon appears at the top of thetouchscreen. There are three ways you caninstall software updates on Model 3:

• Touch the yellow clock icon at the top ofthe touchscreen to navigate to thescheduling window, which prompts you toselect a time to install the update (SETFOR THIS TIME) or install it now (INSTALLNOW). Once scheduled, the yellow clockicon changes to a white clock icon untilthe update begins. You can reschedule theupdate any time before it begins.

• Go to Controls > Software to determine ifthere is an update available for yourvehicle. If available, touch SoftwareUpdate Available to navigate to thescheduling window, as mentionedpreviously.

• Start updates using the Tesla mobile app.

Note: Some software updates can take up tothree hours to complete. Model 3 must be inPark while the new software is being installed.To ensure the fastest and most reliabledelivery of software updates, leave the Wi-Fiturned on and connected whenever possible(see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 140).

The yellow clock icon becomes a greendownload icon when a software update isdownloading. If a yellow download icondisplays, a software update is available butyour vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi.Connect your vehicle to Wi-Fi to start thedownload.

Software Update PreferencesYou can choose how quickly and often youreceive software updates. To change yourpreference, navigate to Controls > Software >Software Update Preferences and select fromthe following:

• STANDARD: receive software updatesusing the normal rollout timeframe foryour region and vehicle configuration.When a software release is made availableit has generally been running on othercustomer vehicles for a period of time.

• ADVANCED: receive the latest softwareupdates for your region and vehicleconfiguration as soon as they areavailable. Tesla determines how, when, andwhere to send updates to vehicles basedon a variety of factors, which are uniqueto each release. Keep in mind thatalthough you will receive the latestsoftware as soon as it is available for yourvehicle, you may not be the first Teslaowner to receive the update. This does notenroll your vehicle in the early accessprogram.

Note: Tesla does not update software uponrequest for those wanting to receive the latestfeatures and improvements. Selecting theADVANCED software update preference andconsistently connecting to Wi-Fi (see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 140) is the bestway to receive the latest software updatesavailable.

Note: This software update window will persistuntil you complete the installation of thesoftware update. You must install all softwareupdates as soon as they are available and anyharm relating to the failure to install a softwareupdate will not be covered by the vehicle’swarranty. Failure or refusal to install suchupdates may result in the inaccessibility ofcertain vehicle features (includingincompatibility with digital media devices) orin Tesla being unable to diagnose and serviceyour vehicle.

Note: If software updates are not installed,some vehicle features may becomeinaccessible and digital media devices may

Software Updates


become incompatible. Reverting to a previoussoftware version is not possible.

If the touchscreen displays a messageindicating that a software update was notsuccessfully completed, contact Tesla.

ChargingIf Model 3 is charging when the softwareupdate begins, charging stops. Chargingresumes automatically when the softwareupdate is complete. If you are driving Model 3at the scheduled update time, the update iscanceled and you need to reschedule it.

Viewing Release NotesWhen a software update is complete, learnabout the new features by reading the releasenotes. To display release notes about yourcurrent software version at any time touch theTesla “T” at the top center of the touchscreen,then touch Release Notes. You can alsonavigate to the Software tab to view therelease notes.

Tesla strongly recommends reading all releasenotes. They may contain important safetyinformation or operating instructionsregarding your Model 3.

Software Updates


Charging

Electric Vehicle Components

High Voltage Components

1. Air Conditioning Compressor2. Front Motor (Dual Motor vehicles only)3. Cabin Heater4. High Voltage Battery5. High Voltage Battery Service Panel6. Rear Motor7. High Voltage Cabling8. Charge Port

Warning: The high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Do not disassemble, removeor replace high voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are typicallycolored orange for easy identification.

Warning: Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to Model 3.These labels are there for your safety.

Warning: In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fireemergency responders.


Charging 143

Charging EquipmentCharging equipment designed specifically tocharge your Model 3 is available from Tesla. ATesla Wall Connector, which installs in yourgarage, is the fastest way to charge Model 3 athome.

In most market regions, Model 3 is equippedwith a Mobile Connector and the adapter(s)needed to plug into the most commonly usedpower outlets. When using the MobileConnector, first plug the Mobile Connectorinto the power outlet, and then plug in Model3. For more information about your MobileConnector, see the Mobile Connector Owner’sManual (available on the touchscreen).Additional adapters can be purchased fromTesla.

Tesla offers additional adapters (for example,J1772 and CHAdeMO) to allow you to plug intothe most commonly used public chargingstations in your region. Connect the adapter tothe charging station’s charge cable, open thecharge port door using the touchscreen (see Charging Instructions on page 147), and thenplug in Model 3. For information on thecharging equipment available for your region,go to www.tesla.com, choose your region, andthen view the available charging options.

More details on public charging stationadapters is available at https://www.tesla.com/chademo.



http://www.tesla.com

https://www.tesla.com/chademo

https://www.tesla.com/chademo

Battery Information

About the BatteryModel 3 has one of the most sophisticatedbattery systems in the world. The mostimportant way to preserve the Battery is toLEAVE YOUR VEHICLE PLUGGED IN whenyou are not using it. This is particularlyimportant if you are not planning to driveModel 3 for several weeks. When plugged in,Model 3 wakes up when needed toautomatically maintain a charge level thatmaximizes the lifetime of the Battery.

Note: When left idle and unplugged, yourvehicle periodically uses energy from theBattery for system tests and recharging the12V battery when necessary.

There is no advantage to waiting until theBattery’s level is low before charging. In fact,the Battery performs best when chargedregularly.

Note: If you allow the Battery to discharge to0%, other components may become damagedor require replacement (for example, the 12Vbattery). In these cases, you are responsiblefor repair and/or transporting expenses.Discharge-related expenses are not coveredby the warranty or under the RoadsideAssistance policy.

The peak charging rate of the Battery maydecrease slightly after a large number of DCFast Charging sessions, such as those atSuperchargers. To ensure maximum drivingrange and Battery safety, the Battery chargerate is decreased when the Battery is too cold,when the Battery’s charge is nearly full, andwhen the Battery conditions change withusage and age. These changes in the conditionof the Battery are driven by battery physicsand may increase the total Superchargingduration by a few minutes over time.

Battery CareNever allow the Battery to fully discharge.Even when Model 3 is not being driven, itsBattery discharges very slowly to power theonboard electronics. The Battery candischarge at a rate of approximately 1% perday, though the discharge rate may varydepending on environmental factors (such ascold weather), vehicle configuration, and yourselected settings on the touchscreen.Situations can arise in which you must leaveModel 3 unplugged for an extended period oftime (for example, at an airport whentraveling). In these situations, keep the 1% inmind to ensure that you leave the Battery witha sufficient charge level. For example, over atwo week period (14 days), the Battery maydischarge by approximately 14%.

Discharging the Battery to 0% may result indamage to vehicle components. To protectagainst a complete discharge, Model 3 entersa low-power consumption mode when thedisplayed charge level drops to approximately0%. In this mode, the Battery stops supportingthe onboard electronics and auxiliary 12Vbattery. Once this low-power consumptionmode is active, immediately plug in Model 3 toprevent a jump-start and 12V batteryreplacement.

Note: If the vehicle is unresponsive and willnot unlock, open, or charge, then the 12Vbattery may have become discharged. In thissituation, contact Tesla.

Temperature Limits

For better long-term performance, avoidexposing Model 3 to ambient temperaturesabove 140° F (60° C) or below -22° F (-30° C)for more than 24 hours at a time.

Battery Warnings and Cautions

Warning: The Battery has no parts that anowner or a non-Tesla authorized servicetechnician can service. Under nocircumstances should you open or tamperwith the Battery. Always contact Tesla toarrange for Battery servicing.

Caution: If the Battery’s charge level fallsto 0%, you must plug it in. If you leave itunplugged for an extended period, it maynot be possible to charge or use Model 3without jump starting or replacing the 12Vbattery (see Instructions for Transporterson page 191 for instructions on how tojump start the battery). Leaving Model 3unplugged for an extended period can

Battery Information

Charging 145

also result in permanent Battery damage.If you are unable to charge Model 3,contact Tesla immediately.

Caution: The Battery requires no ownermaintenance. Do not remove the coolantfiller cap and do not add fluid. If thetouchscreen warns you that the fluid levelis low, contact Tesla immediately.

Caution: Do not use the Battery as astationary power source. Doing so voidsthe warranty.

Battery Information


Charging Instructions

Opening the Charge PortThe charge port is located on the left side ofModel 3, behind a door that is part of the reartail light assembly. Before charging, parkModel 3 to ensure that the charge cable easilyreaches the charge port.

With Model 3 unlocked (or an authenticatedphone is within range) and in Park, press andrelease the button on the Tesla charge cableto open the charge port door.

You can also open the charge port door usingany of these methods:

• On the touchscreen, use the app launcherto open the Charging app, then touchOpen Charge Port.

• On the car status on the touchscreen,touch the charging icon.

• On the "Cards" area on the touchscreen,touch the charging icon, then press OPENCHARGE PORT.

• Press the bottom of the charge port doorwhen Model 3 is unlocked or anauthenticated phone is nearby.

• On the key fob accessory (soldseparately), hold down the rear trunkbutton for 1-2 seconds.

Note: The following image is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onmarket region, your charge port may beslightly different.

Note: The Tesla "T" lights up white when youopen the charge port door. If you do not inserta charge cable into the charge port within afew minutes after opening the charge portdoor, the charge port door closes. If thishappens, use the touchscreen to open thecharge port door again

Caution: Do not try to force the chargeport door open.

Plugging InIf desired, use the touchscreen to change thecharge limit and the charging current (see Charging Status and Settings on page 149).

To charge at a public charging station, attachan adapter to the station’s charging connector.The most commonly used adapter(s) for eachmarket region are provided. Depending on thecharging equipment you are using, you mayneed to start and stop charging using acontrol on the charging equipment.

If you are using the Mobile Connector, plug itinto the power outlet before plugging it intoModel 3.

Align the connector to the charge port andinsert fully. When the connector is properlyinserted, charging begins automatically afterModel 3:

• Engages a latch that holds the connectorin place;

• Shifts into Park (if it was in any othergear);

• Heats or cools the Battery, if needed. Ifthe Battery requires heating or cooling,you may notice a delay before chargingbegins.

Note: Whenever Model 3 is plugged in but notactively charging, it draws energy from thewall outlet instead of using energy stored inthe Battery. For example, if you are sitting in


Charging 147

Model 3 and using the touchscreen whileparked and plugged in, Model 3 draws energyfrom the wall outlet instead of the Battery.

Caution: The connector end of the chargecable can damage the paint if droppedonto the vehicle.

During ChargingDuring charging, the charge port light (theTesla "T" logo) pulses green, and thetouchscreen displays the charging status. Thefrequency at which the charge port lightpulses slows down as the charge levelapproaches full. When charging is complete,the light stops pulsing and is solid green.

Note: If Model 3 is locked, the charge portlight does not light up.

If the charge port light turns red whilecharging, a fault is detected. Check thetouchscreen for a message describing thefault. A fault can occur due to something ascommon as a power outage. If a power outageoccurs, charging resumes automatically whenpower is restored.

Note: When charging, particularly at highcurrents, the refrigerant compressor and fanoperate as needed to keep the Battery cool.Therefore, it is normal to hear sounds duringcharging.

Note: Air conditioning performance isgenerally not affected by charging. However,under certain circumstances (for example, youare charging at high currents during aparticularly warm day), the air coming fromthe vents may not be as cool as expected anda message displays on the touchscreen. This isnormal behavior and ensures that the Batterystays within an optimum temperature rangewhile charging to support longevity andoptimum performance.

Warning: Never spray liquid at a highvelocity (for example, if using a pressurewasher) towards the charge port whilecharging. Failure to follow theseinstructions can result in serious injury ordamage to the vehicle, chargingequipment, or property.

Stopping ChargingStop charging at any time by disconnectingthe charge cable or touching Stop Chargingon the touchscreen.

Note: To prevent unauthorized unplugging ofthe charge cable, the charge cable latch

remains locked and Model 3 must be unlockedor able to recognize your authenticated phonebefore you can disconnect the charge cable.However, in cold ambient temperatures below41° F (5° C), the charge port remains unlockedwhenever the vehicle is not charging, evenwhen Model 3 is locked.

To disconnect the charge cable:

1. Press and hold the button on theconnector handle to release the latch.Alternatively, unlock the vehicle byopening a door, using a key card or keyfob, or touching Stop Charging on thetouchscreen. These methods unlock thecharge port as well.

2. Pull the connector from the charge port.

Note: The charge port automatically closeswithin approximately 10 seconds of removingthe connector from the charge port.

Caution: Tesla strongly recommendsleaving Model 3 plugged in when not inuse. This maintains the Battery at theoptimum level of charge.

Manually Releasing Charge CableIf the usual methods for releasing a chargecable from the charge port (using the chargehandle release button, touchscreen, or mobileapp) do not work, carefully follow these steps:

1. Ensure that Model 3 is not activelycharging by displaying the chargingscreen on the touchscreen. If necessary,touch Stop Charging.

2. Open the rear trunk.3. Pull the charge port's release cable

downwards to unlatch the charge cable.

Note: The release cable may be recessedwithin the opening of the trim.

4. Pull the charge cable from the chargeport.



Caution: The release cable is designed foruse only in situations where the chargecable cannot be released from the chargeport using the usual methods. Continuoususe may result in damage to the releasecable or charging equipment.

Warning: Do not perform this procedurewhile your vehicle is charging or if anyorange high voltage conductors areexposed. Failure to follow theseinstructions can result in electric shockand serious injury or damage to thevehicle. If you have any uncertainty as tohow to safely perform this procedure,contact your closest Service Center.

Warning: Do not attempt to remove thecharge cable while simultaneously pullingthe release cable. Always pull the releasecable before attempting to remove thecharge cable from the charge port.Failure to follow these instructions canresult in electric shock and serious injury.

Charge Port Light• WHITE: The charge port door is open.

Model 3 is ready to charge and theconnector is not inserted, or the chargeport latch is unlocked and the connector isready to be removed.

Note: In cold ambient temperatures below41° F (5° C), the charge port remainsunlocked whenever the vehicle is notcharging. In these situations, the chargeport light is white.

• BLUE: Model 3 detects that a connectorhas been plugged in.

• BLINKING BLUE: Model 3 iscommunicating with the connector. EitherModel 3 is preparing to charge, or acharging session is scheduled to begin ata specified future time.

• BLINKING GREEN: Charging is in progress.As Model 3 approaches a full charge, thefrequency of the blinking slows.

• SOLID GREEN: Charging is complete.• SOLID AMBER: The connector is not fully

plugged in. Realign the connector to thecharge port and insert fully.

• BLINKING AMBER: Model 3 is charging ata reduced current (AC charging only).

• RED: A fault is detected and charging hasstopped. Check the touchscreen for a faultmessage.

Charging Status and SettingsThe charging screen displays on thetouchscreen whenever the charge port door isopen. To display the charging screen at anytime:

Touch the charging icon on the"Cards" area on the touchscreen.

The charging screen displays a representativeimage of the status of the Battery andinformation about your charging sessionincluding:

• Charging rate (in kilowatt hours, miles perhour, or kilometers per hour, depending onyour display setting).

• Added energy or estimated increase indriving distance achieved so far in thischarging session (in kilowatt hours, milesper hour, or kilometers per hour,depending on your display setting).

• Current supplied/available from theconnected power supply.

• Voltage supplied by the charge cable.

Note: To change how energy units aredisplayed, touch Controls > Display > EnergyDisplay.

Note: The following illustration is provided fordemonstration purposes only and may varyslightly depending on software version andmarket region.

1. Charge status messages (such asCharging, Charging Scheduled) displayhere. While charging, the estimated timeremaining to achieve your set limit is alsodisplayed.


Charging 149

2. Adjust the charge limit by touching SetLimit, and drag the arrow to move thecharge limit setting. The setting youchoose applies to immediate andscheduled charging sessions.

3. The current automatically sets to themaximum current available from theattached charge cable, unless it waspreviously reduced to a lower level. Ifneeded, touch - or + to change the current(for example, you may want to reduce thecurrent if you are concerned aboutoverloading a domestic wiring circuitshared by other equipment). It is notpossible to set the charging current to alevel that exceeds the maximum availablefrom the attached charge cable. Whenyou change the current, Model 3remembers the location. If you charge atthe same location, you do not need tochange it again.

Note: If Model 3 is charging and detectsunexpected fluctuations in input power,the charging current is automaticallyreduced by 25%. For example, a 40 ampcurrent is reduced to 30 amps. Thisautomatic current reduction increasesrobustness and safety in situations whenan external problem exists (for example, ahome wiring system, receptacle, adapteror cord is unable to meet its rated currentcapacity). As a precaution, when Model 3automatically reduces current, it saves thereduced current at the charging location.Although you can manually increase it,Tesla recommends charging at the lowercurrent until the underlying problem isresolved and the charging location canprovide consistent power.

4. Touch to open the charge port door or tostart (or stop) charging.

5. Displays the total estimated drivingdistance or energy percentage(depending on your display setting)available.

6. Shows if the charge cable is locked in thecharge port or not. If Model 3 is notcharging, you can touch the lock icon tounlock the charge cable from the chargeport.

Note: In cold ambient temperatures below41° F (5° C), the charge cable remainsunlocked whenever the vehicle is notcharging.

7. Charging rate per hour, estimated increasein driving distance (or energy) achievedso far in this charging session, currentsupplied/available from the connectedpower supply, and voltage supplied by thecharge cable.

8. Set a recurring charging schedule for thelocation (see Scheduled Charging andScheduled Departure on page 150).

Note: If charging at a Tesla Supercharger, thecharging screen also displays informationabout your previous or current Superchargersession (see Supercharger Usage Fees andIdle Fees on page 151).

Note: To reduce congestion at high-usagesupercharger sites, you may be automaticallylimited to a maximum charge of 80% whennot using Trip Planner (see Trip Planner onpage 125). You can manually increase the limitby tapping “Set Limit” on the touchscreen ormobile app.

Scheduled Charging and ScheduledDepartureThere are two ways in which you can scheduleyour vehicle's charging:

• Scheduled Charging: When you set ascheduled charging time, Model 3 displaysthe set time to begin charging when youare parked at the scheduled location. If, atthe scheduled time, Model 3 is notplugged in at the location, charging startsas soon as you plug it in, provided youplug it in within six hours of the scheduledtime. If plugged in after six hours,charging does not start until thescheduled time on the next day. Tooverride this setting, touch Start Chargingor Stop Charging.

• Scheduled Departure: For any location,such as Home, you can simply plug inModel 3 and select a time for when youwant your vehicle to be ready to drive.Once your specified time is set, Model 3prepares itself by determining the besttime to start charging to optimize energycosts, battery longevity, and ensurecharging is complete in time for yourdrive. Your vehicle also pre-conditions thecabin to a comfortable temperature andwamrs the battery. To set up a scheduleddeparture time, go to Charging >Scheduled Departure > Schedule andfollow the onscreen instructions tocustomize your schedule.



Scheduled Charging is best used to determinewhen your vehicle should start charging;Scheduled Departure is best used todetermine when charging should complete foryour drive.

Note: Your vehicle aims to finish chargingbefore 6am (end of off-peak hours). If givensufficient time to charge, charging may stop at6am, even if your scheduled departure is later.If the vehicle does not have enough time tocomplete charging before 6am, it will continueto charge until it reaches the target batterypercentage.

Note: If your vehicle is not plugged into acharger, Scheduled departure will not pre-condition the cabin or battery.

Supercharger Usage Fees and IdleFeesWhen charging using a Tesla supercharger,SUPERCHARGING information displays at thebottom of the charging screen. Thisinformation includes the location, the timethat charging started, and an estimate of howmuch the session will cost. When you stopsupercharging, the estimated cost of thatsession displays until a new superchargingsession begins.

Note: Estimated pricing is displayed for yourconvenience only and may not reflect theactual final price you will be charged for thatsupercharging session. Final pricing forsupercharging sessions can be found in yourTesla Account.

When charging at a Tesla supercharger, youare subject to idle fees. Idle fees are designedto encourage drivers to move their vehiclefrom the Supercharger when charging iscomplete. Idle fees are in effect only when halfof the Superchargers at a site are occupied.The Tesla mobile app notifies you whencharging nears completion, and again whencharging is complete. Additional notificationsare sent if idle fees are incurred. Idle fees arewaived if you move your vehicle within fiveminutes of charging completion.

Log into your Tesla Account to view fees anddetails about Supercharger sessions, set up apayment method, and make payments. Once apayment method is saved, fees areautomatically paid from your account.


Charging 151

Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

Service IntervalsYour vehicle should generally be serviced onan as-needed basis. However, Teslarecommends the following maintenance itemsand intervals, as applicable to your vehicle, toensure continued reliability and efficiency ofyour Model 3.

• Brake fluid health check every 2 years(replace if necessary)

• A/C desiccant bag replacement every 6years

• Cabin air filter replacement every 2 years• Clean and lubricate brake calipers every

year or 12,500 miles (if in an area whereroads are salted during the Winter)

• Rotate tires every 10,000-12,000 miles(16,000-20,000 km) or if tread depthdifference is 2/32 in (1.5 mm) or greater

Note: The above intervals are based on normaldriving behaviors and scenarios. Additionally,the above list should not be consideredcomprehensive and does not includeconsumable parts such as windshield wipers,brake pads, etc.

Note: Damages or failures caused bymaintenance or repairs performed by non-Tesla certified technicians are not covered bythe warranty.

Daily Checks• Check the Battery’s charge level,

displayed on the touchscreen or mobileapp.

• Check the condition and pressure of eachtire (see Tire Care and Maintenance onpage 154).

• Check that all exterior lights, horn, turnsignals, and wipers and washers areworking.

• Check for any unexpected indicator lightsor vehicle alerts on the touchscreen.

• Check the operation of the brakes,including the parking brake.

• Check the operation of the seat belts(see Seat Belts on page 28).

• Look for abnormal fluid depositsunderneath Model 3 that might indicate aleak. It is normal for a small pool of waterto form (caused by the air conditioningsystem’s dehumidifying process).

• Look around the exterior of Model 3 andimmediately remove any corrosivesubstances (such as bird droppings, treeresin, tar spots, dead insects, industrialfallout, etc.) to prevent damage to thepaint (see Cleaning on page 162).

Monthly Checks• Check windshield washer fluid level and

top up if necessary (see Topping UpWindshield Washer Fluid on page 167).

• Check that the air conditioning system isoperating correctly (see Climate Controlson page 116).

Warning: Contact Tesla immediately if younotice any significant or sudden drop influid levels or uneven tire wear.

Fluid Replacement IntervalsYour Battery coolant does not need to bereplaced for the life of your vehicle undermost circumstances. Brake fluid should bechecked every 2 years, replacing if necessary.

Note: Any damage caused by opening theBattery coolant reservoir is excluded from thewarranty.

High Voltage SafetyYour Model 3 has been designed and builtwith safety as a priority. However, be aware ofthese precautions to protect yourself from therisk of injury inherent in all high-voltagesystems:

• Read and follow all instructions providedon the labels that are attached to Model 3.These labels are there for your safety.

• The high voltage system has no user-serviceable parts. Do not disassemble,remove or replace high voltagecomponents, cables or connectors. Highvoltage cables are colored orange for easyidentification.

• If a collision occurs, do not touch any highvoltage wiring, connectors, orcomponents connected to the wiring.

• In the unlikely event that a fire occurs,immediately contact your local fireemergency responders.

Warning: Always disconnect the chargecable before working underneath Model3, even if charging is not in progress.

Warning: Keep your hands and clothingaway from cooling fans. Some fans



operate even when Model 3 is poweredoff.

Warning: Some fluids (battery acid,Battery coolant, brake fluid, windshieldwasher additives, etc.) used in vehiclesare poisonous and should not be inhaled,swallowed, or brought into contact withopen wounds. For your safety, alwaysread and follow instructions printed onfluid containers.


Maintenance 153

Tire Care and Maintenance

Maintaining Tire PressuresKeep tires inflated to the pressures shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label, even ifit differs from the pressure printed on the tireitself. The Tire and Loading Information label islocated on the center door pillar and is visiblewhen the front door is open.

Note: If your Model 3 is fitted with Teslaaccessory wheels or tires, some informationmay be different from the labels on thevehicle. See Accessory Wheels and Tires onpage 169.

The Tire Pressure indicator light onthe touchscreen alerts you if one ormore tires is under- or over-inflated.

The Tire Pressure indicator light does notimmediately turn off when you adjust tirepressure. After inflating the tire to therecommended pressure, you must drive over15 mph (25 km/h) for more than 10 minutes toactivate the Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS), which turns off the Tire Pressureindicator light.

If the indicator light flashes for one minutewhenever you power on Model 3, a fault withthe TPMS is detected (see TPMS Malfunctionon page 159).

Note: Display tire pressures in the "Cards"area, located toward the bottom on the leftside of the touchscreen, as described in Touchscreen Overview on page 4. You canalso choose whether you want to display tirepressures using BAR or PSI by touchingControls > Display > Tire Pressure.

Warning: Under-inflation is the mostcommon cause of tire failures and can

cause a tire to overheat, resulting insevere tire cracking, tread separation, orblowout, which causes unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk ofinjury. Under-inflation also reduces thevehicle's range and tire tread life.

Warning: Check tire pressures using anaccurate pressure gauge when tires arecold. It takes only about one mile (1.6 km)of driving to warm up the tires sufficientlyto affect tire pressures. Parking thevehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weathercan also affect tire pressures. If you mustcheck warm tires, expect increasedpressures. Do not let air out of warm tiresin an attempt to match recommendedcold tire pressures. A hot tire at or belowthe recommended cold tire inflationpressure is dangerously under-inflated.

Warning: Do not use any tire sealantother than the type provided in a Teslatire repair kit. Other types can cause tirepressure sensors to malfunction. If yourModel 3 did not include a tire repair kit,you can purchase one from Tesla.



Checking and Adjusting Tire Pressures

Follow these steps when tires are cold andModel 3 has been stationary for over threehours:

1. Refer to the Tire and Loading Informationlabel located on the driver’s center doorpillar for the target tire pressure.

2. Remove the valve cap.3. Firmly press an accurate tire pressure

gauge onto the valve to measure pressure.4. If required, add or remove air to reach the

recommended pressure.

Note: You can release air by pressing themetal stem in the center of the valve.

5. Re-check pressure using the accurate tiregauge.

6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary untilthe tire pressure is correct.

7. Reinstall the valve cap to prevent dirt fromentering. Periodically check the valve fordamage and leaks.

Inspecting and Maintaining TiresRegularly inspect the tread and side walls forany sign of distortion (bulges), foreign objects,cuts or wear.

Warning: Do not drive Model 3 if a tire isdamaged, excessively worn, or inflated toan incorrect pressure. Check tiresregularly for wear, and ensure there areno cuts, bulges or exposure of the ply/cord structure.

Tire Wear

Adequate tread depth is important for propertire performance. Tires with a tread depth lessthan 4/32” (3 mm) are more likely tohydroplane in wet conditions and should notbe used. Tires with a tread depth less than5/32” (4 mm) do not perform well in snow andslush and should not be used when driving inwinter conditions.

Model 3 is originally fitted with tires that havewear indicators molded into the tread pattern.When the tread has been worn down to 4/32”(3 mm), the indicators start to appear at thesurface of the tread pattern, producing theeffect of a continuous band of rubber acrossthe width of the tire. For optimal performanceand safety, Tesla recommends replacing tiresbefore the wear indicators are visible.

Tire Rotation, Balance, and Wheel Alignment

Tesla recommends rotating the tires every10,000-12,000 miles (16,000-20,000 km).

Unbalanced wheels (sometimes noticeable asvibration through the steering wheel) affectvehicle handling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

If tire wear is uneven (on one side of the tireonly) or becomes abnormally excessive, checkthe alignment of wheels.

Note: When replacing only two tires, alwaysinstall the new tires on the rear.


Maintenance 155

Punctured Tires

A puncture eventually causes the tire to losepressure, which is why it is important to checktire pressures frequently. Permanently repairor replace punctured or damaged tires assoon as possible.

Your tubeless tires may not leak whenpenetrated, provided the object remains in thetire. If, however, you feel a sudden vibration orride disturbance while driving, or you suspecta tire is damaged, immediately reduce yourspeed. Drive slowly, while avoiding heavybraking or sharp steering and, when safe to doso, stop the vehicle. Arrange to have Model 3transported to a Tesla Service Center, or to anearby tire repair center.

Note: In some cases, you can temporarilyrepair small tire punctures (under 1/4” (6mm)) using an optional tire repair kit availablefrom Tesla. This allows you to slowly driveModel 3 to Tesla or to a nearby tire repairfacility.

Warning: Do not drive with a puncturedtire, even if the puncture has not causedthe tire to deflate. A punctured tire candeflate suddenly at any time.

Flat Spots

If Model 3 is stationary for a long period inhigh temperatures, tires can form flat spots.When Model 3 is driven, these flat spots causea vibration which gradually disappears as thetires warm up and regain their original shape.

To minimize flat spots during storage, inflatetires to the maximum pressure indicated onthe tire wall. Then, before driving, release airto adjust tire pressure to the recommendedlevels.

Improving Tire Mileage

To improve the mileage you get from yourtires, maintain tires at the recommended tirepressures, observe speed limits and advisoryspeeds, and avoid:

• Pulling away quickly, or hard acceleration.• Fast turns and heavy braking.• Potholes and objects in the road.• Hitting curbs when parking.• Contaminating tires with fluids that can

cause damage.

Replacing Tires and WheelsTires degrade over time due to the effects ofultraviolet light, extreme temperatures, highloads, and environmental conditions. It isrecommended that tires are replaced every sixyears, or sooner if required.

Wheel and tires are matched to suit thehandling characteristics of the vehicle.Replacement tires must comply with theoriginal specification. If tires other than thosespecified are used, ensure that the load andspeed ratings marked on the tire (see Understanding Tire Markings on page 184)equal or exceed those of the originalspecification.

Ideally, you should replace all four tires at thesame time. If this is not possible, replace thetires in pairs, placing the new tires on the rear.Always balance the wheel after replacing atire.

If you replace a wheel, the TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System) sensors need to be resetto ensure they provide accurate warningswhen tires are under- or over-inflated (see Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors on page158).

For the specification of the original wheelsand tires installed on Model 3, see Wheels andTires on page 182.

Warning: For your safety, use only tiresand wheels that match the originalspecification. Tires that do not match theoriginal specification can affect theoperation of the TPMS.

Warning: Never exceed the speed ratingof your vehicle's tires. The speed rating isshown on the sidewall of your tires (see Understanding Tire Markings on page184).

Asymmetric Tires

Model 3 tires are asymmetric and must bemounted on the wheel with the correctsidewall facing outward. The sidewall of thetire is marked with the word OUTSIDE. Whennew tires are installed, make sure that the tiresare correctly mounted on the wheels.



Warning: Road holding is seriouslyimpaired if the tires are incorrectlyinstalled on the wheels.

Removing and Installing Aero Covers

If your Model 3 is equipped with aero covers,you must remove them to access the lug nuts.

To remove an aero cover:

1. Grasp the aero cover firmly with bothhands.

2. Pull the aero cover toward you to releasethe retaining clips.

To install an aero cover:

1. Align the aero cover into position so thatthe notch at the base of the Tesla "T" isaligned with the tire's valve stem.

2. Push firmly around the perimeter of theaero cover until it fully snaps into place.

Removing and Installing Lug Nut Covers

If your Model 3 is equipped with lug nutcovers, you must remove them to access thelug nuts.

To remove a lug nut cover:

1. Insert the curved part of the lug nut covertool (located in your glovebox) into thehole at the base of the Tesla "T".

2. Maneuver the lug nut cover tool so that itis fully inserted into the hole in the lug nutcover.

3. Twist the lug nut cover tool so that thecurved part is touching the middle of thelug nut cover.

4. Firmly pull the lug nut tool away from thewheel until the lug nut cover is released.

To install the lug nut cover:

1. Align the lug nut cover into position.2. Push firmly on the lug nut cover until it

fully snaps into place.


Maintenance 157

Wheel Configuration

If you are installing new wheels or swappingthem for different ones, update your vehicle'swheel configuration by touching Controls >Service > Wheel Configuration. This allowsModel 3 to learn the new wheels and providemore accurate status updates on your vehicle.Select a wheel from the drop down menu thatmatches the new wheels you plan to install onModel 3. Selecting new wheels in the wheelconfiguration also changes the wheels thatappear on your vehicle's avatar on thetouchscreen.

Ensure you are aware if your vehicle isequipped with staggered wheels, meaning thewheels are different sizes in the front and rear.Check the front and rear tire sizes marked onthe tire sidewall to see if they match or aredifferent sizes. If the wheels are staggered,take extra precaution to ensure the newwheels you install are staggered in the sameway as the previous wheels.

Note: Changing your vehicle's wheelconfiguration can impact range estimates, tirepressure warning levels, and vehiclevisualization.

Warning: Only use Tesla-approved wheelswhen installing or swapping wheels. Usingnon Tesla-approved wheels can causeserious damage. Tesla is not liable fordamage caused by using wheels notapproved by Tesla.

Tire Pressure MonitoringEach tire should be checked monthly whencold and inflated to the recommendedpressures that are printed on the Tire andLoading Information label located on thedriver’s door pillar (see Maintaining TirePressures on page 154). If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicatedon the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel, determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a TPMS that displays atire pressure telltale (Tire Pressure Warning)on the touchscreen when one or more of yourtires is significantly under- or over-inflated.Accordingly, when the Tire Pressure indicatorlight displays on the touchscreen to alert youabout tire pressure, stop and check your tiresas soon as possible, and inflate them to theproper pressure (see Maintaining TirePressures on page 154). Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tire causes the tireto overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces range efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect the vehicle'shandling and stopping ability.

If Model 3 detects a fault with theTPMS, this indicator flashes for oneminute whenever you power onModel 3.

Note: Installing accessories that are notapproved by Tesla can interfere with theTPMS.

Warning: The TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, includingmanually checking tire pressures andregularly inspecting the condition of tires.It is the driver's responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressure, even if under- orover-inflation has not reached the levelfor the TPMS to trigger the Tire PressureWarning on the touchscreen.

Automatic Reset of TPMS Sensors

After replacing one or more wheels (but notafter replacing a tire or rotating wheels), theTPMS sensors are reset to ensure tire pressurewarnings are accurate. TPMS sensors resetautomatically after driving over 15 mph(25 km/h) for longer than 10 minutes.

Note: After replacing a wheel, false tirepressure warnings may display before you'vedriven 15 mph (25 km/h) for longer than 10minutes.

Manually Resetting TPMS Sensors

To accommodate aftermarket tires andspecific off-highway driving situations (suchas track events), you can reset the TPMSsensors to trigger an alert based on thecurrently set tire pressure instead of thedefault factory tire pressure. To do so, touchService > Reset TPMS Sensors and follow theonscreen instructions.



Note: Resetting TPMS sensors may beespecially helpful when using Track Mode, butremember to restore the factory TPMS settingwhen returning to normal driving.

Warning: If your Model 3 is equipped withaftermarket tires that differ in size fromthose printed on the Tire and LoadingInformation Label (see Vehicle Loadingon page 174), it is the driver'sresponsibility to determine the correcttire pressure. Do not drive on public roadswhen tires are not inflated to the correctpressure.

Warning: Do not depend on TPMSsensors to accurately determine pressuresand trigger alerts. It is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressures (see Maintaining Tire Pressureson page 154). Over or under-inflated tirescan result in loss of control or tiredamage, which can lead to serious injury.

Replacing a Tire Sensor

If the Tire Pressure warning indicator displaysfrequently, contact Tesla to determine if a tiresensor needs to be replaced. If a non-TeslaService Center repairs or replaces a tire, thetire sensor may not work until Tesla performsthe setup procedure.

TPMS Malfunction

Model 3 has also been equipped with a TPMSmalfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the tire pressureindicator light. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the indicatorflashes for approximately one minuteafter Model 3 powers on, and thenremains continuously lit. Thissequence continues uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists. When theTPMS malfunction indicator is on, thesystem might not be able to detector signal under- and over-inflatedtires as intended.

TPMS malfunctions can occur for a variety ofreasons, including installing replacement oralternate tires or wheels that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Always checkthe TPMS malfunction indicator light afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement tires orwheels allow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Note: If a tire has been replaced or repairedusing a different tire sealant than the oneavailable from Tesla, and a low tire pressure isdetected, it is possible that the tire sensor hasbeen damaged. Contact Tesla to have the faultrepaired as soon as possible.


Maintenance 159

Seasonal Tire Types

Summer Tires

Your vehicle may be originally equipped withhigh performance summer tires or all seasontires. Tesla recommends using winter tires ifdriving in cold temperatures or on roadswhere snow or ice may be present. ContactTesla for winter tire recommendations.

Warning: In cold temperatures or on snowor ice, summer tires do not provideadequate traction. Selecting and installingthe appropriate tires for winter conditionsis important to ensure the safety andoptimum performance of your Model 3.

All-Season Tires

Your Model 3 may be originally equipped withall-season tires. These tires are designed toprovide adequate traction in most conditionsyear-round, but may not provide the samelevel of traction as winter tires in snowy or icyconditions. All-season tires can be identifiedby “ALL SEASON" and/or "M+S” (mud andsnow) on the tire sidewall.

Winter Tires

Use winter tires to increase traction in snowyor icy conditions. When installing winter tires,always install a complete set of four tires atthe same time. Winter tires must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern onall four wheels. Contact Tesla for winter tirerecommendations.

Winter tires can be identified by amountain/snowflake symbol on thetire's sidewall.

When driving with winter tires, you mayexperience more road noise, shorter tread life,and less traction on dry roads.

Note: Installing winter tires with aggressivecompound and tread design may result intemporarily-reduced regenerative brakingpower. However, your vehicle is designed torecalibrate itself to restore regenerativebraking power after a short period of normaldriving.

Driving in Low TemperaturesTire performance is reduced in low ambienttemperatures, resulting in reduced grip and anincreased susceptibility to damage fromimpacts. Performance tires can temporarilyharden when cold, causing you to hearrotational noise for the first few miles(kilometers) until the tires warm up.

Using Tire ChainsTesla has tested and approved the followingtire chains to increase traction in snowyconditions. Tire chains should only be installedon the rear tires.

Tire Size RecommendedChain

18" PEWAG SERVOSPORT RSS 76

19" PEWAG SERVO RS77

20" MAGGI TRAK SP214

Caution: If your Model 3 is equipped withaero covers, you must remove thembefore installing tire chains (see Removing and Installing Aero Covers onpage 157). Failure to do so can causedamage not covered by the warranty.

When installing tire chains, follow theinstructions and warnings provided by the tirechain manufacturer. Mount them evenly and astight as possible.

When using tire chains:

• Inspect the tire chains for loose fittingsand damaged links before each use.

• Avoid heavily loading Model 3 (heavyloads can reduce the clearance betweenthe tires and the body).

• Do not drive the vehicle without thechains properly installed.

• Drive slowly. Do not exceed 30 mph(48 km/h).

• Remove the tire chains as soon asconditions allow.

Note: Tire chains are prohibited in somejurisdictions. Check local laws before installingtire chains.

Caution: Using non-recommended tirechains, or using tire chains on other sizedtires can damage the suspension, body,



wheels, and/or brake lines. Damagecaused by using non-recommended tirechains, or incorrectly installing tire chains,is not covered by the warranty.

Caution: Do not use tire chains on thefront tires.

Caution: Never deflate your tires to put ontire chains. When re-inflated, the chainsmight fit too tightly and cause tiredamage.

Caution: Ensure that the tire chainscannot touch suspension components orbrake lines. If you hear the chains makingunusual noises that would indicatecontact with Model 3, stop andinvestigate immediately.


Maintenance 161

Cleaning

Cleaning the ExteriorTo prevent damage to the paint, immediatelyremove corrosive substances (bird droppings,tree resin, dead insects, tar spots, road salt,industrial fallout, etc.). Do not wait until Model3 is due for a complete wash. If necessary, usedenatured alcohol to remove tar spots andstubborn grease stains, then immediatelywash the area with water and a mild, non-detergent soap to remove the alcohol.

Follow these steps when washing the exteriorof Model 3:

1. Rinse Thoroughly

Before washing, flush grime and grit fromthe vehicle using a hose. Flush awayaccumulations of mud in areas wheredebris easily collects (such as wheel wellsand panel seams). If salt has been used onthe highways (such as during wintermonths), thoroughly rinse all traces ofroad salt from the underside of thevehicle, wheel wells, and brakes.

2. Hand Wash

Hand wash Model 3 using a clean softcloth and cold or lukewarm watercontaining a mild, high-quality carshampoo.

3. Rinse with Clean Water

After washing, rinse with clean water toprevent soap from drying on the surfaces.

4. Dry Thoroughly and Clean Exterior Glass

After washing and rinsing, dry thoroughlywith a chamois. If necessary, dry thebrakes by going on a short drive andapplying the brakes multiple times.

Clean windows and mirrors using anautomotive glass cleaner. Do not scrape,or use any abrasive cleaning fluid on glassor mirrored surfaces.

Cautions for Exterior Cleaning

Caution: Do not use windshield treatmentfluids. Doing so can interfere with wiperfriction and cause a chattering sound.

Caution: Do not use hot water ordetergents.

Caution: Do not wash in direct sunlight.

Caution: If using a pressure washer,maintain a distance of at least 12" (30 cm)between the nozzle and the surface ofModel 3. Keep the nozzle moving and donot concentrate the water jet on any onearea.

Caution: Do not aim water hoses directlyat window, door, or hood seals.

Caution: Do not aim water hoses atelectronic modules or exposed cabling.

Caution: To avoid corrosive damage thatmay not be covered by the warranty, rinseaway any road salt from the underside ofthe vehicle, wheel wells, and brakes. Aftercleaning the vehicle, dry the brakes bygoing on a short drive and applying thebrakes multiple times.

Caution: Avoid using tight-napped orrough cloths, such as washing mitts.

Caution: If washing in an automatic carwash, use Touchless car washes only.These car washes have no parts (brushes,etc.) that touch the surfaces of Model 3.Using any other type of car wash couldcause damage that is not covered by thewarranty.

Caution: Ensure the wipers are off beforewashing Model 3 to avoid the risk ofdamaging the wipers.

Caution: Do not use chemical basedwheel cleaners. These can damage thefinish on the wheels.

Caution: Avoid using a high pressurepower washer on the camera(s) orparking sensors (if equipped) and do notclean a sensor or camera lens with asharp or abrasive object that can scratchor damage its surface.

Warning: Never spray liquid at a highvelocity (for example, if using a pressurewasher) towards the charge port whileModel 3 is charging. Failure to followthese instructions can result in seriousinjury or damage to the vehicle, chargingequipment, or property.

Cleaning


Cleaning the InteriorFrequently inspect and clean the interior tomaintain its appearance and to preventpremature wear. If possible, immediately wipeup spills and remove marks. For generalcleaning, wipe interior surfaces using a softcloth (such as microfiber) dampened with amixture of warm water and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on aconcealed area before use). To avoid streaks,dry immediately with a soft lint-free cloth.

Interior Glass

Do not scrape, or use any abrasive cleaningfluid on glass or mirrored surfaces. This candamage the reflective surface of the mirrorand the heating elements in the rear window.

Airbags

Do not allow any substance to enter an airbagcover. This could affect correct operation.

Dashboard and Plastic Surfaces

Do not polish the upper surfaces of thedashboard. Polished surfaces are reflectiveand could interfere with your driving view.

Polyurethane Seats

Wipe spills as soon as possible using a softcloth moistened with warm water and non-detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circularmotion. After cleaning, allow the seats to airdry.

Cloth Seats

Wipe spills as soon as possible using a softcloth moistened with warm water and non-detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circularmotion. Then wipe dry using a soft, lint-freecloth. Vacuum the seats as needed to removeany loose dirt.

Carpets

Avoid over-wetting carpets. For heavily soiledareas, use a diluted upholstery cleaner.

Seat Belts

Extend the belts to wipe. Do not use any typeof detergent or chemical cleaning agent.Allow the belts to dry naturally whileextended, preferably away from directsunlight.

Touchscreen

Clean the touchscreen using a soft lint-freecloth specifically designed to clean monitorsand displays. Do not use cleaners (such as aglass cleaner) and do not use a wet wipe or adry statically-charged cloth (such as a recentlywashed microfiber). To wipe the touchscreenwithout activating buttons and changingsettings, you can enable Screen Clean Mode.Touch Controls > Display > Screen CleanMode. The display darkens to make it easy tosee dust and smudges. To exit Screen CleanMode, press and hold HOLD TO EXIT.

Chrome and Metal Surfaces

Polish, abrasive cleaners or hard cloths candamage the finish on chrome and metalsurfaces.

Cautions for Interior Cleaning

Caution: Using solvents (includingalcohol), bleach, citrus, naphtha, orsilicone-based products or additives oninterior components can cause damage.

Caution: Statically-charged materials cancause damage to the touchscreen.

Warning: If you notice any damage on anairbag or seat belt, contact Teslaimmediately.

Warning: Do not allow any water,cleaners, or fabric to enter a seat beltmechanism.

Warning: Exposure to chemical cleanerscan be hazardous and can irritate eyesand skin. Read and observe theinstructions provided by the manufacturerof the chemical cleaner.

Polishing, Touch Up, and BodyRepairTo preserve the cosmetic appearance of thebody, you can occasionally treat the paintsurfaces with an approved polish containing:

• Very mild abrasive to remove surfacecontamination without removing ordamaging the paint.

• Filling compounds that fill scratches andreduce their visibility.

• Wax to provide a protective coatingbetween the paint and environmentalelements.

Cleaning

Maintenance 163

Regularly inspect the exterior paint fordamage. Treat minor chips and scratchesusing a paint touch-up pen (available forpurchase from Tesla). Use the touch-up penafter washing but before polishing or waxing.

Repair rock chips, fractures or scratches. Bodyrepairs should be performed only by a Teslaapproved body shop. Contact Tesla for a list ofapproved body shops.

Caution: Do not use cutting pastes, colorrestoration compounds, or polishescontaining harsh abrasives. These canscour the surface and permanentlydamage the paint.

Caution: Do not use chrome polish orother abrasive cleaners.

Using a Car CoverTo preserve the cosmetic appearance of thebody when Model 3 is not being used, use agenuine Tesla car cover. Car covers can bepurchased from Tesla. See Parts andAccessories on page 169.

Caution: Use only a Tesla-approved carcover when Model 3 is plugged in. Using anon-Tesla car cover can prevent theBattery from being adequately cooledduring charging.

Floor MatsTo extend the life of your carpet and makethem easier to clean, use genuine Tesla floormats (see Parts and Accessories on page169). Maintain floor mats by regularly cleaningthem and checking that they are properlyattached. Replace floor mats if they becomeexcessively worn.

Warning: To avoid potential interferencewith a foot pedal, ensure that the driver’sfloor mat is securely fastened, and neverplace an additional floor mat on top of it.Floor mats should always rest on top ofthe vehicle carpeting surface and not onanother floor mat or other covering.

Cleaning


Wiper Blades and Washer Jets

Checking and Cleaning WiperBladesPeriodically clean the edge of the wiperblades and check the rubber for cracks, splits,and roughness. If damaged, replace the bladeimmediately to prevent damage to the glass.

Contaminants on the windshield, or on thewiper blades, can reduce the effectiveness ofthe wipers. Contaminants include ice, waxspray from car washes, washer fluid with bugand/or water repellent, bird droppings, treesap, and other organic substances.

Follow these guidelines for cleaning:

• Clean the windshield and wiper bladesusing washer fluid, isopropyl (rubbing)alcohol, or non-abrasive glass cleanerapproved for use on automotive glass andrubber. Inappropriate products can causedamage or smears, and create glare onthe windshield.

• Lift the wiper arm a short distance awayfrom the windshield, just far enough toaccess the wiper blade. Do not lift a wiperarm beyond its intended position.

If the wipers remain ineffective after cleaning,replace the wiper blades.

Replacing Wiper BladesFor optimum performance, replace the wiperblades at least once a year.

Note: Only install replacement blades that areidentical to the original blades. Usinginappropriate blades can damage the wipersystem and windshield.

To replace the wiper blades:

1. Shift into Park and turn off the wipers.2. Touch Controls > Service > Wiper Service

Mode > ON to move the wipers to theservice position.

3. Lift the wiper arm a short distance awayfrom the windshield, just far enough toaccess the wiper blade.

Caution: Wiper blades do not lockinto a lifted position. Do not lift awiper arm beyond its intendedposition.

4. Place a towel under the wiper arm toavoid scratching or cracking thewindshield in case it lowers down for anyreason.

5. Hold the wiper arm and press the lockingtab while sliding the blade down the arm.

6. Align the new blade on the wiper arm andslide it toward the hooked end of the armuntil it locks into place.

7. Carefully place the wiper blades againstthe windshield.

8. Turn Wiper Service Mode off to return thewipers to their normal position.

Cleaning Washer JetsThe position of the windshield washers is setat the factory and should never needadjusting.

If a windshield washer becomes blocked, use athin strand of wire to clear any blockages fromthe nozzle.

Warning: Do not operate the washerswhile cleaning Model 3. Windshieldwasher fluid can irritate eyes and skin.Read and observe the washer fluidmanufacturer’s instructions.

Wiper Blades and Washer Jets

Maintenance 165

Fluid Reservoirs

Removing the Maintenance PanelTo check fluid levels, remove the maintenancepanel:

1. Open the hood.2. Pull the maintenance panel upward to

release the clips that hold it in place.

3. If checking the Battery coolant, removethe cabin intake trim panel by pulling itupwards to release the clips that hold it inplace.

Caution: The maintenance panel protectsthe front trunk from water. When re-attaching, make sure it is fully seated.

Checking Battery CoolantYour Battery coolant should not need to bereplaced for the life of your vehicle undermost circumstances. However, if the quantityof fluid in the cooling system drops below therecommended level, the touchscreen displaysa warning message. Stop driving Model 3 assoon as safety permits and contact Tesla.

Fluid Level Check

DO NOT REMOVE THE FILLER CAP AND DONOT ADD FLUID. Doing so can result indamage not covered by the warranty.

Do Not Top Up Battery Coolant

Warning: Battery coolant can behazardous and can irritate eyes and skin.Under no circumstances should youremove the filler cap and/or add coolant.If the touchscreen warns you that thefluid level is low, contact Teslaimmediately.

To maximize the performance and life of theBattery, the cooling system uses a specificmixture of G-48 ethylene-glycol coolant(HOAT). Contact Tesla for more specificinformation about the coolant.

Checking Brake FluidWarning: Contact Tesla immediately if younotice increased movement of the brakepedal or a significant loss of brake fluid.Driving under these conditions can resultin extended stopping distances orcomplete brake failure.

A red brake indicator on thetouchscreen alerts you if thequantity of fluid in the brakereservoir drops below therecommended level. If it displayswhile driving, stop as soon as safetypermits by gently applying thebrakes. Do not continue driving.Contact Tesla immediately.

Topping Up the Brake Fluid

Do not top up your brake fluid. The followinginstructions are provided for informationpurposes and future reference only:

1. Clean the filler cap before removing it toprevent dirt from entering the reservoir.

2. Unscrew the cap and remove it.3. Top up the reservoir to the MAX mark

using the appropriate brake fluid.4. Replace the filler cap, ensuring it is fully

secured.

Warning: Only use new fluid from a sealedair-tight container. Never use previouslyused fluid or fluid from a previouslyopened container—fluid absorbs moisturewhich decreases braking performance.

Warning: Brake fluid is highly toxic. Keepcontainers sealed and out of the reach ofchildren. In the event of accidentalconsumption, seek medical attentionimmediately.

Caution: Brake fluid damages paintedsurfaces. Immediately soak up any spillswith an absorbent cloth and wash thearea with a mixture of car shampoo andwater.

Fluid Reservoirs


Topping Up Windshield WasherFluidThe only reservoir into which you can add fluidis the windshield washer fluid reservoir, whichis located behind the front trunk. When thelevel is low, a message displays on thetouchscreen.

To top up the washer fluid:

1. Open the hood.2. Clean around the filler cap before opening

it to prevent dirt from entering thereservoir.

3. Open the filler cap.4. While avoiding spilling, fill the reservoir

until the fluid level is visible just below thefiller neck.

5. Wipe up any spills immediately and washthe affected area with water.

6. Replace the filler cap.

Note: Some national or local regulationsrestrict the use of Volatile OrganicCompounds (VOCs). VOCs are commonlyused as antifreeze in washer fluid. Use awasher fluid with limited VOC content only if itprovides adequate freeze resistance for allclimates in which you drive Model 3.

Caution: Do not add formulated washerfluids that contain water repellent or bugwash. These fluids can cause streaking,smearing, and squeaking or other noises.

Warning: In temperatures below40° F (4° C), use a washer fluid withantifreeze. In cold weather, using a washerfluid without antifreeze can impairvisibility through the windshield.

Warning: Windshield washer fluid canirritate eyes and skin. Read and observethe instructions provided by the washerfluid manufacturer.

Fluid Reservoirs

Maintenance 167

Jacking and Lifting

Jacking ProcedureFollow the steps below to lift Model 3. Ensurethat any non-Tesla repair facility is aware ofthese lifting points.

1. Position Model 3 centrally between the liftposts.

2. Position the lift arm pads under thedesignated body lift points at thelocations shown.

Warning: DO NOT position the liftarm pads under the Battery or siderails, as shown in red.

3. Adjust the height and position of the liftarm pads to ensure that they are correctlylocated.

4. With assistance, raise the lift to thedesired height, ensuring the lift arm padsremain in their correct positions.

5. Engage any lift safety locks. Follow the liftmanufacturer's instructions.

Warning: Never raise Model 3 when thecharge cable is connected, even ifcharging is not in progress.

Warning: Do not work on an incorrectlysupported vehicle. Doing so can causeserious damage, bodily injury, or death.

Caution: DO NOT lift from under theBattery. Place the lift arm pads under thedesignated body lift points only. Thelocations shown are the only approvedlifting points for Model 3. Lifting at anyother points can cause damage. Damagecaused by incorrectly lifting Model 3 isnot covered by the warranty.

Jacking and Lifting


Parts and Accessories

Parts, Accessories, andModificationsUse only genuine Tesla parts and accessories.Tesla performs rigorous testing on parts toensure their suitability, safety, and reliability.Purchase these parts from Tesla, where theyare professionally installed and where you canreceive expert advice about modifications toModel 3. Accessories are available forpurchase from Tesla stores or online at http://www.tesla.com/shop.

Tesla is unable to assess parts manufacturedby other distributors and therefore accepts noresponsibility if you use non-Tesla parts onModel 3.

Warning: Installing non-approved partsand accessories, or performing non-approved modifications, can affect theperformance of Model 3 and the safety ofits occupants. Any damage caused byusing or installing non-approved parts, orby performing non-approvedmodifications, is not covered by thewarranty.

Warning: Tesla does not accept liabilityfor death, personal injury or damage thatoccurs if you use or install non-approvedaccessories or make non-approvedmodifications.

Accessory Wheels and TiresIf your Model 3 is fitted with Tesla accessorywheels or tires, the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), wheel, tire, and loading informationmay be different from the labels shown on thevehicle. Refer to the relevant following sectionfor updated information.

Note: If your vehicle is not fitted with Teslaaccessory wheels or tires (it is fitted with thefactory original wheels and tires, includingTesla genuine replacement parts), refer to thelabels attached to the center door pillar forthe most accurate information for your Model3.

20" Sport Wheels

Wheels Location Width(in)

Offset(mm)

20" Front/Rear 8.5 40

Tires (front/rear) Size TirePressure

Michelin, PilotSport 4S (PS4S)

235/35ZR20

42 PSI(290 kPa)*

*Increase the tire pressure to 44 PSI (300kPa) prior to driving 136 mph (220 kph) orfaster.

GAWR

Front 2407 lbs 1,092 kg

Rear 2,767 lbs 1,255 kg


Maintenance 169



19" Sport Wheels


Offset(mm)



Continental,ProContact RX 235/40R19 42 PSI

(290 kPa)*

Hankook VentusS1 Evo3 235/40R19 42 PSI

(290 kPa)*

Pirelli WinterSottozero 3 235/40R19 42 PSI

(290 kPa)

*Increase the tire pressure to 44 PSI (300kPa) prior to driving 134 mph (215 kph) orfaster.

GAWR

Front 2,447 lbs 1,110 kg

Rear 2,767 lbs 1,255 kg

18" Aero Wheels


Offset(mm)



Michelin, PrimacyMXM4 235/45R18 42 PSI

(290 kPa)

Michelin, PilotSport 4 (PS4) 235/45R18 42 PSI

(290 kPa)

Pirelli WinterSottozero Serie II 235/45R18 42 PSI

(290 kPa)

GAWR

Front 2,447 lbs 1,110 kg

Rear 2,840 lbs 1,288 kg



Body RepairsIf Model 3 is in a collision, contact Tesla toensure that it is repaired with genuine Teslaparts. Tesla has selected and approved bodyshops that meet strict requirements fortraining, equipment, quality, and customersatisfaction.

Some repair shops and insurance companiesmight suggest using non-original equipmentor salvaged parts to save money. However,these parts do not meet Tesla's high standardsfor quality, fit and corrosion resistance. Inaddition, non-original equipment and salvagedparts (and any damage or failures they mightcause) are not covered by the warranty.

Using RFID TranspondersWhen attaching an RFID transponder (used bymany automated toll systems) inside Model 3,place the transponder on the right side of therear view mirror as shown. This ensures bestresults and minimizes any obstruction to yourdriving view.

Note: You can also attach a weather-prooftransponder to the front license plate.

Installing Front License PlateBracketTo accommodate jurisdictions that require alicense plate on the front of your vehicle,Model 3 is equipped with a license platebracket. This bracket conforms to the shape ofyour vehicle's front bumper and is adhered toit using strong adhesive.

Note: Tesla recommends performing thisprocedure on a clean, dry vehicle during awarm day. Cold and/or wet conditions mayresult in reduced performance of the adhesive.

To install the front license plate bracket:

1. Get isopropyl alcohol and test it on a non-visible painted surface of your vehicle toconfirm that it does not damage orremove the paint.

2. Clean the mounting site with isopropylalcohol and allow to dry for at least oneminute.

3. Fully remove the protective tape from theadhesive at the top of the bracket andpartially remove the tape from the top ofthe adhesive on each side. Leave thebottom half of the tape on the sides inplace and fold the unattached tapeoutward for easy removal after aligningthe bracket to the bumper.

4. While tilting the top of the license platebracket away from the bumper (to preventadhering it to the wrong location), alignthe bottom center of the license platebracket with the middle of the grille asshown.

Note: Be as precise as possible whenaligning the bracket because you will beunable to reposition it once adhered tothe bumper.


Maintenance 171

5. While correctly aligned, move the top ofthe bracket against the bumper and applypressure so that it is held in place by theadhesive.

6. Remove the remaining tape from the sidesof the bracket then press the entirebracket firmly against the bumper,ensuring the bracket is held in place by alladhesive areas.

7. Once the bracket is securely mounted, usethe four supplied screws to attach yourlicense plate to the bracket (tighten to 3Nm/2.2 ft-lbs).



Specifications

Identification Labels

Vehicle Identification NumberYou can find the VIN at the followinglocations:

• Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center ofthe touchscreen. The popup windowdisplays the VIN.

• Stamped on a plate located at the top ofthe dashboard. Can be seen by lookingthrough the windshield.

• Printed on the Vehicle Certification label,located on the door pillar. Can be seenwhen the driver’s door is open.

Emission Control LabelThe emission control label is located on theopening face of the rear trunk.

Identification Labels

Specifications 173

Vehicle Loading

Load Capacity LabelingIt is important to understand how muchweight your Model 3 can safely carry. Thisweight is called the vehicle capacity weightand includes the weight of all occupants,cargo and any additional equipment added toyour Model 3 since it was manufactured.

Two labels attached to Model 3 indicate howmuch weight Model 3 can safely carry.

Both labels are visible on the door pillar whenthe front door is open.

Note: If your Model 3 is fitted with Teslaaccessory wheels or tires, your Model 3 mayinclude an additional label indicating that loadcapacity may differ from what is stated on thelabel. If this is the case, instead of referring tothe label, refer to the Owners Manual. See Accessory Wheels and Tires on page 169.

1. Tire and Loading Information Label2. Vehicle Certification Label

Warning: Overloading Model 3 has anadverse effect on braking and handling,which can compromise your safety orcause damage.

Caution: Never load more than 55 lbs(25 kg) in the front trunk. Doing so cancause damage.


Caution: Never store large amounts ofliquid in Model 3. A significant spill can

cause electrical components tomalfunction.

Tire and Loading Information LabelThe Tire and Loading Information labelprovides:

• The maximum number of occupantseating positions.

• The maximum vehicle capacity weight.• The size of the original tires.• The cold inflation pressures for the

original front and rear tires. Thesepressures are recommended to optimizeride and handling characteristics.

Never change this label, even if you usedifferent tires in the future.

Note: If Model 3 is loaded to its full capacity,double check all tires to ensure they areinflated to their recommended pressure levels.

Vehicle Certification LabelThe Vehicle Certification label provides:

• GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Themaximum allowable total mass of Model 3.This is calculated as the weight of Model3, all passengers, fluids, and cargo.

• GAWR FRT and GAWR RR - Gross AxleWeight Rating for the front and rear axles.The GAWR is the maximum distributedweight that each axle can support.

United States:

Canada:

Vehicle Loading


Caution: To prevent damage, never loadModel 3 so that it is heavier than GVWRor exceeds the individual GAWR weights.

Calculating Load Limits1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX lbs or XXX kg” on the“Tire and Loading Information” label.

2. Determine the combined weight of alloccupants that will ride in the vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of theoccupants from XXX lbs or XXX kg (seeStep 1).

4. The resulting figure equals the availablecargo load capacity. For example, if the“XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs (635 kg)and there will be five 150 lb (68 kg)passengers in the vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo capacity is 650 lbs(1400 ‑ 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or 295 kg(635 ‑ 340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg).

5. Determine the combined cargo weightbeing loaded on the vehicle. That weightmust not exceed the available cargo loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

Warning: Trunks are the preferred placesto carry objects. In a collision, or duringhard braking and sharp turns, loose itemsin the cabin could injure occupants.

Example Load Limit Calculations

How much cargo Model 3 can carry dependson the number and weight of passengers. Thefollowing calculated load limit examplesassume passengers weigh 150 lbs (68 kg). Ifpassengers weigh more or less, availablecargo weight decreases or increasesrespectively.

Driver and one passenger

Description Total

Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs(433 kg)

Subtract occupant weight(2 x 150 lbs/68 kg)

300 lbs(136 kg)

Available cargo weight 654 lbs(297 kg)

Driver and four passengers

Description Total

Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs(433 kg)

Subtract occupant weight (5 x150 lbs/68 kg)

750 lbs(340 kg)

Available cargo weight 204 lbs(93 kg)

The cargo weight should be distributedbetween the front and rear trunks.

Caution: Do not exceed the maximumfront trunk load weight of 55 lbs (25 kg).


Towing a TrailerWarning: Do not use Model 3 for towingpurposes. Model 3 does not currentlysupport towing. Towing can causedamage and increase the risk of acollision.

Caution: Using Model 3 for towing beforeTesla-approved towing components andaccessories are available may void thewarranty.

Vehicle Loading

Specifications 175

Roof RacksModel 3 supports the use of Tesla-approvedroof racks using a Tesla mounting accessory.To install roof racks, you must use thisaccessory and you must use only roof racksystems that have been approved by Tesla(see Parts and Accessories on page 169).Failure to do so can cause significant damage.

Vehicle Loading


Dimensions and Weights

Exterior Dimensions

A Overall Length 184.8 in 4,694 mm

B

Overall Width (including mirrors)Overall Width (including foldedmirrors)Overall Width (excluding mirrors)

82.2 in76.1 in72.8 in

2,088 mm1,933 mm1,849 mm

C Overall Height - coil suspension 56.8 in 1,443 mm

D Wheel Base 113.2 in 2,875 mm

E Overhang - Front 33 in 841 mm

F Overhang - Rear 39 in 978 mm

G Ground Clearance - coilsuspension

5.5 in 140 mm

H Track - FrontTrack - Rear

62.2 in62.2 in

1,580 mm1,580 mm

*Values are approximate. Dimensions can vary depending on a vehicle's options and variousother factors.

Interior Dimensions

Head Room (PremiumPackage)

FrontRear

40.3 in37.7 in

1,024 mm958 mm

Leg Room FrontRear

42.7 in35.2 in

1,085 mm894 mm

Shoulder Room FrontRear

56.3 in54 in

1,430 mm1,372 mm

Hip Room FrontRear

53.4 in52.4 in

1,356 mm1,331 mm


Specifications 177

Cargo Volume

Total enclosed cargo volume 15 cu ft (425 L)

Weights

Curb Weight* Standard Plus Battery,Single Motor

3,552 lbs 1,611 kg

Curb Weight* Mid-Range Battery,Single Motor

3,686 lbs 1,672 kg

Curb Weight* Long Range Battery,Single Motor 3,805 lbs 1,726 kg

Curb Weight* Long Range Battery,Dual Motor

4,072 lbs 1,847 kg

Curb Weight* Long Range Battery,Performance Dual Motor

4100 lbs 1,860 kg

GVWR** Standard Plus Battery,Single Motor

4,542 lbs 2,060 kg

GVWR** Mid-Range Battery, SingleMotor

4,687 lbs 2,126 kg

GVWR** Long Range Battery, SingleMotor 4,806 lbs 2,180 kg

GVWR** Long Range Battery, DualMotor

4,993 lbs 2,265 kg

GVWR** Long Range Battery,Performance Dual Motor

5,073 lbs 2,301 kg

Gross Vehicle Weight Distribution -Single Motor Front: 44% Rear: 56%

Gross Vehicle Weight Distribution -Dual Motor Front: 46% Rear: 54%

Gross Axle Weight Rating - Front 2,447 lbs 1,110 kg

Gross Axle Weight Rating - Rear 2,771 lbs 1,257 kg

Towing Capacity Towing is not permissible

*Curb Weight = weight of the vehicle with correct fluid levels, no occupants and no cargo

**GVWR = Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

Note: Values are approximate. Weights can vary depending on a vehicle's options.



Subsystems

Motor(s)

Type Rear motor: AC permanent magnetsynchronous motor, liquid-cooled, withvariable frequency driveFront motor: AC induction motor, liquid-cooled, with variable frequency drive

Nominal Voltage 320 Volts

Maximum current - rear motor RWD and Performance AWD: 800ANon-performance AWD: 600A

Maximum current - front motor 600A

Maximum net power* and motor speed - rearmotor

RWD and Performance AWD: 202 kW @5,000 rpmNon-performance AWD: 180 kW @ 6,000rpm

Maximum net power* and motor speed - frontmotor

137 kW @ 6,380 rpm

Maximum speed 17,900 rpm

Maximum torque - front motor 240 Nm

Maximum torque - rear motor RWD and Performance AWD: 420 NmNon-performance AWD: 404 Nm

*Tested in accordance with ECE R85

Subsystems

Specifications 179

Transmission

Type Single speed fixed gear

Gearbox Ratio 9:1

Brakes

Type

4-wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS)with Electronic Brake Force Distribution,Integrated Advanced Stability Control andElectronic Accelerator pedal actuatedregenerative braking system

Calipers Front: Four piston fixedRear: Integrated Electronic Parking BrakeSliding

Rotor Diameter (ventilated)

Front (non-Performance): 12.6"/320 mmFront (Performance): 13.98"/355 mmRear (non-Performance): 13.2"/335 mmRear (Performance): 13.2”/335 mm

Front Rotor thickness New: 0.98"/25 mmService limit: 0.91”/23 mm

Rear Rotor thickness New: 0.79"/20 mmService limit: 0.71”/18 mm

Non-Performance Front Brake Pad Thickness(excluding back plate)

New: 0.393"/10 mmService limit: 0.110"/2.8 mm

Non-Performance Rear Brake Pad Thickness(excluding back plate)

New: 0.354"/9 mmService limit: 0.078"/2 mm

Performance Front Brake Pad Thickness (excludingback plate)

New: 0.63"/16 mmService limit: 0.320"/8.15 mm

Performance Rear Brake Pad Thickness (excludingback plate)

New: 0.643"/16.33 mmService limit: 0.320"/8.15 mm

Parking brake Electrically actuated parking brakeintegrated into rear caliper

Subsystems


Suspension

Front Independent, double wishbone, coilspring/telescopic damper, sway bar

Rear Independent, multi-link, coil spring/telescopic damper

Battery - 12V

Rating 33 amp hour or higher

Voltage and Polarity 12V negative (-) ground

Battery - High Voltage

Type Liquid-cooled lithium ion (Li-ion)

Nominal Voltage (cars manufactured in U.S.) 360 V DC

Temperature Range Do not expose Model 3 to ambienttemperatures above 140° F (60° C) orbelow -22° F (-30° C) for more than 24hours at a time.

Subsystems

Specifications 181

Wheels and Tires

Wheel Specifications (Factory)

Wheel Diameter Location Width (in) Offset (mm)



20" (non-Performance brakes) Front/Rear 8.5 40

20" (Performance brakes) Front/Rear 8.5 35

Lug Nut Torque 129 lb. ft (175 Nm)

Lug Nut Socket Size 21 mm

Note: For instructions on how to jack/lift Model 3, see Jacking and Lifting on page 168.

Wheels and Tires


Tire Specifications (Factory)

Tire Size Location Size

18" Front/Rear P235/45R18



Tire pressures vary depending on the type of tires fitted. Refer to the tire pressures printed onthe Tire and Loading Information label. This label is located on the center door pillar and isvisible when the driver’s door is open (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 154).

Winter tires can be purchased from a Tesla store.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 183

Understanding Tire MarkingsLaws require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire. It also providesthe tire identification number (TIN) for certification of safety standards, and in case of a recall.

1 Tire category. P indicates that the tire is for passenger vehicles.

2 Tire width. This 3-digit number is the width (in millimeters) of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3 Aspect ratio. This 2-digit number is the sidewall height as a percentage of the treadwidth. So, if the tread width is 205 mm, and the aspect ratio is 50, the sidewall height is102 mm.

4 Tire construction. R indicates that the tire is of Radial ply construction.

5 Wheel diameter. This 2-digit number is the diameter of the wheel rim in inches.

6 Load index. This 2 or 3-digit number is the weight each tire can support. This number isnot always shown.

7 Speed rating. When stated, indicates the maximum speed (in mph) at which the tirecan be used for extended periods. Q=99 mph (160 km/h), R=106 mph (170 km/h),S=112 mph (180 km/h), T=118 mph (190 km/h), U=124 mph (200 km/h), H=130 mph(210 km/h), V=149 mph (240 km/h), W=168 mph (270 km/h), Y=186 mph (300 km/h).

Wheels and Tires


8 Tire composition and materials. The number of plies in both the tread area and thesidewall area indicates how many layers of rubber coated material make up thestructure of the tire. Information is also provided on the type of materials used.

9 Maximum tire load. The maximum load which can be carried by the tire.

10 Maximum permissible inflation pressure. This pressure should not be used for normaldriving.

11 U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN). Begins with the letters DOT and indicatesthat the tire meets all federal standards. The next 2 digits/letters represent the plantcode where it was manufactured, and the last 4 digits represent the week and year ofmanufacture. For example, the number 1712 is used to represent the 17th week of 2012.The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer’s discretion. Thisinformation can be used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.

12 Treadwear grade. This number indicates the tire’s wear rate. The higher the treadwearnumber is, the longer it should take for the tread to wear down. A tire rated at 400, forexample, lasts twice as long as a tire rated at 200.

13 Traction grade. Indicates a tire’s ability to stop on wet roads. A higher graded tireshould allow you to stop your vehicle in a shorter distance than a tire with a lowergrade. Traction is graded from highest to lowest as AA, A, B, and C.

14 Temperature grade. The tire’s resistance to heat is grade A, B, or C, with A indicatingthe greatest resistance. This grading is provided for a correctly inflated tire, which isbeing used within its speed and loading limits.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 185

Uniform Tire Quality GradingThe following information relates to the tiregrading system developed by the NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires by tread wear,traction and temperature performance. Tiresthat have deep tread, and winter tires, areexempt from these marking requirements.

Where applicable, quality grades are found onthe tire’s sidewall between the tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

• TREADWEAR 180• TRACTION AA• TEMPERATURE A

The quality grades are described next.

Note: In addition to the marking requirements,passenger car tires must conform to FederalSafety Requirements.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course.

For example, a tire graded 150 wears one anda half times better on a government testcourse than a tire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends on the actualconditions of their use, however, and candepart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practices,road characteristics, and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are: AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent atire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C might have poor tractionperformance.

Warning: Defective tires are dangerous.Do not drive if a tire is damaged,excessively worn, or is inflated to anincorrect pressure. The safety of thevehicle and occupants can be adverselyaffected. Check tires regularly for wearand to ensure there are no cuts, bulges orexposure of the ply/cord structure.

Warning: The traction grade assigned tothe tire is based on straight-aheadbraking tests, and does not include:

acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning orpeak traction characteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure.

The grade C corresponds to the minimumlevel of performance that all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorSafety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel that exceed theminimum requirements.

Warning: A tire’s temperature grade isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat buildup andpossible tire failure.

Wheels and Tires


Tire and Loading Glossaries

General Wheel and Tire Terms

Accessory Weight The combined weight (in excess of those items replaced) ofitems available as factory installed equipment.

Bead The inner edge of a tire that is shaped to fit to the rim and forman air tight seal. The bead is constructed of steel wires whichare wrapped, or reinforced, by the ply cords.

Cold Tire Pressure The air pressure in a tire that has been standing in excess ofthree hours, or driven for less than one mile.

Curb Weight The weight of a standard vehicle, including any optionalequipment fitted, and with the correct fluid levels.

Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum permissible weight of a vehicle with driver,passengers, load, luggage, and equipment.

kPa (kilo pascal) A metric unit used to measure pressure. One kilo pascal equalsapproximately 0.145 psi.

Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum pressure to which the tire should be inflated.This pressure is given on the tire side wall in psi (lbf/in2).

Caution: This pressure marked on the tire is the maximumallowed by the tire manufacturer. It is not the pressureTesla recommends using for Model 3.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight

The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacityweight, and production options weight.

Production Options Weight The combined weight of options installed which weigh inexcess of 3 lb more than the standard items that they replaced,and are not already considered in curb or accessory weights.

PSI (lbf/in2) Pounds per square inch (the unit used to measure tirepressure).

Recommended Tire InflationPressure

Tire inflation pressure, established by Tesla, which is based onthe type of tires that are mounted on the vehicle at the factory.This information can be found on the Tire and LoadingInformation label located on the door pillar.

Rim The metal support for a tire, or tire and tube, upon which thetire beads are seated.

Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of seats multiplied by 150 lbs plus the ratedamount of load/luggage.

Load Carrying Definitions

Normal occupant weight 68 kilograms (150 lbs) times the number of occupants specifiedin the second column of the tables for calculating load limits(see Vehicle Loading on page 174).

Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle.

Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurposepassenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weightrating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 187

Rim diameter Nominal diameter of the bead seat.

Rim size designation Rim diameter and width.

Rim type designation The manufacturing industry's designation for a rim by style orcode.

Rim width Nominal distance between the rim's flanges.

Vehicle maximum load on thetire

Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing toeach axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight anddividing by two.

Vehicle normal load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing toeach axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, andnormal occupant weight and dividing by two.

Pneumatic Radial Tire Definitions

Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead.

Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90degrees to the center line of the tread.

Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, thatwhen inflated, bears the load.

Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall.

Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire.

Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds.

Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner liner of the tireextending to cord material.

Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and higher inflationpressure than the corresponding standard tire.

Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs.

Inner liner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire thatcontains the inflating medium within the tire.

Inner liner separation The parting of the inner liner from cord material in the carcass.

Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a giveninflation pressure.

Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimensionrequirements.

Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or inner liner thatextends to the cord material.

Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire.

Wheels and Tires


Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of aninflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations,or protective bands or ribs.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.

Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies.

Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric andsteel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotivewheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid thatsustains the load.

Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the center line ofthe tread.

Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higherinflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire.

Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of aninflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, orprotective bands.

Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and bead.

Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material inthe sidewall.

Snow tire A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110,compared to the ASTM E1136-93 (re-approved 2003,incorporated by reference, see §571.5) Standard Reference TestTire when using the snow traction test as described in ASTMF1805-00 (incorporated by reference, see §571.5), and that ismarked with an Alpine Symbol specified in S5.5(i) on at leastone sidewall.

Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rimlisted as appropriate for use with that tire.

Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.

Tread rib A tread section running around the circumference of a tire.

Tread separation The pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.

Tread wear indicators (TWI) The projections within the principal grooves designed to give avisual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securelyduring testing.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 189

Roadside Assistance

Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance

Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to you, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for the duration ofyour warranty period.

When contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance, please provide:

• The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The VIN is displayed when you touch the Tesla "T" atthe top of the touchscreen. The VIN can also been seen on the upper dashboard by lookingthrough the driver's side of the windshield.

• Your exact location.• The nature of the problem.

Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to speak with roadside service professionals 24/7/365 toanswer any questions and explain the proper procedure for transporting your Model 3.

Regional Phone Number(s)Mexico: 1-800-228-8145

United States and Canada: 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752)

Note: The phone number is also available by touching the Tesla "T" at the top center of thetouchscreen.

Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance


tel:1-800-228-8145

tel:1-877-798-3752

Instructions for Transporters

DO NOT TRANSPORT WITHWHEELS ON THE GROUNDThe rear motor in Model 3 generates powerwhen the wheels spin. Always transport Model3 with all four tires off the ground. Ensure thatthe tires are unable to spin at any time duringtransport.

Warning: NEVER TRANSPORT YOURVEHICLE WITH THE TIRES IN APOSITION WHERE THEY CAN SPIN.DOING SO CAN LEAD TO SIGNIFICANTDAMAGE AND OVERHEATING. IN RARECASES EXTREME OVERHEATING MAYCAUSE THE SURROUNDINGCOMPONENTS TO IGNITE.

Do not transport Model 3 using any methodthat is not specified by Tesla. Adhere to theinstructions provided in the following sectionsand observe all warnings and cautionsprovided. Damage caused by impropertransporting of your vehicle is not covered bythe warranty.

Note: Tesla is not liable or responsible forreimbursing services not dispatched throughTesla Roadside Assistance.

Approved Methods for TransportingNote: The tires are allowed to rotate slowly(under 3 mph or 5 km/h) and for a very shortdistance (less than 30 feet or 10 meters) onlywhen Transport Mode is enabled (see ActivateTransport Mode) while the vehicle is beingwinched onto a flatbed truck or pulled out ofa parking space for repositioning. Exceedingthese boundaries can lead to significantdamage and overheating that is not coveredby the warranty.

A flatbed truck or comparable transportvehicle is the recommended method oftransporting Model 3. The vehicle can faceeither direction when using a flatbed.

If Model 3 must be transported without aflatbed truck, then wheel lifts and dollies mustbe used to ensure that all four wheels are offof the ground. This method may only be usedfor a maximum of 35 miles (55 km), and mustnot exceed the manufacturer speed rating ofthe dollies. With this method, Teslarecommends the vehicle facing forward sothat the front wheels are lifted and the rearwheels are on dollies.

Caution: Enable Transport Mode (see Activate Transport Mode) beforewinching Model 3 onto a flatbed truck(see Pull onto the Flatbed Truck). IfTransport Mode is not available or thetouchscreen is not accessible, self-loadingdollies or tire skates must be used to loadthe vehicle into the approvedtransportation position. Tesla is notresponsible for any damage caused by orduring the transport of Model 3, includingpersonal property damage or damagecaused by using self-loading dollies or tireskates.

Warning: Model 3 is equipped with highvoltage components that may becompromised as a result of a collision(see High Voltage Components on page143). Before transporting Model 3, it isimportant to assume these componentsare energized. Always follow high voltagesafety precautions (wearing personalprotection equipment, etc.) untilemergency response professionals haveevaluated the vehicle and can accuratelyconfirm that all high voltage systems areno longer energized. Failure to do so mayresult in serious injury.


Roadside Assistance 191

Activate Transport ModeTransport Mode keeps the parking brakedisengaged while winching Model 3 onto aflatbed truck. When active, Transport Modedisplays a message indicating that the vehiclewill remain free-rolling. The following arerequired to enable Transport Mode:

• 12V power is required. You are unable touse the touchscreen to activate TransportMode if Model 3 has no power.

• Model 3 must detect a key. TransportMode is available only when a key isdetected.

To activate Transport Mode:

1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.2. Chock the tires or otherwise ensure Model

3 is secure.3. Press and hold the brake pedal, then on

the touchscreen, touch Controls >Service > Towing. The touchscreendisplays a message reminding you how toproperly transport Model 3.

4. Press and hold the Transport Mode buttonuntil it turns blue. Model 3 is now free-rolling and can slowly be rolled (no fasterthan walking speed) or winched.

To cancel Transport Mode, shift Model 3 intoPark.

Note: If Model 3 loses 12V power afterTransport Mode is enabled, Transport Modewill cancel and the parking brake will be re-applied.

Caution: If the electrical system is notworking, and you therefore cannot usethe touchscreen to activate TransportMode, use self-loading dollies or tireskates. Before doing so, always check themanufacturer's specifications andrecommended loading capacity.

Pull onto the Flatbed TruckNote: If Model 3 has no 12V power, you needan external 12V power supply to open thehood or use the touchscreen. See If VehicleHas No Power.

Caution: To avoid damage, only pull thevehicle onto a flatbed truck using aproperly-installed tow eye. Using thechassis, frame, or suspension componentsto pull the vehicle can result in damage.

1. Locate the tow eye. The tow eye is locatedunder the carpet in the front trunk.

2. Release the tow eye cover by pressingfirmly on its top right perimeter until itpivots inward, then gently pulling theraised section toward you.

Note: The tow eye cover is connected tothe vehicle's black negative (-) terminal.

3. Fully insert the tow eye into the opening,then turn it counter-clockwise untilsecurely fastened.

4. Attach the winch cable to the tow eye.

Caution: Before pulling, make sure thetow eye is securely tightened.

5. Activate Transport Mode.6. Pull Model 3 slowly onto the flatbed truck.

Secure the TiresThe vehicle's tires must be secured onto thetruck using the eight-point tie-down method.



• Ensure any metal parts on the tie-downstraps do not contact painted surfaces orthe face of the wheels.

• Do not place tie-down straps over bodypanels or through the wheels.

Caution: Attaching the tie-down straps tothe chassis, suspension or other parts ofthe vehicle's body may cause damage.

If Vehicle Has No PowerIf Model 3 has no 12V power, perform thefollowing steps to open the hood or jump startthe auxiliary 12V battery.

Jump Starting the 12V Battery

Caution: Model 3 cannot be used to jumpstart another vehicle. Doing so can resultin damage.

Note: If jump starting Model 3 using anothervehicle, refer to that vehicle manufacturer'sinstructions. The following instructions assumean external 12V power supply (such as aportable jump starter) is used.

Caution: Avoid short circuits when jumpstarting Model 3. Connecting cables tothe wrong terminals, touching leadstogether, etc., can result in damage toModel 3.

1. Open the hood (see Opening Hood withNo Power on page 19).

2. Remove the maintenance panel by pullingit upwards to release the trim clips thathold it in place.

3. Remove the cabin intake trim panel bypulling it upwards to release the trim clipsthat hold it in place.

4. Connect the 12V power supply's redpositive (+) cable to the red positive (+)terminal on the 12V battery.

Caution: To avoid damaging Model 3,do not allow the positive cable tocontact other metal components,such as the battery tie-down bracket.

5. Connect the 12V power supply's blacknegative (-) cable to the black negative (-)terminal on the 12V battery.

6. Turn on the external power supply (referto the manufacturer’s instructions). Touchthe touchscreen to wake it up.

Note: It may take several minutes toreceive enough power to wake up thetouchscreen.


Roadside Assistance 193

7. When external 12V power is no longerrequired, disconnect both cables from theterminals on the 12V battery, beginningwith the black negative (-) cable.

8. Replace the cabin intake trim panel byplacing it back in its original location andpressing down until it is secure.

9. Replace the maintenance panel by placingit back in its original location and pressingdown until it is secure.

10. Close the hood.



Consumer Information

Easter Eggs

But wait, there's more! Below is a list of the Easter Eggs that have been discovered so far and howto access them. Alternatively, touch the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) then drag theAbout Your Tesla box downwards for one-touch access to all discovered Easter Eggs.

Note: For a shortcut to Easter Egg fun, touch the Toybox icon in the application launcher (see Touchscreen Overview on page 4).

For This... Do This...

Arcade Feeling nostalgic? While in Park, access games from the applauncher or your Easter Egg tray then select a game fromthe menu to play. Note that, depending on the game, youmay need to use your steering wheel buttons or a USBcontroller to play.

Santa Mode "What have you been longing for?" Enjoy the holidays year-round with this one! Simply initiate a voice command (see Using Voice Commands on page 133) and say "Ho Ho Ho".Or, if you are feeling extra sour, you can say "Ho Ho Ho NotFunny" instead.

Rainbow Road Need more cowbell? Visit Rainbow Road by moving thegear lever fully down four times in quick succession whileAutosteer is enabled.

Sketchpad Triple-tap the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) andchannel your inner Picasso. Show us what you got! TouchPublish to submit your artistic compositions to Tesla forcritiquing.

Mars Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen)then enter mars in the access code popup. The map showsyour Model 3 as a rover on the Martian landscape, and theAbout Your Tesla box displays SpaceX's interplanetaryspaceship.

The Answer to the UltimateQuestion of Life, The Universe,and Everything

Rename your car to 42 (see Naming Your Vehicle on page114) and notice the new name of your Model 3.

Romance Mode You can’t roast chestnuts by an open fire in your car, but youcan still cozy up with your loved ones by this virtualfireplace. While in Park, access Romance Mode from yourEaster Egg tray. Queue the music and get your romance on!

Emissions Testing Mode Holiday fun can come in surprising ways. Access EmissionsTesting Mode from your Easter Egg tray, then select yourpreferred fart style and a target seat. Activate by pressingthe left scroll wheel button when you’re ready to “release”your prank.

Easter Eggs

Consumer Information 195

About this Owner Information

Document ApplicabilityOwner information is updated regularly toreflect updates to your vehicle. However, insome cases, recently released features maynot be described. To display information aboutrecently released features, view the ReleaseNotes on the touchscreen. Release Notes aredisplayed on the touchscreen after a softwareupdate, and can be displayed at any time bytouching the Tesla "T" at the top of thetouchscreen, then touching the Release Noteslink. If information related to how to use thetouchscreen conflicts with information in theRelease Notes, the Release Notes takeprecedence.

IllustrationsIllustrations are provided for demonstrationpurposes only. Depending on vehicle options,software version, region of purchase, andspecific settings, your vehicle may appearslightly different. Although the ownerinformation is applicable to both right-handdrive and left-hand drive vehicles, manyillustrations show only left-hand drive vehicles.However, the essential information that theillustrations are providing is correct.

Errors or InaccuraciesAll specifications and descriptions are knownto be accurate at time of publishing. However,because continuous improvement is a goal atTesla, we reserve the right to make productmodifications at any time. To communicateany inaccuracies or omissions, or to providegeneral feedback or suggestions regarding thequality of this owner information, send anemail to [email protected].

Location of ComponentsOwner information may specify the location ofa component as being on the left or right sideof the vehicle. As shown, left (1) and right (2)represent the side of the vehicle when sittinginside.

Copyrights and Trademarks© 2013-2019 Tesla, Inc. All information in thisdocument and all vehicle software is subjectto copyright and other intellectual propertyrights of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. Thismaterial may not be modified, reproduced orcopied, in whole or in part, without the priorwritten permission of Tesla, Inc. and itslicensors. Additional information is availableupon request. Tesla uses software created bythe Open Source community. Please visitTesla’s Open Source software website atwww.tesla.com/opensource. HD Radio is aregistered trademark of iBiquity DigitalCorporation. The following are trademarks orregistered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in theUnited States and other countries:

All other trademarks contained in thisdocument are the property of their respectiveowners and their use herein does not implysponsorship or endorsement of their productsor services. The unauthorized use of anytrademark displayed in this document or onthe vehicle is strictly prohibited.

About this Owner Information


Disclaimers

Event Data Recorder (EDR)Model 3 is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to recorddata related to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in Model 3 isdesigned to record data such as:

• How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

• Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brakepedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was traveling.

The data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

Note: EDR data is recorded by your vehicleonly if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata is recorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash location) isrecorded. However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine the EDR datawith the type of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR.

Vehicle TelematicsModel 3 is equipped with electronic modulesthat monitor and record data from variousvehicle systems, including the motor, Autopilotcomponents, Battery, braking and electricalsystems. The electronic modules recordinformation about various driving and vehicleconditions, including braking, acceleration, tripand other related information regarding yourvehicle. These modules also recordinformation about the vehicle’s features suchas charging events and status, the enabling/disabling of various systems, diagnostictrouble codes, VIN, speed, direction andlocation.

The data is stored by the vehicle and may beaccessed, used and stored by Tesla servicetechnicians during vehicle servicing orperiodically transmitted to Tesla wirelesslythrough the vehicle’s telematics system. Thisdata may be used by Tesla for variouspurposes, including, but not limited to:providing you with Tesla telematics services;troubleshooting; evaluation of your vehicle’squality, functionality and performance;analysis and research by Tesla and its partnersfor the improvement and design of ourvehicles and systems; and as otherwise maybe required by law. In servicing your vehicle,Tesla can potentially resolve issues remotelysimply by reviewing your vehicle’s data log.

Tesla’s telematics system wirelessly transmitsvehicle information to Tesla on a periodicbasis. The data is used as previously describedand helps ensure the proper maintenance ofyour vehicle. Additional Model 3 features mayuse your vehicle’s telematics system and theinformation provided, including features suchas charging reminders, software updates, andremote access to, and control of, varioussystems of your vehicle.

Tesla does not disclose the data recorded inyour vehicle to any third party except when:

• An agreement or consent from thevehicle’s owner (or the leasing companyfor a leased vehicle) is obtained.

• Officially requested by the police or otherauthorities.

• Used as a defense for Tesla in a lawsuit.• Ordered by a court of law.• Used for research purposes without

disclosing details of the vehicle owner oridentification information.

Disclaimers


• Disclosed to a Tesla affiliated company,including their successors or assigns, orour information systems and datamanagement providers.

In addition, and subject to local law, Tesla doesnot disclose the data recorded to an ownerunless it pertains to a non-warranty repairservice and in this case, will disclose only thedata that is related to the repair. For additionalinformation regarding how Tesla processesdata collected from your vehicle, pleasereview Tesla’s privacy policy atwww.tesla.com/about/legal.

Data SharingFor quality assurance and to support thecontinuous improvement of advanced featuressuch as Autopilot, Tesla measures roadsegment data of all participating vehicles. AllTesla vehicles can learn from the experience ofthe billions of miles that Tesla vehicles havedriven. Although Tesla shares this data withpartners that contribute similar data, the datadoes not include any personally identifiableinformation about you or your vehicle. Toallow data sharing, touch Controls > Safety &Security > Data Sharing, touch the Yes buttonsto confirm that you agree to allow Tesla tocollect the associated type of data, thensubmit your response.

Note: Although Model 3 uses GPS inconnection with driving and operation, asdiscussed in this owner's manual, Tesla doesnot record or store vehicle-specific GPSinformation. Consequently, Tesla is unable toprovide historical information about a vehicle'slocation (for example, Tesla is unable to tellyou where Model 3 was parked/traveling at aparticular date/time).

Quality ControlYou might notice a few miles/km on theodometer when you take delivery of yourModel 3. This is a result of a comprehensivetesting process that ensures the quality ofyour Model 3.

The testing process includes extensiveinspections during and after production. Thefinal inspection takes place at Tesla andincludes a road test conducted by atechnician.

California Proposition 65Warning: Operating, servicing andmaintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including phthalates and lead,which are known to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure,wear gloves or wash your handsfrequently when servicing your vehicle.For more information go to: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

Warning: Certain components of thisvehicle such as airbag modules and seatbelt pre-tensioners may containPerchlorate Material. Special handlingmay be required for service or vehicle endof life disposal. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after handling.

Disclaimers


http://www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle

http://www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle

Reporting Safety Defects

Contacting TeslaFor detailed information about your Model 3,go to www.tesla.com, and log on to your TeslaAccount, or sign up to get an account.

If you have any questions or concerns aboutyour Model 3, call 1-877-79TESLA(1-877‑798-3752).

Note: You can also use voice commands toprovide feedback to Tesla. Say "Note","Report", "Bug note", or "Bug report" (in theEnglish language) followed by brief commentsin your language of choice. Model 3 takes asnapshot of its systems, including your currentlocation, vehicle diagnostic data, and screencaptures of the touchscreen. Tesla periodicallyreviews these notes and uses them tocontinue improving Model 3.

Reporting Safety Defects - USIf you believe that Model 3 has a defect whichcould cause a crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Tesla.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation. If it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Tesla.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go towww.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,National Highway Traffic Safety, 1200 NewJersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects - CanadaIf you believe that your Model 3 has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediately informTransport Canada, in addition to notifyingTesla. To contact Transport Canada, call theirtoll-free number: 1-800-333-0510.

Reporting Safety Defects


Declarations of Conformity

FCC and IC Certification

Component Manufacturer Model

OperatingFrequency(MHz) FCC ID IC ID

PillarEndpoint

Tesla 1089773

1089773E

13.56

2400-2483.5

2AEIM-10897773

2AEIM-1089773E

20098-1089773

20098-1089773E

CenterConsole

Tesla 1089774 13.56

2400-2483.5

2AEIM-1089774

20098-1089774

FasciaEndpoint

Tesla 1089775 2400-2483.5 2AEIM-1089775

20098-1089775

Key fob Tesla 1133148 2400-2483.5 2AEIM-1133148

20098-1133148

TPMS Continental TIS-01 433.92 KR5TIS-01 7812-TIS01

Radar Continental ARS 4-B 76000-77000 OAYARS4B 4135A-ARS4B

Homelink Gentex ADHL5C 286-440MHz NZLADHL5C 4112A-ADHL5C

CarPC Tesla 1098058 forNA

1527963 forOther

-- YZP-RBHP-B216C

RI7LE940B6NA

RBHP-B216C

5131A-LE940B6NA

The devices listed above comply with Part 15 of the FCC rules and Industry Canada's license-exempt RSS Standard(s) and EU Directive 2014/53/EU.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference; and2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause

undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Tesla could void your authority to operatethe equipment.



Radio Frequency InformationThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmfulinterference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipmentoff and on, try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician to help.

Note: FCC Radiation exposure: All equipment complies with FCC and IC RSS-102 radiationexposure limits for an uncontrolled environment.

Caution: This equipment and its antennas must not be co-located or operated with anotherantenna or transmitter.

CanadaCAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradioexempts de licence. L'exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1)l'appareilne doit pas produire de brouillage, et(2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter toutbrouillage radioélectrique subi, même si lebrouillage est susceptible d'en compromettrelefonctionnement.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour unenvironnement non contrôlé.

MexicoLa Operación de Este Equipo no está Sujeta alas dos condiciones siguientes:

1. Es Posible Que Este Equipo o Dispositivono causar interferenciaperjudicial.

2. Este Equipo o Dispositivo debe AceptarCualquier interferencia. Incluyendo La QuePueda causar do Operación no Deseada.



Index

AABS (Anti-lock Braking System) 61absolute speed limit 105access panel, removing 166accessories

plugging into power socket 23aero covers 157air circulation 117air conditioning 116air distribution 117air filter 119air vents 118airbags 39alarm 134all-season tires 160Always Show Estimated Round Trip Energy124ambient lights 54anti-lock braking (ABS) 61application launcher 4audio

equalizer 129immersive sound 129playing files 127steering wheel scroll button 46volume control 127

auto fold 48Auto High Beam 55Auto Lane Change 86auto tilt 48AUTO wipers 60automatic emergency braking 103automatic navigation 121Autopark 91autopilot

blind spot collision warning 99side collision warning 99staying inside lane markings 99

AutopilotAuto Lane Change 86automatic emergency braking 102Autopark 91Autosteer 84collision avoidance assist 102forward collision warning 102Navigate on Autopilot 87overtake acceleration 78overview 75speed assist 105speed limit warning 105staying within speed limits 105Summon 93Traffic-Aware Cruise Control 78

Autopilot components 75Autosteer 84average range 70

Bbackup camera 71battery (12V)

complete discharge 145specifications 181

Battery (high voltage)care of 145coolant 166specifications 181temperature limits 145

battery (key), replacing 9blind spot collision warning 99blind spot collision warning chime 99Bluetooth

devices, playing audio files from 129general information 130phone, pairing and using 130

body repairs 171body touch up 163brakes

automatic in emergencies 103fluid level 166overview of 61specifications 180

Bumper Clearance (Summon) 93

Ccabin air filter 119cabin camera 24cabin temperature control 116Calendar app 132calibrating windows 15California Proposition 65 198camera (rear view) 71cameras (autopilot) 75car cover 164car washes 162card 7cargo area 16cargo volume 178carpets, cleaning 163CCS (Combo) 144CE certifications 200CHAdeMO 144chains 160change of ownership 115charge port 147charge port light 149charge port manual release 148charge port release cable 148charging

charge settings 149charging status 149components and equipment 143instructions 147public charging stations 144

Index


charging (continued)scheduling 149

charging locations, finding 124child protection

disabling rear window switches 15child seats

installing and using 32child-protection locks 13cleaning 162climate controls 116coat hangers 23collision avoidance assist 102connecting to Wi-Fi 140console

12V power socket 23opening (premium package) 21rear 23USB ports 21

consumption chart 70contact information

roadside assistance 190Tesla 199

copyrights 196cruise control 78

Ddashboard overview 2Dashcam 72data recording 197data sharing 197declarations of conformity 200delivery mileage 198devices

Bluetooth, playing audio files 129connecting 21playing audio files from 129

dimensions 177Dog Mode 119dome (map) lights 54door handles 12door labels 174doors

Child Lock 13exterior door handles 12interior locking and unlocking 13keyless entry 12locking 12opening from exterior 12opening from interior 12Unlock on Park 14unlocking 12

doorsfunctionWalk-Away Door Lock 13

drive away locking 13Drive gear 52driver

profiles 44

driver (continued)seat adjustment 25

drivingseating position 25starting 50tips to maximize range 70

EEaster Eggs 195easy entry, driver profile 44EDR (event data recorder) 197electric parking brake 63emergency braking 102emergency flashers 56emission label 173energy

gained from regenerative braking 62range information 57

Energy app 70energy use predictions (navigating) 124Erase & Reset 115event data recording 197exterior

car cover 164cleaning 162dimensions 177lights 54overview 3polishing, touch up, & repair 163

Ffactory defaults, restoring 115factory reset 115fan speed, interior 117favorites (Media Player) 128Favorites (navigation) 122FCC certifications 200features, downloading new 141firmware (software) updates 141flash drives, playing audio files from 129flashers, warning 56floor mats 164fluids

replacement intervals 152reservoirs, checking 166

fog lights 54forward collision warning 102front license plate 171front passenger detection 41front trunk 18

Ggarage doors, opening 137

Index

Index 203

gates, opening 137GAWR 174gears 52glovebox 21Gross Axle Weight Rating 174Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 174ground clearance 177GVWR 174

Hhazard warning flashers 56head supports 26headlights

after exit 55controlling 54high beams 55

heating 116high beam headlights 55high voltage

Battery specifications 181components 143safety 152

hills, stopping on 68hitches 175Home location 125HomeLink

programming and using 137when using Summon 93

hood 18horn 47hub caps 157

II'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry 121IC certifications 200identification labels 173instant range 70interior

cleaning 163dimensions 177lights 54overview 2temperature control 116

internet radio 127

JJ1772 144jacking 168jump starting 193

KKeep Climate On 119key

FCC and IC certifications 200replacing battery 9

key card 7keyless entry 12keys

adding key cards and phones 9deleting key cards and phones 9displaying a list of 9overview 6

Llabel

Tire and Loading Information 174vehicle certification 174

lane assist 99lane change, automatic 86lane departure warning 99LATCH child seats, installing 35license plate bracket 171lifting 168lights

hazard warning 56headlights after exit 55turn signals 56

load limits 174location tracking 121locking 12lug nut covers 157lumbar adjustment (premium) 25

Mmaintenance

brake fluid, checking 166cleaning 162daily checks 152fluid replacement intervals 152monthly checks 152panel, removing 166replacing wiper blades 165service intervals 152tires 154washer fluid, topping up 167washer jets, cleaning 165

map orientation 121map updates 126mats 164media 127mileage upon delivery 198mirrors 48mobile app 10Mobile Connector

Index


Mobile Connector (continued)description 144using 147

modifications 169motor specifications 179my car does what? 195

Nnaming 114Navigate on Autopilot 87navigating 121, 122NCC certifications 200Neutral gear 52NHTSA, contacting 199

OObstacle-Aware Acceleration 102occupancy sensor 41odometer 5offset from speed limit 105Online Routing 125opening hood without power 193overhang dimensions 177overtake acceleration 78Owner Information, about 196

PPark Assist 66Park gear 52parking brake 63parking, using Autopark 91parking, using Summon 93parts replacement 169passenger detection 41passenger front airbag 41pedestrian warning 74personal data, erasing 115phone

adding as a key 9authenticating as a key 6removing as a key 9using 130

phone app 131phone key 6PIN 45PIN to Drive 134power socket 23power windows 15powering on and off 50Proposition 65 198public charging stations 144

Rradar 75radio 127Radio Frequency information 200range

driving tips to maximize 70regenerative braking 62

range assurance 70Re-route 125rear seats, folding and raising 26rear view camera 71rear window switches, disabling 15recent (Media Player) 128Recents (navigation) 122regenerative braking 62relative speed limit 105release notes 142restarting the touchscreen 50Reverse gear 52RFID transponders 169roadside assistance 190roof racks 176rotating tires 155Round Trip Energy (navigating) 124

Ssafety defects, reporting 199safety information

airbags 42child seats 37seat belts 30

scheduled charging 150scheduled departure

using 150seat belts

cleaning 163in a collision 29overview of 28pre-tensioners 29wearing when pregnant 29

seat covers 27seat heaters 116, 118seating capacity 174seats

adjusting 25heaters 116

security settings 134sensors 75Sentry Mode 134service data recording 197service intervals 152Settings, erasing 115shifting gears 52Show Calendar Upon Entry 132Side Clearance (Summon) 93side collision warning 99

Index

Index 205

slip start 65Smart Summon 96smartphone

authenticating as a key 6removing as a key 9

software reset 115software update preferences 141software updates 141software version 5specifications

12V battery 181brakes 180cargo volume 178dimensions 177exterior 177High Voltage Battery 181interior 177motor 179subsystems 179suspension 181tires 183transmission 180weights 178wheels 182

speed assist 105Speed Limit Mode 115speed limit warning 105stability control 65starting 50steering wheel

adjusting position 46adjusting sensitivity 46buttons 46lights, controlling 54scroll buttons 46

steering, automatic 84streaming radio 127streaming services 127summer tires 160Summon 93Summon Distance 93supercharging

described 151idle fees 151pay-per-use fees 151

suspension specifications 181

Ttelematics 197temperature

Battery (high voltage), limits 145cabin, controls for 116outside 57tires 186

Teslacam 72tie-down straps 192Tire and Loading Information label 174

tire noise 160Tire Pressure Monitoring System

overview of 158tire pressures, checking 154tires

all-season 160balancing 155chains 160inspecting and maintaining 155pressures, how to check 154quality grading 186replacing 156replacing a tire sensor 159rotation 155specification 183summer 160temperature grades 186tire markings 184traction grade 186treadwear grade 186wheel configuration 154winter 160

toll system transponders, attaching 169torque specifications 179touch up body 163touchscreen

cleaning 163overview 4restarting 46software updates 141

towing a trailer 175towing instructions 191TPMS

overview of 158Track Mode 69Tracking Disabled 121traction control 65trademarks 196Traffic-Aware Cruise Control 78trailer hitches 175transmission specifications 180transponders, attaching 169Transport Canada, contacting 199Transport Mode 192transporting 191trip chart 70Trip Planner 125trunk, front 18trunk, rear 16turn signals 56

Uultrasonic sensors 75uniform tire quality grading 186Unlock On Park 14unlocking 12USB devices

Index


USB devices (continued)connecting 21playing audio files from 129

USB ports 21

VValet mode 45vehicle certification label 174Vehicle Hold 68Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 173vehicle loading 174ventilation 118VIN (Vehicle Identification Number) 173volume control 4volume control (media) 127

WWalk-Away Door Lock 13Wall Connector 144warning flashers 56washer fluid, topping up 167washer jets, cleaning 165washers, using 60weight specifications 178wheel chocks 192wheels

aero covers, removing and installing 157alignment 155lug nut covers, removing and installing157replacing 156specifications 182torque 182

Wi-Fi, connecting to 140windows, calibrating 15windshield washer fluid, topping up 167winter tires 160wiper blades, replacing 165wipers, using 60Work location 125

Index

Index 207

Model S Quick Guide - NA Rev C.book Page 2 Wednesday, December 18, 2013 12:40 PM

PUBLISHED OCTOBER 30, 2019

Model 3 Owner's Manual - tesla.com · Web. Access the Internet using the web browser (if available...

Documents

Transcript of Model 3 Owner's Manual - tesla.com · Web. Access the Internet using the web browser (if available...